WA DEFENCE REVIEW 2021-22 Annual Publication

Page 1

PUBLICATION

ANNUAL

2021-22

INDUSTRY | TECHNOLOGY | CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE & RESOURCES | POLICY | GEO-POLITICAL ANALYSIS | NATIONAL SECURITY

EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEWS

HON KIM BEAZLEY:

GOVERNOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA

HON MELISSA PRICE: MINISTER FOR DEFENCE INDUSTRY GEN JOHN W ‘JAY’ RAYMOND: CHIEF OF SPACE OPERATIONS US SPACE FORCE PAUL EVERINGHAM: PRESIDENT CHAMBER OF MINERALS & ENERGY WA

EXPERT COMMENTARY MIRANDA TAYLOR: NERA

BRENT CLARK: AIDN

DR COLIN MCIVOR: SICA

ADAM GOODES: ID&IC


The future is here 100% AUSTRALIAN ISR SOVEREIGN C APABILIT Y AS-9100D, ISO9001:2015 & CASA Approved Design, Manufacturing & Maintenance organisation; Trusted international partners

Contact us to discuss how the award-winning team at Innovaero can help bring your ideas into the future


Our solutions enable our customers to See Beyond & Respond: IP, Design Engineering, Manufacture & Certification Maintenance & Engineering Support Aeronautical Product Development Airborne ISR solutions for Land, Air and Sea

ISO 9001:2015

AS 9100D

P +61 8 6365 9179 • E info@innov.aero 20 Weatherburn Way, Kardinya WA 6163 www.innov.aero

Quality Certified

Quality Certified

AY041-QCM-QCQ

AY041-QCM-QCQ


EDITORIAL

INTRODUCTION

By Serge DeSilvaRanasinghe, Managing Editor,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

Now celebrating over four years in operation, WA DEFENCE REVIEW is pleased to be releasing our latest Annual Publication, which is again the largest defence sector publication of its kind in Australia; indeed this edition has close to 100 more pages of content than last year’s.

Now celebrating over four years in operation, WA DEFENCE REVIEW is pleased to be releasing our latest Annual Publication, which is again the largest defence sector publication of its kind in Australia; indeed this edition has close to 100 more pages of content than last year’s. Readers may note that we have also revised and updated the WA DEFENCE REVIEW masthead to reflect our broadening subject matter and multi-disciplinary interests. This diversification has enabled us to produce a slate of more refined products and services which will resonate with the defence sector, and the interests of a broad cross-section of Australian industry. Some of the notable differences between this and previous editions include an added emphasis on editorial depth and quality of coverage, a greater variety of interesting content, and even more flair in the layout design, which is now accentuated with maps, infographics and illustrations. We have introduced many new and topical columns, such as: Critical Infrastructure, Defence & Indigenous Engagement, Eastern Australian Security, Innovation & Disruptive Technologies, National Security Affairs, Naval & Maritime Affairs, Oceania Security, Southern Australian Security, Training & Simulation and West Coast Defence. In terms of content, what is particularly noteworthy about this edition is the unconventional coverage of subjects that seldom receive serious attention. For instance, we have secured in-depth, high-profile interviews with the likes of GEN John W. ‘Jay’ Raymond, Chief of Space Operations, US Space Force, Paul Everingham, President,

2

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Chamber of Minerals & Energy WA and Kim Ellis, Director, Australian Antarctic Division to name a few. More generally, WA DEFENCE REVIEW has continued to consolidate and refine our focus and objectives. Our Video Channel platform has been augmented by a series of new products and services and has to date received a total of nearly 30,000 views. The Pragmatist: The Policy Blog of WA DEFENCE REVIEW remains a platform that publishes interesting featured content adding to the overall defence debate in Australia, with original articles being sourced by respected contributors who provide unique insights and analysis on a multiplicity of topics related to defence and national security. Our events program remains varied, unique and engaging, and continues to evolve with new event concepts to be introduced soon. Since October 2020, we have hosted 11 major events including seven cocktail functions, one keynote speaker event and three exclusive roundtable luncheons addressing issues such as Indigenous engagement and the defence sector, the case for the Western Trade Coast, and a discussion on leadership and management. We look forward to customising our events program to meet the interests of the defence sector and to remaining at the helm of local, national and regional conversations and debates. In February 2021, WA DEFENCE REVIEW appointed an honorary and multidisciplinary Editorial Advisory Group composed of prominent senior professionals representing a range of different sectors. The profiles of each of the group’s members can be viewed on our website. More recently,

in August 2021 and in line with our commitment to corporate social responsibility we appointed two Advocates, both of whom are veterans, namely Cherish McNamara (Advocate - Women in STEM) and Andre De Barr (Advocate - Veterans Engagement) to help advise WA DEFENCE REVIEW on how best to engage with relevant stakeholders that have relevance to the defence sector; such as charities, veterans’ groups and NGOs. WA DEFENCE REVIEW remains committed to providing a unique value proposition to the Australian defence sector. Indeed, it is our belief that WA’s strengths - whether in industry or strategic geography - have yet to be fully harnessed in the national interest and as such shall remain WA DEFENCE REVIEW’s ongoing focus to ensure that the west coast always has a voice in Australia’s defence and national security conversation. Seen in this light we are pleased that a growing number of senior and respected defence industry figures recognise our efforts. “Over the four years I have been the Defence Advocate for Western Australia I have been impressed with the continuing maturity of debate within the state on defence sector issues,” said former WA Defence Advocate, RADM Raydon Gates AO CSM (Rtd). He further elaborated: “One of the leaders in this field has been the WA DEFENCE REVIEW, which has not only led engagement with defence industry in the state, but has, as is evident in this edition, gone from strength to strength in setting the geo-strategic context within which defence industry has to consistently excel as a fundamental input to capability. I therefore commend this edition of WA DEFENCE REVIEW to you.” We hope you enjoy reading this year’s edition!


Australian sales representitive for

HAYNES International

Leading distributors of quality corrosion-resistant and high-temperature alloys.

HAYNES® Alloy, HASTELLOY® Alloy, ULTIMET® Alloy, MONEL® Alloy, INCONEL® Alloy, INCOLOY® Alloy and more

+61 8 9353 5588 |

specialtymetals.com.au


EDITORIAL TEAM

Dr Stephanie Koorey

Consulting Editor & Senior Correspondent

Dr Peter Layton Senior Correspondent

Terry Booth Special Correspondent

CDRE Brett Dowsing, RAN (Rtd), Senior Defence Writer

Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe

Managing Editor editor@wadefencereview.com.au

Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe is the author of over 500 articles on topics spanning strategic policy, political risk, maritime Stephen Bunce Simon Louie Thomas Hage security, military affairs, transnational Defence Writer Defence Writer Defence Writer security and defence industry. He has interviewed numerous senior political, government, military and industry figures, with his work featured in publications such as The Diplomat, Harvard International Review, Forbes Asia, Jane’s Defence Weekly, Jane’s Intelligence Review, Military Technology, NAVAL FORCES, The Australian, Australian Financial Review, and many more. He has appeared on radio and television, chaired dozens of events and been invited to deliver presentations for organisations such as the Committee for the Economic Development of Australia (CEDA), Australasian Council of Security Professionals, Australian Defence College, Special Operations Command, Defence Imagery and Geospatial Organisation, Defence, Science and Technology and numerous other organisations. Serge is the Defence Advisor to the CORE Innovation Hub and The Centre for Entrepreneurial Research and and Innovation (CERI), is an Associate of Security Professionals Australasia, is an Honorary Fellow with the National Security Institute, University of Canberra, and is the former President of the Australian Industry & Defence Network of WA.

David Nicolson Photographer

Eddy Lidya

Photographer

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe.

®

Front Cover: The Royal Australian Navy’s clearance divers are integral to the protection of fleet assets and shore establishments. Seen here engaged in diving drills at Cockburn Sound in August 2021, is Australian Clearance Diver Team Four member, Able Seaman Clearance Diver (ABCD) Jordan Bitolkoski.

Editor, Publisher, Design and Production: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe PO Box 6701, East Perth, WA 6892 For enquiries: admin@wadefencereview.com.au

Disclaimer: Any opinion expressed is the honest belief of the author based on all available facts, but is not necessarily the view of WA DEFENCE REVIEW or its employees. Comments and facts should not be relied upon by the reader in taking commercial, legal, financial, or other decisions. Articles are by their nature general, and readers are advised to seek specialist advice before acting on information published within which may not be appropriate for the readers’ particular circumstances. WA DEFENCE REVIEW will not accept liability for any error or omissions printed, however caused. All rights reserved. The ownership of trademarks is acknowledged. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form without the written permission of WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Copyright © 2021 WA DEFENCE REVIEW 4th Edition - printed November 2021. ISSN 2652-5852 Acknowledgements: WA DEFENCE REVIEW would like to acknowledge our valued clients for their ongoing support. We also greatly appreciate the support from our stakeholders and associates, namely the Australian Defence Force, Defence Media, JTSI, Defence West, Defence Science Centre, AIDN and the Henderson Alliance. Finally, it would be remiss to not sincerely thank the following individuals whose generous support made our latest edition achievable: Dr Stephanie Koorey, Colin Cairnes, RADM Raydon Gates AO CSM (Rtd), LCDR Fletcher Wall, RAN, CDRE Brett Dowsing, RAN (Rtd), Ross Louthean, John McIntosh, Peta Magorian, Pat Hall, Terry Booth, Simon Louie, Stephen Bunce, Thomas Hage, Dr Peter Layton and Kiki Stokar von Neuforn. WA DEFENCE REVIEW is a registered trademark.

4

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Printed by: Vanguard Press - vanguardpress.com.au



CONTENTS 2. INTRODUCTION 4.

EDITORIAL TEAM

8.

AUSTRALIA’S DANGEROUS AND UNCERTAIN DECADE AHEAD By RADM James Goldrick (Rtd)

16. AUKUS AND THE NEW INDOPACIFIC ALIGNMENT By Prof Peter Leahy AC, LTGEN (Rtd) 20. EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW The Hon Kim Beazley AC Governor of Western Australia 30. A BALANCING ACT: HUMANITARIAN ASSISTANCE, DISASTER RELIEF AND THE ADF By Dr Peter Layton & Prof Peter Leahy AC, LTGEN (Rtd) 34. EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW The Hon Melissa Price MP Minister for Defence Industry Australian Government 44. EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW The Hon Paul Papalia CSC MLA Minister for Defence Industry, Government of Western Australia 51. ADVOCATING FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA’S DEFENCE SECTOR: REFLECTING ON THE FIRST FOUR YEARS By RADM Raydon Gates AO CSM (Rtd) 56. INFRASTRUCTURE, PLANNING, PEOPLE: DEFENCE WEST BUILDS ON STATE’S STRENGTHS By Rebecca Brown 62. STATE OF THE DEFENCE SECTOR IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA 2021-22 By Thomas Hage & Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe 73. AUSTRALIA’S INDIAN OCEAN GATEWAY: WESTERN AUSTRALIA By the Hon Andrew Hastie MP 76. AUSTRALIA’S INDIAN OCEAN TERRITORIES: DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND FUTURE PROSPECTS By the Hon Nola Marino MP 80. STRATEGIC IMPORTANCE OF THE INDIAN OCEAN REGION AND AUSTRALIA’S NORTHWEST NEEDS MORE THAN JUST RECOGNITION Prof Peter J Dean

6

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

87. WESTPORT: FUTUREPROOFING AN INTEGRAL LINK By Patrick Seares 108. THE AUSTRALIAN MARINE COMPLEX: A PREEMINENT AUSTRALIAN INFRATSRUCTURE ASSET By Stephen Bunce & Dr Gregor Ferguson 116. THE ARTEMIS MISSIONS TO MARS: AUSTRALIA, WATCH THIS SPACE By Gregory M Hunter 124. EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW GEN John W ‘Jay’ Raymond Chief of Space Operations United States Space Force 136. AEROSPACE CONSIDERATIONS IN DEFENDING AUSTRALIA’S NORTH-WESTERN MARITIME APPROACHES By AVM Brian Weston AM FRAeS (Rtd) 144. STATE OF AUSTRALIA’S UNCREWED AERIAL SYSTEMS SECTOR By Greg Tyrrell 154. POISED FOR CHALLENGES AHEAD: THE FUTURE OF THE ARMY IN WESTERN AUSTEALIA By BRIG Brett Chaloner 160. TURNING AN EAST COAST-CENTRIC ARMY’S ATTENTION NORTH WEST By Stephen Bunce & Graham McKenzie-Smith AM 170. NORTHERN TERRITORY TO PLAY KEY ROLE IN QUAD AND AUKUS By the Hon Michael Gunner MLA 183. TASMANIA: AUSTRALIA’S MARITIME STATE & GATEWAY TO THE SOUTH By RADM Steve Gilmore AM CSC (Rtd) 187. EXCLUSIVE NTERVIEW Kim Ellis Director, Australian Antarctic Division 202. NEW ZEALAND DEFENCE INDUSTRY: RELATIONSHIPS TRUMP CONTRACTS & COLLABORATION BEATS ISOLATION By Andrew Ford 206. DEFENCE INDUSTRY PARTNERSHIPS KEY TO ACHIEVING SCALE By Dr Jens Goennemann

210. SUBSEA INNOVATION CLUSTER AUSTRALIA: SYNERGIES BETWEEN DEFENCE AND THE ENERGY SECTOR By Dr Colin McIvor 222. INTERVIEW Simon Harcombe, Tom Huberli and Riaan Bronkhorst RSM Australia 226. ACSC: FOCUSED ON CYBER SECURITY AND CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE By Abigail Bradshaw CSC 234. DEFENCE CAN PLAY LEADING ROLE IN ENERGY TRANSITION By Miranda Taylor 236. AUSTRALIA’S PERILOUS OVER-DEPENDENCE ON IMPORTED FUEL By AVM John Blackburn AO (Rtd) 245. GROWING A SMART AND TECHNOLOGICALLY SAVVY DEFENCE INDUSTRY WORKFORCE By the Hon Sue Ellery BA MLC 248. SOUTH METROPOLITAN TAFE: PREPARING THE NEXT GENERATION OF SKILLED DEFENCE INDUSTRY WORKERS By Terry Durant 255. SIMULATION SYSTEMS IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA: VIRTUAL TRAINING FOR REAL WORLD READINESS By Dr Peter Layton & Simon Louie 265. BUILDING INDIGENOUS BUSINESS TO ENHANCE SOVEREIGN CAPABILITY By Adam Goodes 272. A STRONGER INDUSTRY FOR GREATER NATIONAL RESILINECE By Brent Clark 275. SMALL BUSINESS SHOULD BE HEART AND SOUL OF DEFENCE INDUSTRY By Rohan Green 282. EXCLUSIVE NTERVIEW Paul Everingham Chief Executive Chamber of Minerals and Energy of Western Australia 291. LOOKING AFTER OUR DIGGERS, OLD AND YOUNG By the Hon Andrew Gee MP


PROCHEM

DEFENCE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES TUBE | PIPE | FITTINGS | FLANGES | ACTUATION | VALVES ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS

1300 287 777

www.prochem.com.au


ANALYSIS

CANBERRA MUSINGS

AUSTRALIA’S DANGEROUS AND UNCERTAIN DECADE AHEAD By James Goldrick,

RADM (Rtd), Adjunct Professor at SDSC, Australian National University and at UNSW Canberra (ADFA).

We live in interesting times. Australia and its friends face the prospect of an increasingly powerful and authoritarian China bent on re-setting the global order and achieving dominance of its surrounding region.

FESTERING TENSIONS Taiwan is increasingly a point of tension, and one that carries far greater risk of precipitating major conflict than China’s claims in the South China Sea. As the centenary anniversary of the Chinese Communist Party confirmed, China is determined to reincorporate Taiwan into China. An armed conflict between China and Taiwan would be in no one’s interests, least of all China itself, but there remains the danger that both external and domestic pressures, including China’s internal narrative of ultra-nationalism, may see events spiral out of control. Furthermore, possession of the island has a new significance for China since it would give its naval forces unfettered access to the deep waters of the Pacific and thus to the world’s oceans.

This would create immediate problems not only for the United States but for Japan as well; a seadependent nation whose maritime approaches would be at much greater risk from an all-round threat. Japan’s increasingly robust attitude to the regional deployment of its own navy and recent public statements indicate that it is increasingly aware of its own interests in the continuing independence of Taiwan.

TESTING THE ALLIANCE The implication for Australia is huge: if Japan should be open in its support for Taiwan, a crisis over the island may rapidly become a test not only of our alliance with the US, but of our nascent security relationship with Japan.

Ships from the Australian, United States, Japanese and Indian navies sail in formation in the Indian Ocean at the start of phase two of Exercise MALABAR 2020. © Department of Defence.

8

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


Looking to achieve DISP accreditation? Red Piranha offers a comprehensive DISP program to get you secure and certified. Our sovereign capability provides supply chain assurance across Personnel Security, Physical Security, Information & Cyber Security and Security Governance. As your trusted DISP partner, we can help with: DISP Assessments DISP ASR - Annual Security Report DISP Accreditation Cybersecurity Solutions CDIC Grants Advisory Cybersecurity Consulting Services

Crystal Eye


ANALYSIS

CANBERRA MUSINGS

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Credit: Kaboom Toons.

The South China Sea will provide other tests. China continues to assert its power over the littoral states, which are subject to the continuing dilemma of balancing their own sovereign claims against the fear of Chinese reprisals. Australia cannot allow the South China Sea to become a closed sea, but our responses to China’s coercive behaviour and our presence in those waters and skies must be calibrated to the concerns of our friends in the region, as well as those of our major allies. Such calibration applies in another region where Australia has key responsibilities - the South Pacific. The more sensitive our support for the Pacific islandcountries, the more effective will be our efforts to ensure that the region does not become a new focus for strategic competition.

INDIAN OCEAN MILITARY BALANCE The Indian Ocean is already the scene of such strategic competition, although this is not in itself a trigger for conflict. China has legitimate interests and key vulnerabilities, notably its dependence on oil via the Strait of Hormuz and the hundreds of thousands of Chinese nationals in Africa and other parts of the Indian Ocean littoral. China’s Belt and Road initiative has encountered several obstacles, but China is bent on exploiting

10

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Africa’s natural resources and, quite probably, its demographic boom as a source of cheap labour in the years ahead. Indeed, the key challenge for Australia may be in ensuring that our leading position in iron ore and other resources is not threatened by the Chinese development and exploitation of of African mines. For India in particular – and, it should be observed, for several members of the European Union – there will be increasing challenges by China to their customary influence around the Indian Ocean littoral. India itself will have to manage not only its contested land border with China, but the latter’s influence on Pakistan and in Afghanistan and other central Asian states. Australia will be a secondary player in this new ‘great game’ but cannot be oblivious to its outcome. Most importantly, Australia needs to work with India to share the burden of balancing China’s maritime presence in the region. What Australia will see, as the Chinese navy learns to use its new power projection capabilities, will be an increasingly powerful Chinese naval presence to its north west and west, at levels even greater than that of the anti-piracy and flag showing deployments of the last decade and a half. This may not happen for a year or two, since the Peoples Liberation Army Navy seems to be adopting a cautious approach, learning by doing with



ANALYSIS

CANBERRA MUSINGS

its aircraft carriers but keeping them close to home.

An armed conflict between China and Taiwan would be in no one’s interests, least of all China itself, but there remains the danger that both external and domestic pressures, including China’s internal narrative of ultra-nationalism, may see events spiral out of control. Furthermore, possession of the island has a new significance for China since it would give its naval forces unfettered access to the deep waters of the Pacific and thus to the world’s oceans.

Nevertheless, Chinese carrier battle and amphibious ready groups are likely to be a regular, if not semi-permanent presence in the Indian Ocean well before the end of the decade. They will be an important complement to China’s efforts to increase its influence around the Indian Ocean’s littoral. And they need to be matched, when appropriate, by an Australian maritime presence powerful and persistent enough to demonstrate our capacity for action. Efforts to exert Australian influence must extend further. Our presence should also include measures which support maritime security in the wider sense, such as through capacity building in the smaller littoral states. This could include creating an Indian Ocean

The upgraded facilities at HMAS Stirling and Fleet Base West in Western Australia will gather renewed importance as the AUKUS trilateral security partnership rises in prominence. © Department of Defence.

12

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


ANALYSIS

CANBERRA MUSINGS

Patrol Vessel Program and extending to the region the associated support and training programs which have underpinned the long-standing Pacific Patrol Boat Program and its successor Pacific Maritime Security Program. Another concept that has recently been proposed is the establishment of a Perth-based Indian Ocean Maritime Academy. As with the Pacific schemes, in which New Zealand plays a role, this does not have to be a purely national effort and could provide another avenue for cooperation with India.

arrangements. This has been strongly reaffirmed by AUKUS, a major new agreement which has, interestingly, also demonstrated Britain’s renewed intent to be a contributor to Indo-Pacific security. Nevertheless, success in handling the rise of China will also depend upon our ability to develop new links with Japan and India, and with countries like Indonesia - a nation too often given lesser priority in Australia’s external relationships - as well as the other members of ASEAN.

QUAD NOT ENOUGH

In other words, AUKUS and the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (the ‘Quad’), are not enough. They are extremely important - if not critical - but even the Quad must be much more than a military coalition. China’s economic bullying of Australia has provided a stark, perhaps timely, demonstration that

In managing these and other responses, Australia must be both independent and collaborative in asserting its national interests. The alliance with the US remains the keystone of our security


ANALYSIS

CANBERRA MUSINGS

Efforts to exert Australian influence must extend further. Our presence should also include measures which support maritime security in the wider sense, such as through capacity building in the smaller littoral states. This could include creating an Indian Ocean Patrol Vessel Program and extending to the region the associated support and training programs which have underpinned the long-standing Pacific Patrol Boat Program and its successor Pacific Maritime Security Program. Another concept that has recently been proposed is the establishment of a Perth-based Indian Ocean Maritime Academy.

economic and financial considerations are central elements in any national security strategy. So is technology, cooperation in which will be a key part of the AUKUS arrangements. More than ever, Australia’s instruments of government need to be both aligned and aware. This is important at both federal and state levels, as is the consistency of our external messaging. This issue has been thrown into sharp relief by the mixed regional reactions to the surprise of the AUKUS announcement in September 2021.

Australia’s need to increase its strategic weight and to benefit from the full range of emerging technologies must be justified in terms which emphasise Australia’s interest in ensuring a secure and stable region for all. Furthermore, the need for alignment goes much further than managing the rise of China. Dealing with the effects of revived great power rivalries and tensions does not mean that a multitude of other problems can be ignored. The toxic cocktail of climate change, environmental

degradation, and resource depletion – particularly of global fishery stocks – present both international and domestic challenges. The ADF must manage its transition to being a force much more capable of sustained high intensity operations than at any time in its recent past, as it continues also to respond to emerging crises of governance and natural disasters. There has to be a limit to the latter, however, and the national effort to strengthen Australian resilience must include greater emphasis on non-military domestic response capabilities. The need to bring in ADF staff not only for the immediate response to the COVID-19 pandemic but to help manage the national vaccination effort confirms that major improvements are needed in both Commonwealth and state governments’ civil structures for undertaking such operations. Security challenges are also emerging in the military technology domain. In the 2020s, Australia’s research, development and manufacturing capabilities will be critical elements in our security strategy. Australia must exploit emerging technology to the greatest extent it can, while recognising that the ‘old economy’ of warfare will not go away. Unmanned

Another demonstration of the rapidly intensifying military cooperation between Australia and the United Kingdom as part of recently announced AUKUS trilateral security arrangement was the visit of HMS Astute, a Royal Navy nuclear submarine currently deployed to the Indo-Pacific region. Australia’s Minister for Defence the Hon Peter Dutton MP conducted a press briefing at HMAS Stirling on 29 October 2021, flanked by the Hon Melissa Price MP, Minister for Defence Industry, Her Excellency Victoria Treadell, Britain’s High Commissioner to Australia, and VADM Michael Noonan, Chief of the Royal Australian Navy. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe.

14

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


ANALYSIS

units will complement and extend the capabilities of manned platforms but cannot replace them outright, no matter how many systems will be ‘human on the loop’ rather than ‘human in the loop’.

HARD DECISIONS AHEAD Kinetic effects will continue to count; being able to deploy people and platforms over long distances and sustain them will still matter. AUKUS has created the prospect of Australia acquiring nuclear powered attack submarines, with a possible build in-country. Some hard decisions will need to be made about how such a capability can be achieved. There are both short and long-term implications for Western Australia. The naval base at HMAS Stirling has long been a favoured destination for US nuclear-powered boats. It is likely that the frequency of such visits will increase, while there are indications that the United Kingdom is interested in using the facility during the operational deployments of its own submarines to the region. In the longer term, if Australia does bring such units into service, HMAS Stirling will almost certainly be their base and maintenance facility. Such support will never extend to nuclear refuelling, which is not required by the latest designs, but it will require the creation of new facilities and a workforce with new skills, as it will acceptance by the community of the permanent, rather than transient presence of nuclear-powered submarines.

CANBERRA MUSINGS

not to throw it off track. The reported delays to the Future Frigate at least indicate that the mistake, made too often in the past, of starting construction before the design is sufficiently mature, will not be made. Nevertheless, in this and other major projects there is an element which cannot be ignored - our strategic warning time has reduced to practically nothing. Australia, in other words, needs to get on with it. The new focus in Defence on munitions, logistics and sustainment recognises this reality, as it does the fact that Australia will not be able to count on external military supplies in a major contingency. Indeed, the requirement for national resilience is one that cannot be ignored. Measures to improve fuel security must only be the start of a new effort to balance economic rationalism with an understanding of just what needs to be done and stored in Australia to maintain our island existence when our sea and airborne communications are under threat. There are many challenges, and we have much to do.

The surface ship program will require continuing attention if design problems and labour shortages are

The AUKUS trilateral security arrangement in action. On 29 October 2021 HMS Astute conducted a logistics resupply visit to HMAS Stirling during a deployment to the Indo-Pacific region in support of the Royal Navy’s carrier strike group. Pictured here is the Royal Navy nuclear submarine HMS Astute (back) berthed at Fleet Base West behind HMAS Rankin (front left) HMAS Collins (front right). © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

15


ANALYSIS

CANBERRA MUSINGS

AUKUS AND THE NEW INDOPACIFIC ALIGNMENT By Professor Peter Leahy AC, LTGEN (Rtd), Director, National Security Institute, University of Canberra

Four recent and ongoing developments are dramatically transforming Australia’s strategic environment. First, the United States’ much delayed pivot away from the Middle East to the Indo-Pacific is finally materialising. Second, the United Kingdom, in search of a post-Brexit foreign policy, is resurfacing in the Indo-Pacific. It is in fact the combination of these two developments which has served as the genesis for the AUKUS security partnership. Third, Australia has stopped sitting on the fence and come down on the side of security with the US over economic prosperity with China. The fourth but no less significant development is that the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (the ‘Quad’), has now gained substance and real purpose.

On 16 September 2021, PM Scott Morrison alongside the Secretary of Defence Greg Moriarty and the Chief of Defence Force, LTGEN Angus Campbell, announced the AUKUS trilateral security partnership at a Parliament House, Canberra, press briefing. © Department of Defence. Photographer: Jay Cronan.

GEOGRAPHIC SWEET SPOT

Referred to as the ‘aircraft carrier of the Pacific’ during World War II, Australia provided a base for training, logistics, repair, sustainment and command and control. As AUKUS unfolds expect Australia to perform a similar role.

16

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

These developments highlight a new alignment in the Indo-Pacific, based on a collective pushback against an increasingly authoritarian, and assertive China; the Chinese Communist Party has miscalculated and now faces the prospect of being isolated in its own region. There is now a coalescence of values and interests across AUKUS, ANZUS and the Quad which adds strength and consistency to Australia’s security outlook.

While the early attention of AUKUS is on submarines, the focus, over time, is likely to be the pursuit of scientific, technical and industrial breakthroughs such as artificial intelligence, space, cybernetics, quantum physics, missile defence, hypersonics and autonomous systems. Aside from the military implications, Australian industry should also benefit through high levels of technology and industrial transfers, the sharing of innovations, and with contributions and access to supply and sustainment chains and critical raw materials. AUKUS is also about geography. A 2013 report from the American Centre for Strategic and Budgetary Assessment noted that Australia, sitting astride the Indian and Pacific Oceans, was in a ‘geographic sweet spot’. It also noted, for the first time since World War


ANALYSIS

CANBERRA MUSINGS

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Credit: Jacques Polome.

Western Australia, with open access to the Indian Ocean, has an important role to play. It already hosts large naval forces, air force ‘bare bases’ and important radar and electro-optical facilities for space surveillance and control. In the future it can provide port and land base options for allied forces, providing protection and enabling persistence.”

II, that Australian and American areas of strategic priority overlapped. Covering the sea lanes across the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and with easy access to the chokepoints into and out of the South China Sea, Australia’s position provides strategic depth to any IndoPacific campaigns. Much of America’s military capability is forward deployed in

vulnerable places like Japan, Guam and Diego Garcia. All are exposed to China’s increasing militarisation and growing sea, air, cyber and space capabilities.

AUSTRALIA’S CENTRAL ROLE Referred to as the ‘aircraft carrier of the Pacific’ during World War II, Australia provided a base for training, logistics, repair, sustainment and command and control. As AUKUS unfolds expect Australia to again perform a similar role. The US is currently undertaking a global force posture review to ensure the footprint of American troops worldwide is correctly sized and supports strategy. Wait for Australia to be asked to help redress the imbalance in the Indo-Pacific. Western Australia, with open access to the Indian Ocean, has an important role to play. It already hosts large naval forces, air force ‘bare bases’ and important radar and electro-optical facilities for space surveillance and control. In the future it can provide port and land base options for allied forces, providing protection and enabling persistence. Don’t forget the Cocos Islands and Christmas Island. Their position in the Indian Ocean, close to the sea lanes and maritime chokepoints through the Indonesian archipelago, provide

ideal launch and recovery options for reconnaissance and surveillance. Access to manouevre training areas will be important, as will range access for long-range artillery, missiles and electronic warfare capabilities. Australia should expect requests for base access, forward deployments and substantial pre-positioning of equipment, stores and ammunition. Priority will be afforded to air and naval assets. Often neglected in Defence arrangements, attention should also be provided to the need for more army elements across Western Australia.

LONG TERM COSTS & BENEFITS As the details of the AUKUS partnership emerge, we need to be alert to the cost. In the first instance, expect a much larger Defence budget. Moreover, with all the recent talk about sovereign defence capabilities and sovereign national interests we need be alert to maintaining our independence and freedom of thought and action within the developing web of partnerships, keeping in mind that AUKUS is backed by trust, resolve and shared values. This new security partnership will undoubtedly be of enormous benefit to Australia, and support peace and security in the Indo-Pacific more broadly.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

17


BUILDING ON OUR PASSION AND HISTORY

SHAPING THE FUTURE OF AUSTRALIAN SHIPBUILDING


Integrity. Safety. Collaboration. Dedicated to our customers’ ideas and committed to their individual requirements, we are driven by a fundamental difference: our DNA. The DNA of shipbuilding. Come on board and join Luerssen Australia. For more information, simply contact us at careers@luerssen.com.au or visit our website at www.luerssen.com.au

THE DNA OF SHIPBUILDING


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

By Stephen Bunce,

Defence Writer,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

Serge DeSilvaRanasinghe, Managing Editor,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

THE HON KIM BEAZLEY: “MORE AND MORE FOCUS WILL COME ON TO WESTERN AUSTRALIA, OUR STRATEGIC CONCERNS, AND OUR STRATEGIC GEOGRAPHY.” In August WA DEFENCE REVIEW had the pleasure of visiting Government House to conduct an exclusive interview with the Governor of Western Australia, the Hon Kim Beazley AC. The Governor’s impressive experience and knowledge of defence and keen understanding of the complex strategic issues key to the peace and prosperity of Australia and the region, made for a fascinating and insightful conversation. How would you describe the circumstances of Australia’s present strategic challenges? Where are we at right now? Australia is facing a more difficult situation than we have seen for a very long time and must think through the requirements of our national security with a maturity that we have not had to before. In the 1930s when we were faced with a survival threat, we considered ourselves under the umbrella of the British Empire defence, so there wasn’t the same sort of pressure on the leadership of the country. It was very difficult for that threat to be conceptualised by those who had responsibility for Australia’s defence.

If you look at what potential adversaries would want from Australia in the future, the North West has a massive proportion of high-value product for our neighbourhood - and further afield. It is a place you might consider seizing if we had no capability in this region to deter.

20

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Now, however, Australia is intellectually up to the challenge and thoroughly aware of the extent to which we ourselves must look after our concerns in the first instance. Australia needs to persist with allies, but we need to have a very close understanding of what we want from them and whether what we want from them is doable. If it’s not, then we need to think through what extra we need to do. What we must do is effectively deter. If we are going to effectively deter,

we need to demonstrate a capacity to meet all likely threats to us, and for any ally who chose to assist us to do something about it themselves. In practical terms that is to anticipate and be able to deal with the threat ourselves now, albeit with the help of the technologies and intelligence of your friends and allies. We need a deeper thought process about what it is that we need and where it ought to be dispersed to be able to achieve that deterrence.

World War II was the height of Australia’s awareness of the Indian Ocean’s importance – Australia’s navy deployed and lost a number of warships in the Indian Ocean and our connection to the British Empire was through this ocean. Do you think we are seeing a reawakening of Australian strategic consciousness of the Indian Ocean? To a degree, yes. Would it be the extent to which the strategic considerations justify? No. Every now and then you see it pop up with a Defence strategic update which looked at the major threats to Australia, and what parts of the country would be of prime significance to a potential enemy. Much of the threat perception revolved around the North West and it continues to. If you look at what potential adversaries would want from Australia in the future, the North West has a massive proportion of high-value product for our neighbourhood - and further afield. It is a place you might consider seizing if we had no capability in this region to deter.


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

21


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

Western Australia must have readily available the capability to facilitate the rapid deployment of the ADF through the north. There are two directions from which that can come - Darwin or Perth.

Given the importance of strengthening defence ties with regional neighbours in view of the deteriorating geo-political situation, do you see potential for RAAF Pearce to be used in a more significant training role with air forces from around the Indian Ocean and Indo-Pacific regions? Well, the Singaporeans think it is a good idea with all their own initial training there. It would require a bit more construction

because it’s all utilised now, but quite clearly it is capable of being used more than it is, even though it’s one of the busiest airports in the country. You can easily use it for general training purposes and for occasional deployments with quite a lot of countries involved. When you get out into the airfields used in the Western Australian countryside there is plenty of opportunity out there too - some of the best flying conditions you could conceivably imagine. Yes, it is a good thought.

There has been growing talk of increasing the strength of the regular army presence in WA because it is currently quite limited. What role do you see the state playing in supporting the evolving status of the Indian Ocean region in Australia’s strategic calculus? WA must have readily available the capability to facilitate the rapid deployment of the ADF through the north. There are two directions from which that can come - Darwin or Perth. There is a bit of a mismatch now between our understanding of how we need to

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson.

22

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

defend ourselves and the focus of our Defence structure. We are focusing on systems that are 15-30 years away from their full deployment. These systems are very appropriate in the ways that we define our needs, but they are way out of time. We must look at what we can do right now. We must ask ourselves the question: if you were going to sustain action for any period, what should you prioritise? Well, it is a matter of logistics, it’s an issue of your ammunition stocks, it is an issue of your oil stocks, it is an issue of hardening and spreading the bases that we have already. Almost nothing happening in contemporary force structure planning addresses these things. It is not easy to leave a brigade of full-time soldiers in the North West as you have to support them, and let their families sustain liveable lives - but you do need them as close as you can get. In which case it is Darwin and Perth. That means both places having an effective brigade - a force that would not be readily overcome by an opponent. You also need the right type of navy and aircraft. I am happier with the air force than any other service in terms of its structure and readiness to act.


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

There is a bit of a mismatch now between our understanding of how we need to defend ourselves and the focus of our Defence structure. We are focusing on systems that are 15-30 years away from their full deployment. These systems are very appropriate in the ways that we define our needs, but they are way out of time. We must look at what we can do right now… Almost nothing happening in contemporary force structure planning addresses these things.

There should be more exercises. You need to practice in the areas where you might be engaged. They need more up near Yampi Sound. There are also other areas our ADF can exercise that may not be designated for the purpose. There are also all the desktop exercises that you need to do and the naval and air force exercises that can function through that area. We should be doing a lot more of that and making it obvious to all that we are. We have got a pretty good read on it all with our overthe-horizon radar system, the impact of our intelligence collaboration with the United States, our own Australian Signals Directorate. We’ve got a transparent region to our north and capacity to see what’s coming in a timely way.

Continuing with the theme of Indian Ocean security - what are your views on the security considerations for our Indian Ocean Territories such as Cocos and Keeling, Christmas Island, and our southern Indian Ocean areas. These interests must take their place co-equally on the other side of the continent. The east coast also has its problems. We are more engaged in the South Pacific than we were. In terms of

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson.

perceptions, from our allies and friends, and the region itself, we basically carry the card for the South Pacific, so we must be effective there too. The things that were effective such as patrol boats, patrolling and fishing agreements also apply in the Indian Ocean. That is an important sphere of influence. In the Indian Ocean we have interesting friends and relationships developing, with India one such example. They’re getting a good idea about what in our strategic geography is useful for them, so they are looking for more sophisticated engagement. India has their own massive security and health problems now, which are important to recognise. Then you have all the island nations that you must be concerned about – though not in the way you are concerned about the South Pacific. Some of these nations are bigger and much more complex, like Sri Lanka and the Seychelles.

We have discussed previously how Australia could strengthen its Indian Ocean engagement in a practical sense. Two notable concepts are the Indian Ocean patrol vessel program, and the Indian Ocean maritime academy. What are your thoughts?

Many Indian Ocean nations are very maritime in their orientation, and in a sophisticated sense - obviously in the industry sense with their fishing industries - but also in terms of piracy and naval capabilities. There is a lot of sophisticated focus around the Indian Ocean region and we need a training establishment that goes beyond what you simply need to be a good marine engineer. You need training that gives you a grasp of what you do with strategy, with all its ramifications. The fishing industry is appallingly impacted by gross overfishing and environmental degradation, yet it is so vital to most countries in that region. You’ve got strategic issues, environmental issues, safety issues and sustainability issues. You need something that puts it all together and it may as well be here in WA. That’s a desirable objective.

What an Indian Ocean stepup means is a much more sophisticated and complex concept to the one that applies in the South Pacific. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

23


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson.

In addition to the patrol vessel program and a maritime academy, how else can we meaningfully enhance Australia’s security and influence in the Indian Ocean Region? For example, could we initiate a ‘step-up’ for the Indian Ocean, essentially replicating some elements of the Pacific Step-up? We talk about it partly reflecting a reality, but also sending a message regarding the South Pacific, which we perceive to be under Australia’s bonnet. It is more complicated in the Indian Ocean region as you have big and effective powers in the Indian Ocean and on the littoral, as well as a number of smaller states that look

24

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

like bit like the South Pacific states. We ourselves also extend a long way into the Indian Ocean with the Cocos and Keeling and Christmas Islands. They contribute opportunities but also present challenges. The Indians are intrigued with what we are doing in the zones immediately adjacent to them. What an Indian Ocean step-up means is a much more sophisticated and complex concept to the one that applies in the South Pacific.

How do you see strategic competition evolving in Australia’s Southern Indian Ocean Territories such as Heard and McDonald Islands, and its Antarctic territory in the years ahead?

I think people have re-focused towards the area, particularly Antarctica. In part that is a derivative of what’s happening with obvious open competition in the Arctic with the Russians, Americans, Canadians, and Chinese. It is not quite the same in the south, but it will probably get there which brings into play the other islands you are talking about. That is quite costly and it’s the same problem you are confronted with in the north, so we really must build up a fleet with ice capable boats, which neither we nor the Americans have. The Russians perhaps do, and the Canadians and Chinese are working hard on it, and what is used in the northern waters you could be used down south. We have to think our way through that, but I think it’s not quite as urgent a problem as some of the others in the Indian Ocean. Our current problems


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

Many Indian Ocean nations are very maritime in their orientation…There is a lot of sophisticated focus around the Indian Ocean region and we need a training establishment that goes beyond what you simply need to be a good marine engineer. You need training that gives you a grasp of what you do with strategy, with all its ramifications… You’ve got strategic issues, environmental issues, safety issues and sustainability issues. You need something that puts it all together and it may as well be here in WA. That’s a desirable objective.

in the Indian Ocean are in the northern Indian Ocean.

WA has a thriving local defence industry sector. What are some key opportunities that you see for the expansion of the sector? We have the Australian Marine Complex in Henderson and HMAS Stirling on Garden

Island, but it’s much more than that – there are a very large number of derivative technologies from the mining industry, many of them a product of innovation in things like communication, autonomous vehicles and 3D manufacturing. What I find going around the state is that many of the local companies with these capabilities don’t fully comprehend their potential Defence value, with their primary focus on the civilian sector.

One of the good things with the WA government setting up the Defence Science Centre is that they have managed to get a chain of information to people about what they ought to be interesting themselves in, and the government’s approach to sovereign capability. There is robotics which the state excels in and the people associated with that are building up a bit of presence with Defence, but I don’t think we are recognised in the east as much as we should be. We have to be a bit louder in getting our capabilities across to Defence. Some of the companies we dealt with have terrific communications background. There’s underwater gliders, and uncrewed vehicles and the like, both on land and in the water, as well as provision for drone type activity. Most EDITION 4 • 2021-22

25


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson.

of them, fortuitously, have a priority for selling in the civilian area so that gives them considerable survivability if a tender submission they make to Defence does not eventuate. I didn’t necessarily think this when I became Governor, but now that I have had a chance to look around, you do see some potential.

How does the WA defence industry’s potential to increase its participation in the defence supply chain compare with other states, in terms of its overall efficacy?

It is huge, we are very effective. A huge amount of the engineering capability for this stuff is in Victoria and a certain amount in South Australia, but South Australia don’t have the manpower. In WA there is a match of skills and capability probably at least as good as in any other states. The major problem we have is that we are not the expected source. If you’re looking for an answer in the defence industry you don’t necessarily ring up and say it’s Perth. Although it is.

You’ve highlighted parallels and synergies between the resources and offshore oil and gas sectors

In terms of implications for Western Australia: enhanced security is central. We need to also be mindful that the foundation of AUKUS is mutual benefit. The Joint Leaders Statement is right to look holistically to consider industrial bases and supply chains. Western Australia is integral to the effective functioning of our allies and the world economy. Look no further than our resources that feed supply chains – whether they rare earths, iron ore or other critical resources – not to mention the innovation born out of this sector including remote operations and autonomous systems.

26

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

with the defence sector. What more can be done to highlight the potential for different industries to further integrate and to promote that nationally? For starters, listen to people. I think there is a very substantial capability in the west which, after its revealed and discussed, doesn’t get much follow-through with decision-makers. It should. Quite often there are alternative fixes for a problem from the eastern states’ perspective. They take it over and run with it and we tend to get neglected. Some of that is inherent prejudice, and that is not necessarily against us as westerners per se – it is just the response they have. Changing expectations is critical. If you’re a state politician - infuse it with the debate. It’s not an easy narrative to overcome but you just keep trying.

You have made interesting remarks about WA’s ascendency in Australian strategic culture and its role in Defence. What’s your prognosis for WA and its position in the national strategic debate over the next few years? Generally, I expect it to be bright. As time goes by more and more focus will come on to Western Australia, our


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

strategic concerns, and our strategic geography. I think we’ll be more and more effective in the way in which our people in the east see the world. They have a bit of tendency to jump quickly to forward defence in the east. That is fine but it’s beginning to look a bit sillier to be focused in that way. It suggests you are going to create trouble for people who you are not actually going to create trouble for, so you must be careful about that. I think that we will get it pretty right after a few more years of strategic debate from our point of view so I am hopeful.

Finally, what do you see as the strategic and regional security repercussions of the recent AUKUS trilateral security announcement? And what implications is AUKUS likely to have on the future of Western Australia’s security and defence sector? First, we need to unpack what the announcement appears to entail. AUKUS is much more than just plans

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

for Australia’s acquisition of nuclearpowered submarines. It is about cyber capabilities, artificial intelligence, quantum technologies, collaboration in hypersonics, wider undersea capabilities and also standoff strike. The cruise missile capabilities in particular will drastically change the strategic calculus in favour of Australia’s defence capabilities and the rules-based international order. As might be expected, regional concerns including over Australia’s proposed acquisition of nuclear-powered submarines have been emerging internationally. I am however confident that Australia’s positive standing and strengthened capacities will ultimately serve to promote stability and negate concerns. The fact that our prosperity is mutually inclusive of our neighbours, and vice-versa, reinforces this. In terms of implications for Western Australia: enhanced security is central. We need to also be mindful that the foundation of AUKUS is mutual benefit. The Joint Leaders Statement is right to look holistically to consider industrial bases and supply chains. Western Australia

is integral to the effective functioning of our allies and the world economy. Look no further than our resources that feed supply chains – whether they rare earths, iron ore or other critical resources – not to mention the innovation born out of this sector including remote operations and autonomous systems. The intellectual capital in our resources sector clearly offers considerable applications in the defence and space domains. More to the point, Western Australia’s industrial capabilities are an integral pillar of the nation’s defence capability aspirations; as well as the potential for an industrial surge capability. In this state, we are not trying to force a square peg into a round hole. Our industrial capacities are a natural fit for Defence and we need not drive the sector just for the sake of creating jobs at the expense of our national nor allied defence interests.

CEO - BUSINESS - POLICY - YOUTH - SPORTS DIPLOMACY - ARTS & CULTURE

MARCH 2022

20-22

WHERE DECISION MAKERS MEET First ever hybrid event bringing ASEAN nations together in Western Australia! Two Summit days with 20+ sessions over four concurrent forums

https://wa-asean-summit.com.au

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

27


Naval Acquisition and Sustainment Risks Industry approach and proven capability

About Aon Marine

600+ Marine Specialist Globally

• Recognise and cater for unique expectations to design and deliver ‘fit for purpose’ programs • In-depth reviews of insurance conditions and clauses, marine and naval construction contracts and service agreements • Accurate advice and tangible pricing from your initial concept to our program placement using global network of maritime risk experts

500+ Offices in

more than 120 countries

• Unmatched expertise from our Maritime Insurance Market professionals operating within Aon’s Global Broking Centre (GBC) • Aon has provided competitive market solutions to hundreds of maritime clients across the globe for over 40 years.

>$3.8bn Aon Contacts

Premium placed by Aon

Lindsay Metcalf National Marine Director Aon Level 15, 28 The Esplanade, Perth WA 6000 t 08 6317 4084 m 0407 912 378 e lindsay.metcalf2@aon.com

www.aon.com.au/australia/ marine-insurance © Aon Risk Services Australia Limited ABN 17 000 434 720 AFSL 241141 The information contained in this communication is for general information only; it is not intended to be construed as legal or financial advice in whole or in part. Please seek independent professional advice if needed. This communication is current as at the date of publication and subject to any qualifications expressed. While care has been taken in the production of this communication and the information contained in it has been obtained from sources that both parties reasonably believe to be reliable, we make no representation as to the accuracy of information received from third parties or in respect of any views expressed by us which relate to decisions of third parties (such as insurers). Please contact Aon COM20210923 if you would like any further information.

60+ Marine

Specialists within Asia Pacific


Construction covers • Construction all risks • Conversion/refurbishment/upgrade risks Transit/ delivery voyages • Builders interest/increased value • Guarantee/Warranty/Maintenance & Discovery Delay in delivery • Ship Repairers Liability

Operational covers • ISR/Property • Public/Products Liability Bonds/Surety/Trade Credit Professional Indemnity Cyber/IT & Data Risks Workers’ Compensation Political Risks • Directors & Officers Liabilit

Aon Contacts Contact – Name

Contact – Name

Contact – Name

Contact – Details

Contact – Details

Contact – Details

t +61 (0) 2 9253 7610 e eden.fletcher@aon.com

t +61 (0) 2 9253 7610 e eden.fletcher@aon.com

t +61 (0) 2 9253 7610 e eden.fletcher@aon.com

aon.com.au © Aon Risk Services Australia Limited ABN 17 000 434 720 AFSL 241141 The information contained in this communication is for general information only; it is not intended to be construed as legal or financial advice in whole or in part. Please seek independent professional advice if needed. This communication is current as at the date of publication and subject to any qualifications expressed. While care has been taken in the production of this communication and the information contained in it has been obtained from sources that both parties reasonably believe to be reliable, we make no representation as to the accuracy of information received from third parties or in respect of any views expressed by us which relate to decisions of third parties (such as insurers). Please contact Aon if you would like any further information. JOBCODE


ANALYSIS

NATIONAL SECURITY AFFAIRS

A BALANCING ACT: HUMANITARIAN ASSISTANCE, DISASTER RELIEF AND THE ADF By Dr Peter Layton,

Senior Correspondent,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

The Australian Defence Force has a long and proud history of delivering Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief on behalf of the nation. Australia’s regional and global contributions have saved many lives and alleviated much human suffering. The Indo-Pacific is one of the most disaster-prone areas in the world. Climate change, rising populations, growing urbanisation and refugee flows will increase the severity and frequency of natural disasters and the continuing requirement to provide humanitarian support to at-risk populations.

REGIONAL SUPPORT By Professor Peter Leahy AC, LTGEN (Rtd), Director, National Security Institute, University of Canberra

The recently announced strategic objectives for the ADF are to shape, deter and respond. HADR plays an important role in shaping our region where Australia’s prompt and generous support has helped build trust and cement constructive relationships with our neighbours, friends and allies. Two examples are the earthquakes and tsunamis off Vanimo in Papua New Guinea in 1998 and Banda Aceh in Indonesia in 2004. The ADF was able to react quickly and provide extended large-scale support, which was greatly appreciated, and in the case of Indonesia helped reshape the relationship soon after East Timor.

Tempting as it might be, the military are not the universal solution to HADR and domestic support. In time of rising tension or conflict the military will be needed to do their day job. Priorities may need to be applied or capacities developed in other areas that could substitute for the ADF.

The need for HADR has steadily increased. In 2020, two Category 5 cyclones impacted the region. Cyclone Harold in April caused extensive damage in the Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, and Tonga. Australia gave considerable aid in response, although the involvement of the ADF was unusually constrained due to worries over spreading COVID-19. In December 2020, Cyclone Yasa impacted Fiji, causing further significant damage. The ADF responded with initial relief packages delivered by C-17 aircraft followed by a deployment of 700 personnel, an amphibious ship and some helicopters for almost a month.

OVERLAPPING DISASTERS As well as demand for HADR into the region and beyond, there is an increasing demand and

30

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

expectation that the ADF will provide aid to the civil power within Australia. In recent years the ADF has routinely provided support in time of floods, bushfires, pandemics and cyclones. It is notable that in this era of overlapping disasters that in the week the ADF deployment to Fiji returned, some 700-800 ADF personnel, several helicopters and an uncrewed air vehicle system had been deployed to undertake flood relief in New South Wales. At the same time, some 1000 ADF personnel were also deployed around Australia supporting Operation COVID-19 Assist. Simultaneously, C-17 and C-130J aircraft were delivering COVID vaccines, syringes, medical supplies and medical storage refrigerators to PNG. There are a range of long-standing rules and guidelines which govern domestic assistance. They emphasise the primacy of the civil power and until recently the need to make primary use of state and territory resources before committing the military. The ADF’s use in domestic disaster situations is only provided in response to requests for assistance from state governments. These requests are made through and to Emergency Management Australia, a division within the Australian Government’s Department of Home Affairs. The agency prioritises requests and then consults with the Department of Defence on its ability to meet them. The recent Bushfire Royal Commission recommended that the Federal Government become more involved in combating natural disasters. The wide scale involvement of the military in the current COVID-19 crisis has intensified this discussion. The momentum is for earlier and more extensive engagement and the proactive deployment of the military without a request from the states. This remains a controversial idea. While the ADF has always been available to support and assist the civil power in Australia, in recent years the demand has dramatically increased. The ADF is proud and keen to support their fellow citizens, but there are limits.


ANALYSIS

NATIONAL SECURITY AFFAIRS

STRUCTURAL CHANGE In addition to overlapping disaster relief deployments, other operations continue. During the 2019/20 bushfires, the ADF had 2000 personnel deployed across the greater Middle East and on border patrol. These were enduring deployments and so the rough rule of three applies: 2000 getting ready to go, 2000 there and 2000 just back. Adding these 6000 personnel to the 8000 deployed in fighting bushfires meant that some 16% of the overall permanent and reserve ADF were committed. While deployments to the Middle East have been significantly reduced, further ADF global deployments cannot be ruled out. The increasing scale of support needed for domestic disasters has led to some changes in the army’s force structure. In late 2019, the Chief of Army formally assigned responsibility for leading domestic emergency operations to the 2nd Division. This is the reserve division previously assigned to raising, training and sustaining a battle group to reinforce permanent units in time of war. The 2nd Division is now double-tasked with warfighting and domestic disaster roles. The Major General commanding observes that 2nd Division will re-posture “to support the Australian community during natural disasters and other emergencies as the ADF’s domestic force of choice. It will progressively reorganise to focus on key outputs, like liaison with emergency services and generating the capabilities needed for the high-risk weather season and domestic security incidents – each task having its own intricacies, risks and challenges… Our geographic spread and deep community links mean this is a mission to which we are uniquely suited.” Soon after this change, there was the first ever Reserve call-out order, as originally authorised under the Defence Act 1903. In January 2020, in response to the extreme bushfire events, the Governor-General, on advice from the Minister for Defence, authorised the compulsory call-out of ADF Reserves “to provide emergency functions to support and enable firefighters and emergency services” initially to New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia. The call-out order meant that Reserve forces, who usually operate on a voluntary basis, were obliged to provide full-time service for the duration of the call-out order. During the ongoing COVID-19 national crisis, the various Reserve

A plant operator of the Australian Army Reserve’s 11th Engineer Regiment, operates a bulldozer to clear the Narrow Pass Fire Trail, in the Mann River Nature Reserve, for emergency 4WD access to Wytaliba. Operation Bushfire Assist 2019-20 was the ADF’s support to the national bushfire emergency. Copyright: Department of Defence. Photographer: CPL Colin Dadd.

elements of the ADF have continued to be widely used. They have clearly demonstrated their ability to deploy at short notice and professionally perform a broad range of roles. But even the Reserves have limits and care needs to be taken not to use the military in enforcement roles where authority belongs to the civil authorities.

‘DAY JOB’ THE PRIORITY The primary responsibility of the ADF is warfighting and given deteriorating strategic circumstances, maintaining preparedness, training standards and response times for this high-end role must take priority. This means that some force elements may be unavailable for HADR and domestic assistance roles. Tempting as it might be, the military are not the universal solution to HADR and domestic support. In time of rising tension or conflict the military will be needed to do their day job. Priorities may need to be applied or capacities developed in other areas that could substitute for the ADF. Three good examples are the Australian Medical Assistance Team, the Disaster Assistance Response Team and Disaster Relief Australia. These and other similar civil agencies have provided essential support to HADR missions and are a welcome supplement to efforts from the ADF. Disaster Relief Australia maintains a roster of ADF veterans who are available to rapidly deploy throughout Australia and the Pacific. They can operate independently or as part of an integrated taskforce and

provide a broad range of capabilities. Serious thought needs to be given to sponsoring and developing these and other civil capacity for planning, logistics and disaster prevention. More than 60 ADF staff are currently embedded into various Australian Government agencies, including the Department of Health and Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade to undertake COVID associated planning, operational, management and logistics functions. Additional ADF personnel staff are also assisting state and territory governments with contingency response planning. The use of military officers in such roles inhibits military preparedness.

PREPARE, PLAN & RESPOND One way of mitigating this problem is to improve the capacity of federal, state and territory governments to prepare, plan and conduct operations before and during disasters. The Natural Disaster Royal Commission in its 2020 Report has already noted that the Australian Government should expand its national preparedness and response functions, particularly as they relate to interjurisdictional cooperation, coordination and resource sharing. The ADF has a vital role in providing an international and domestic HADR response on behalf of the nation. This role needs to be balanced with its warfighting responsibilities and how our strategic circumstances are changing. Current trends suggest that work needs to be done on improving the civilian capacity for HADR.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

31


W


Project Delivery Experts

As Australia’s largest privately owned and independent specialist planning and management consultancy, TBH has delivered Australian sovereign capability, since 1965. Our services can be deployed as individual disciplines or packaged up as a complete offering.

– – – –

Project Planning, Scheduling and Controls P3M (Project, Program & Portfolio Management) PMO Design, Build, and Operation Earned Value Management (EVM)

– – – –

Risk Management Cost Management Schedule Risk Analysis Integrated Baseline Review (IBR)

Australian-owned SME

tbhconsultancy.com

WA Defence Review_210mmx130mm.indd 1

9/08/2021 2:56:52 PM

Join the French-Australian Business Community in the Defence Industry

www.facci.com.au Patron Members

WA Defence - FACCI 07 2021.indd 2

wa@facci.com.au Corporate Members

7/07/2021 11:00:14 AM


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

By Stephen Bunce,

Defence Writer,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

THE HON MELISSA PRICE MP: “THE GOVERNMENT IS WORKING TO BOLSTER AUSTRALIA’S INDUSTRIAL BASE.” As regional tensions continue to escalate, the importance of Sovereign Industrial Capability has taken on a more urgent tone in national security calculations. In this wide-ranging interview with WA DEFENCE REVIEW, the Australian Minister for the Defence Industry, the Hon Melissa Price MP, reveals how federal government policies and investment is addressing this key issue. The minister also discusses the vital role regional firms can play in infrastructure and technology projects, and the economic and security benefits that can flow to Western Australia.

Serge DeSilvaRanasinghe, Managing Editor,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

From your perspective, how has Australian defence industry managed the COVID-19 environment, and what is the current state of the industry? I have said this many times over the course of the past 18 months, and it remains as true today as it has ever been - we have kept the wheels of defence industry turning throughout this pandemic, and done a remarkable job. Feedback from industry has been that it remains resilient and flexible, and I am confident that it will emerge from COVID-19 as strong as ever. Of course, there have been many challenges, but the ability for industry to utilise exemptions for essential workers and have supply chain access resolved has allowed our defence industry to continue to deliver. We have been closely monitoring outbreaks and Defence has been meeting with industry to understand changing needs. We introduced several initiatives to support defence industry during the pandemic, such as establishing a COVID Industry Support Cell and the Accelerated Payments scheme, which has been critical. It has provided financial stability and security to Australian suppliers by making payments within 48 hours after approval of invoices, and encouraging industry primes to pass early payments through to their sub-contractors. The total value of invoices paid early from contracted payments since March 2020 exceeded $30bn.

In September last year you announced the ‘five pillars’ approach to further strengthen Australia’s defence industry and to ease the regulatory burdens for SMEs doing business with the Commonwealth.

Could you outline these and give us a progress update on some of the reviews being conducted? The five pillars are: (1) a new and enhanced Australian Industry Capability (AIC) contractual framework, (2) the Independent AIC Plan Audit Program, (3) the Commonwealth Procurement Rules (CPRs) guidelines update, (4) the Centre for Defence Industry Capability (CDIC) Review and its implementation, and (5) the Australian Standard for Defence Contracting (ASDEFCON) and Defence Procurement Review. Defence has progressed the five pillars, and I am pleased to say, we are continuing to see strong advancements in supporting defence industry. The new and enhanced AIC contractual framework will see AIC be more prominent during tender evaluations. AIC obligations will be expressed as essential contract terms and Defence will have enhanced contractual remedies for failure to achieve these.

The new and enhanced AIC contractual framework will see AIC be more prominent during tender evaluations. AIC obligations will be expressed as essential contract terms and Defence will have enhanced contractual remedies for failure to achieve these. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

35


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

The Defence Industry Pathways Program is an initiative of the Australian Government supported by South Metropolitan TAFE. Valued at $9m it is designed to build a pipeline of talent that is defence industry ready. Minister for Defence Industry and Minister for Science and Technology, the Hon Melissa Price MP, Head of Maritime Systems Rear Admiral Wendy Malcolm and Civmec, Executive Chairman, Jim Fitzgerald mingle with Year 12 and South Metropolitan TAFE students at the launch of the Defence Industry Pathway Program at Civmec’s Henderson shipyard in Western Australia. © Department of Defence. Photographer: POIS Yuri Ramsey.

The Independent AIC Plan Audit Program started in December 2020 with three pilot AIC Plan audits; LAND 121 Phase 3B and 5B (Haulmark Trailers Australia and Rheinmetall) and the SEA 1180 Offshore Patrol Vessel program (Luerssen). The three audits are progressing well, with strong engagement and support from the suppliers. These three AIC Plan audits will be finished in the third quarter of 2021. Since August 2020, the guidelines to the CPRs now allow Defence to consider how procurement will benefit the wider Australia economy, and develop Australian industry capability and capacity as part of assessing value for money. Additionally, the new CPRs released in December 2020 further provide an exemption which allows agencies, including Defence, to directly engage small businesses, for procurements valued up to $200,000. We remain on track to launch the new CDIC by the end of the year, under a new name and banner, ensuring we have a one-stop shop that is the centre of all support for defence industry. Lastly, the ASDEFCON and Defence Procurement Review is on track to be completed and submitted to me this quarter.

36

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

The Australian Government has realised the strategic significance of a dry berth facility in close proximity to Australia’s largest naval base. Can you tell us more about this project? Defence is working closely with the WA government on planning for the future development of the Henderson Marine Precinct to meet Defence’s evolving needs. A range of detailed planning studies, funded by the Morrison government as a COVID-19 economic stimulus measure, are building on earlier planning conducted by the state. This work is still at a concept and feasibility stage. Development of new large ship infrastructure at Henderson will provide the federal government with another option for the construction of the larger ships identified in the 2020 Force Structure Plan. It will strengthen national resilience and redundancy in large ship sustainment. Like all Defence projects, there would be opportunities for local companies in all phases of development and operation of the new infrastructure, and the large vessel dry berth will open new market sector opportunities for large ship construction and sustainment.

Aside from some of the more prominent big ticket acquisition programs that will involve WA industry, especially in the maritime domain, how is the federal government supporting some of the state’s lesser known niche capabilities in the land and air domain as well as with emerging space, cyber and C4ISR technologies? WA is home to a proud and thriving local defence industry, one which covers many different areas. On 31 March 2021, the Prime Minister, Minister for Defence, Minister for Industry and I jointly announced the accelerated development of a new Sovereign Guided Weapons and Explosive Ordnance (GWEO) enterprise. Over time, the enterprise will increase Australia’s self-reliance and mitigate supply chain risks and vulnerabilities by developing a truly sovereign Australianguided weapons capability. This enterprise will be a national endeavour, providing opportunities to WA’s small businesses and defence industry. The enterprise extends beyond just manufacturing. For example, it includes research and development,


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

The 12th Guardian-class Patrol Boat built as part of the Pacific Patrol Boat Replacement Project was gifted by the Australian Defence Force to Vanuatu during a ceremony held in Henderson, Western Australia on 30 July 2021. Minister for Defence Industry, the Hon Melissa Price MP and the Republic of Vanuatu Ship (RVS) Takuare’s Commanding Officer - Chief Inspector Dicky Obed - sign the commemorative handover certificate at handover ceremony held at the AMC Jakovich Function Centre. © Department of Defence. Photographer: LSIS Richard Cordell.

testing, as well as warehousing, with maintenance and support as important elements. It is important for your readers to understand that Australia already has a very capable and mature GWEO capability. For example, here in WA we have a specialist Torpedo Maintenance Facility at Garden Island. There are also many opportunities beyond the GWEO enterprise to grow Australia’s defence manufacturing

We remain on track to launch the new CDIC by the end of the year, under a new name and banner, ensuring we have a one-stop shop that is the centre of all support for defence industry.

capabilities – particularly among SMEs that have received grants to grow and develop their capabilities. For example, four WA companies have received over $1.1m through the Defence Global Competitiveness Grants program since July 2019, supporting and developing their global export capabilities. Similarly, four WA companies have received nearly $2.5m through the Sovereign Industrial Capability Priority Grants program over the last two years, developing projects that meet the government’s Sovereign Industrial Capability Priorities – particularly those in the maritime sector. In addition to grants, WA’s defence industry has benefited from Defence support to assist in raising awareness of their products and services to international markets. Illustrating this, the number of WA companies listed in the Australian Defence Sales Catalogue rose from 12 in 2020 to 15 in 2021, while 15 WA companies participated in pitch training provided by Team Defence Australia in late 2020 to help them refine

their offering and messages to potential export clients. Of course, as we continue to grow and develop a thriving sovereign defence industry, we must also ensure that we have a workforce with the necessary skills to continue to deliver this cutting edge military technology and equipment. The Defence Industry Skilling and STEM Strategy, released in February 2019, funds a range of programs nationally that support defence industry to meet current and future workforce needs. These include initiatives to help SMEs build critical workforce skills and create opportunities for people looking to transition into defence industry. In WA this has included the defence industry pathways program, aimed at boosting Australia’s future maritime workforce. Developed with WA’s South Metropolitan TAFE and the state’s maritime defence industry, the program provides a taster course that sets participants on the path to an exciting defence industry career.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

37


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

Submarines are integral to the defence of Australia’s Indian Ocean Territories and remote mainland North West region. Seen here, the navy’s Collins-class submarine HMAS Sheean passes Christmas Island on its way to Singapore for the multinational Exercise Bersama Shield. © Department of Defence.

In early October 2021, German frigate FGS Bayern docked in Fremantle, to undertake a week-long goodwill visit to Western Australia. The frigate’s commander hosted a VIP Reception and Ceremonial Sunset to mark Germany’s Unity Day. L-R: Assistant Minister for Defence, the Hon Andrew Hastie MP, the Hon Consul of the Federal Republic of Germany in Western Australia, Dr Gabriele Maluga, Minister for Defence Industry, the Hon Melissa Price MP, Commanding Officer FGS Bayern, Commander Tilo Kalski and Ben Morton MP. © Department of Defence. Photographer: CPOIS Damian Pawlenko.


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

Development of new large ship infrastructure at Henderson will provide the federal government with another option for the construction of the larger ships identified in the 2020 Force Structure Plan. It will strengthen national resilience and redundancy in large ship sustainment. Like all Defence projects, there would be opportunities for local companies in all phases of development and operation of the new infrastructure, and the large vessel dry berth will open new market sector opportunities for large ship construction and sustainment.

Another initiative is the schools pathways program, which informs young people about the varied pathways and career opportunities in the defence industry sector and encourages student engagement in relevant STEM studies. This program will help build the required future industrial workforce capability and capacity to meet Defence capability needs. The government also recently sponsored the resources technology showcase in Perth to provide an opportunity for some 10,000 schoolage participants to interact with the technology and innovation that drives growth in the defence and space industries, as well as to learn about science, technology, engineering and mathematics careers within defence industry. Finally, five WA companies have received grants to the value of $270,599, under the Skilling Australia’s Defence Industry Program, to skill and retrain their workforces to support Defence capability needs including for engineering, cyber, as well as command and control capabilities.

On 15 October 2021 the Minister for Defence Industry, the Hon Melissa Price MP was welcomed at the Pilbara Regiment Colours Parade in Dampier, which celebrated the Consecration and Presentation of Colours that acknowledged the unique role the unit plays in the detection of activities that threaten Australia’s sovereignty. © Department of Defence. Photographer: SGT Gary Dixon.

Is the Australian Government intending to invest further in Defence posture and infrastructure across the North West of Western Australia and Australia’s Indian Ocean territories? Through the government’s 2020 Force Structure Plan, approximately $2.5bn will be invested over the coming decade into the refresh and redevelopment of Defence facilities in WA and the Indian Ocean Territories including Irwin Barracks, Defence Establishment Harold E Holt, RAAF Base Curtin, RAAF Base Pearce, RAAF Base Learmonth, Cocos (Keeling) Islands, Campbell Barracks, and HMAS Stirling. These works will deliver significant business opportunities for the WA industry. Further investments in these and other WA Defence facilities will be undertaken over the next decade. Some examples of the proposed investment include upgrades and major maintenance to the airfield at RAAF Learmonth. These works will allow larger aircraft to operate from Learmonth and will ensure that the airfield continues to support both military and civilian aircraft

operations into the future. Refurbishment of RAAF Curtin is another proposed investment. These works will include the replacement of existing facilities and infrastructure that are nearing, or are beyond, their useful economic life. Major maintenance will also be carried out to the airfield. Cocos Keeling Island will also receive an upgrade and refurbishment of its airfield, strengthening and widening the existing runway. As is usual for Defence planning, a range of options are carefully considered before decisions are taken by government in relation to specifics such as the location and nature of new capabilities, including infrastructure. This is to ensure that these projects achieve the best capability outcome, get best value for money for taxpayers, and maximise local industry involvement in the delivery of facilities and infrastructure to support these capabilities. The Morrison government’s investment will include facilities and infrastructure works at Defence bases and training areas and ranges across WA. Details on specific projects will be announced as the projects develop, and will include information to help local businesses position themselves to EDITION 4 • 2021-22

39


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

The Royal Navy nuclear-powered submarine HMS Astute arrived for a routine logistics and crew respite visit at HMAS Stirling on 29 October 2021. The Minister for Defence, the Hon Peter Dutton MP, Minister for Defence Industry, the Hon Melissa Price MP, British High Commissioner Vicki Treadell and Chief of the Australian Navy, VADM Michael Noonan welcomed its crew on arrival. © Department of Defence. Photographer: LSIS Richard Cordell.

maximise their opportunities to win work through the government’s Local Industry Capability Plan initiative. Subject to our government’s approval, Defence is also intending to invest in an upgrade to the Defence High Frequency Communications System in the North West Cape region, specifically the Transmit Station at Exmouth and the Receive Station at Rough Range. The facilities are planned for upgrade in FY2024-25 and the communications capability will be modernised to expand its coverage over the Indian Ocean as part of Joint Project 9101, known as the Enhanced Defence High Frequency Communications System. WA also has a key part to play in the $1.169bn Defence Fuel Transformation Program, which will reduce enterprise risk, increase Defence fuel supply chain resilience, and optimise total cost of ownership through a combination of actions, including targeted risk reduction and increased industry collaboration. The program is being delivered through a series of tranches which commenced in July 2018 and is due to conclude by 2045-46. Tranche 1 saw the significant reduction of immediate risks across the Defence Fuel Supply Chain and set the foundations for work to be delivered in Tranche 2. Aptly, Tranche 2 was approved by the government in June 2021 and will see delivery

40

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

of Defence’s most critical fuel network transformation projects, including $89.8m of capability infrastructure projects in WA over the next five years. Further, Tranche 2 will also include the implementation of a new fuel services contract that will see Defence partner with a single industry provider for the supply of fuel and for the operation and maintenance of Defence fuel installations.

As a Minister that has an electorate in regional Australia, where do you see opportunities for defence industry engagement and development in regional and remote Australia? Is it genuinely feasible, given the tyranny of distance and other factors? There are great opportunities for people in regional and remote Australia to become part of our massive investment in defence industry. I have seen and spoken to fantastic young Australians in my own electorate who are already champions of our defence industry. There is no doubting WA’s regional capability. Dongara Marine is an excellent example of a boat builder capable of contributing to our ambitious shipbuilding program. We need to tap


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

into other industries, such as mining engineering and manufacturing, where there is a transferrable skill set. COVID has shown thanks to increasing connectivity and communications technologies, there are no reasons why businesses outside of Australia’s major urban centres cannot participate in defence industry. A key example is digital twinning technology, which facilitates businesses working on major platforms through the creation of a digital representation. This includes modifications to the design of a capability, or diagnosing remedies to issues that require resolution in order to keep capabilities ready for deployment. Achieving a high level of local industry content for Defence infrastructure and development is important, especially in regional locations, to ensure local companies have opportunities in the market. On average, 75% of industry content is sourced locally on Defence infrastructure projects, and procurement rules set out requirements for contractors to develop local industry capability plans to provide fair opportunities for local businesses. This is also a key aspect of the GWEO enterprise. The $1bn investment in the enterprise will provide opportunities for small businesses and defence industry in regional WA, and more broadly, regional Australia. We need Australian industry, including in regional Australia, to support the development and sustainment of the elements required to create

NATIONAL SECURTIY AFFAIRS

a sovereign guided weapons capability, namely: maintenance, testing and evaluation, manufacture, training and education, storage, disposal, and research and development. Development of these capability elements will provide opportunities for regional Australian small businesses to contribute to the enterprise and grow jobs.

What are your intentions on further advancing Australia’s sovereign defence industry capabilities in the foreseeable future? The 2020 Defence Strategic Update reaffirmed the need for increasing our industrial sovereignty and delivering a strong, secure and sustainable defence industry base. The Sovereign Industrial Capability Priorities are a key component of this endeavour, highlighting the areas of greatest priority for the ADF, but also areas to grow Australia’s industrial capacity. We are continually reviewing our policy settings to ensure they remain fit for purpose. Every day, the Morrison government is working to bring more Australian businesses into the Defence marketplace, working to employ more Australians, to nurture Australian talent and to strengthen Australia’s industrial base. I have no doubt that it will enhance Australia’s safety and security, as well as deliver countless and significant opportunities for Australians to boost our economy for many years to come.

On 29 October 2021, the Minister for Defence Industry, the Hon Melissa Price MP, addressed a joint press briefing at HMAS Stirling on the symbolism of the visit of the nuclear submarine HMS Astute and its implications for future bilateral cooperation between Australia and the United Kingdom. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

41


SOVEREIGN SUPPORT FOR AUSTRALIA’S MARITIME MISSION SYSTEMS Investing in Western Australia’s maritime defence industry L3Harris delivers unparalleled, sovereign support solutions to address the Australian Defence Force’s critical challenges in the maritime domain. From our base in Western Australia, we are well-positioned to provide leading-edge sustainment and maintenance for Australia’s maritime mission systems. L3Harris is committed to employing a skilled local workforce, providing opportunities in training, education and research within the state. As a key component in Australia’s Offshore Patrol Vessel, Future Frigate and Collins Class Submarine programs, providing navigation, communications and integrated platform management systems, L3Harris is a trusted Australian partner, delivering confidence and enhancing local Australian capability through global knowledge and technology transfer.

L3HARRIS.COM Images © Lürssen 2019, Commonwealth of Australia, Department of Defence 2015 and BAE Systems 2019


Safe. Trusted. Proven. JFD is the world leading underwater capability provider, serving the commercial and defence markets with innovative diving, submarine and hyperbaric rescue, technical/training solutions and services. Operating world-wide, the company is at the forefront of Hyperbaric Rescue as the world’s leading provider of submarine rescue capability and an established provider of submarine escape training. The company is an awarded supplier of defence rebreathers and associated diving equipment, and also provides innovative diving solutions and saturation diving systems to the commercial diving industry.

confidence under pressure

jfdglobal.com


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

WEST COAST DEFENCE

On 14 May 2021 Minister Papalia addressed a VIP gathering at the handover ceremony held at Austal for two newly made Cape-class patrol boats that were sold to the Trinidad and Tobago Coast Guard. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe.

44

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

By Thomas Hage, Defence Writer,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

Serge DeSilvaRanasinghe, Managing Editor,

WEST COAST DEFENCE

THE HON PAUL PAPALIA: “WE AIM TO DOUBLE DEFENCE’S ECONOMIC CONTRIBUTION TO THE STATE TO $6BN BY 2030” The successful Western Australian response to the COVID-19 pandemic has seen the state strengthening its status as the engine room of the national economy. Similarly, the growing awareness of WA’s key geo-strategic role in the Indo-Pacific now places it at the forefront of Defence considerations, which augurs well for the future of the defence industry in the west. WA DEFENCE REVIEW recently spoke with the Hon Paul Papalia CSC MLA - in his capacity as the WA government’s Minister for Defence Industry and Veterans’ Issues - to obtain an update on the government’s activities and policies towards enhancing the state’s defence sector.

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

Reflecting on the successes of the McGowan government’s first term in office, what do you see as having been achieved since the launch of the state’s defence strategy in 2018? Launching the Western Australia Defence and Defence Industries Strategic Plan in 2018 represented a clear line in the sand with regard to fostering a stronger and more capable defence industry for WA. It was also the first time the WA government committed to a strategic plan dedicated to Defence and defence industry. To implement the strategic plan and support the then Defence Issues ministerial portfolio, the state government bolstered the specialised Defence West team. Defence West was supported by WA’s first Defence Advocate, RADM Raydon Gates AO CSM (Rtd), who provided guidance to the newly formed team. It also led to the creation of important industry engagement mechanisms for the local industry, including the Defence Advisory Forum, WA Defence Industry Workforce Office and the WA Defence Industry Capability Directory, originally in hard copy in 2018 and then moving online in 2020. Defence West was able to advocate on behalf of WA’s defence industry by attending major national defence conferences, including Pacific International Maritime Exposition in 2017 and 2019, Avalon Airshow in 2019, and Land Forces in 2018. We co-hosted scores of SMEs on the WA stand, providing an opportunity for them to be up close to Defence and defence industry decision makers. Another major achievement during the first four years was delivering on our commitment to

host a defence conference in Perth. In 2018 and 2019, the WA government held the WA Indo-Pacific Defence Conference in partnership with the Perth USAsia Centre, which attracted senior national and international Defence and defence industry decision makers to the state. The conference showcased WA’s capabilities and enabled dialogue on WA’s place in the Indo- Pacific. Unfortunately, due to the COVID-19 pandemic the 2020 and 2021 WA Indo-Pacific Defence Conferences were postponed. However, we do intend to hold a bigger and better conference in 2022. Last year, the WA government released the Australian Marine Complex (AMC) Strategic Infrastructure and Land Use Plan (SILUP) and AMC Infrastructure Strategy to guide significant

Western Australia’s long history with the development of cyber and autonomous systems in the mining sector is beginning to see a shift towards defence, as capabilities increase, and the appetite for these systems from a Defence perspective continues to grow. This is set to become a significant export opportunity for WA in the future as the technology continues to develop. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

45


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

WEST COAST DEFENCE

WA is an ideal location for primes to set up manufacturing hubs to service the Southeast Asian market, while enjoying the stability the Australian market can offer.

infrastructure investments. These documents provide a blueprint for the short, medium and long-term infrastructure upgrades required to guide the AMC’s ongoing development as a nationally significant industrial area for the defence, marine and resources industries. The plan and strategy demonstrate the WA government’s commitment to support the development of infrastructure in the national interest, and help attract more Defence work to WA. Following the plan’s implementation, a total of $89.3m has been committed by the WA government to accelerate selected infrastructure developments at AMC, including a Vessel Transfer Path, wharf extensions, shipbuilding facility and road intersection upgrades. These fast-tracked infrastructure projects are well underway. The WA government has also invested more than $18m to ensure the state’s workforce can meet the current and future needs of Defence. The launch of WA’s first Veterans and Families Strategy in 2019 was also a significant milestone. Incorporating the five themes of recognition, understanding, support, participation and commemoration, the strategy guides the development and implementation of policies and initiatives to promote the wellbeing of WA’s veterans. Since the launch of the strategy, the WA government has invested over $2m to ensure WA is the best place in the country for former ADF personnel to transition back to civilian life through training and upskilling, the creation of an assistance dogs program and infrastructure upgrades to ex-service organisations. In 2019, the WA government also launched the Defence Science Centre (DSC) and Cyber Security Cooperative Research Centre (CSCRC) to build Australia’s cyber security capacity and address a range of critical technology

46

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

and policy issues. The DSC has been a collaboration between the state and Commonwealth governments and WA’s four public universities. The centre is a matchmaker between universities, government and industry to support security and technology development and capability requirements, with a particular focus on WA’s defence industry. Since its inception, the DSC has funded 24 research projects, investing $3.6m into projects valued at $11.4m, creating nine new jobs and supporting 12 post graduate students undertaking defence relevant research within universities and industry.

economic contribution to the state to $6bn by 2030.

Since the creation of Defence West, we have seen the progression of outcomes for industry across all domains, and hundreds of jobs created for West Australians. Two key examples of this are Civmec and Austal.

Obviously the recent announcement by the Prime Minister that the Collinsclass full cycle docking work will remain in South Australia is disappointing. The McGowan government has already committed significant resources towards infrastructure and workforce to support the work. This decision extends the uncertainty for WA defence industry and increases the need for an updated Naval Shipbuilding Plan, which remains long overdue.

In April 2018, Civmec was awarded the contract to build 10 Arafura-class Offshore Patrol Vessels for the Royal Australian Navy as part of the SEA 1180 program. As such, the program involves around 400 local jobs and another 600 across the supply chain, with the vessels being built in Civmec’s world-famous shed – the largest in the southern hemisphere. Similarly, Austal was awarded an expanded contract in 2018 to deliver 21 Guardian-class vessels to 12 Pacific Island nations and Timor-Leste from 2018 to 2023 under the SEA 3036 Pacific Patrol Boat Replacement project. This project also involves another 400 local direct and indirect jobs, and has seen Austal shortlisted for the 2021 Essington Lewis Award for excellence in collaboration between Defence and defence industry.

Having retained the Defence Industry portfolio for a second term what are your policy priorities, and how will the state’s defence sector benefit from your new combined portfolios? The change in portfolio name from ‘Defence Issues’ to ‘Defence Industry’ provides a clear indication of the WA government’s policy priorities for this second term. The WA government and Defence West are committed to supporting the state’s defence industry through the implementation of the Western Australian Defence and Defence Industries Strategic Plan. As set out in the plan, we aim to double Defence’s

I will continue to advocate to the federal government to provide certainty to WA’s shipbuilding and sustainment industry and commit to continuous shipbuilding in WA. In the 2017 Naval Shipbuilding Plan, WA was identified as the shipbuilding hub for any vessels up to 100m. The Prime Minister has noted on a number of occasions that the mine countermeasure and hydrographic vessels will be built in WA, but we have not seen any progress on this announcement. WA’s defence industry requires certainty.

I will also advocate for greater Defence presence in our North West. The North West is home to significant critical infrastructure as well being a big economic driver for the nation. This needs to protected. There is opportunity for Defence to undertake exercises in the region and explore areas for testing. The resources industry has extensive experience in the regions which I believe Defence could learn from. Acquiring the Veterans Issues portfolio is also significant. Our veterans deserve our gratitude and support for the service they have given Australia. The WA government values our veterans and their service. Our goal is for WA to become the best place in the nation for veterans to transition back into civilian life. A key tool in supporting this goal was the McGowan government’s commitment to increase the ANZAC Day Trust funds from $300,000 to $1.3m annually. The focus of the trust will be to support programs which provide assistance to veterans transitioning from the ADF to civilian life.

What do you see as being the significant challenges that WA’s defence industry will face in the coming years, and how will the state government help the sector overcome them?


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

WEST COAST DEFENCE

In July 2020 HMASs Perth and Arunta were undergoing the Anzac Midlife Capability Assurance Program (AMCAP) upgrade at the BAE Systems shipyard in Henderson. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson.

Every industry in Australia has seen challenges arise since March 2020 due to the spread of COVID-19 across the globe. While the WA government’s world-leading response to the pandemic has protected our state’s economy, the constraints caused by the virus on the defence industry are similar to those felt in other sectors of the economy. One of the key pandemic-related challenges facing defence is the issue of labour mobility constraints. This problem is not unique to WA, or to defence industry, however given the need for highly skilled, experienced and specialised personnel across the defence industry workforce, these constraints can become problematic. The WA government is fully aware of the situation, and will be supporting the state’s advanced manufacturing capabilities, skilled workforce pipeline and infrastructure to alleviate constraints and create more local jobs. The WA government has also committed $18.34m to build the capability of WA’s defence manufacturing industry through affordable TAFE courses and targeted incentives for apprenticeships and training. Assisting WA businesses to break through the east coast centric mindset

has also been an ongoing challenge for WA’s defence industry. This includes facilitating strategic partnerships between industry and Defence to expand WA’s role within highly specialised defence supply chains. To address this, the WA government will continue to provide SMEs with the opportunities to attend local and national information forums and conferences. A major barrier for SMEs is the lack of certainty of ongoing work. It is difficult for SMEs to invest in infrastructure or workforce without the confidence that work will continue. This is why I will continue to advocate for a continuous shipbuilding program in WA.

The WA Defence and Defence Industries Strategic Plan of 2018 identified opportunities for the defence sector to expand into other capability domains. Can you elaborate on which specific domains are of interest, and where progress has been made? The WA government, in consultation with industry, has identified a number of opportunities for the state which will help diversify the economy, develop

critical capability and create more jobs for West Australians. Importantly, the opportunities identified for WA align with the Australian government’s recently released Sovereign Industrial Capability Priorities to help Australia meet the evolving demands of our current Defence environment. The 2020 Defence Strategy Update identified priorities where WA’s industry already has natural strengths and competitive advantages, including robotics, autonomous systems, and artificial intelligence, space and information warfare and cyber capabilities. The state’s internationally recognised WA AustCyber Innovation Hub at Edith Cowan University is helping to grow local cyber security capabilities, establish a new skilled workforce to develop our cybersecurity export potential, and is key to enabling the continued participation of local companies in defence supply chains. Another significant opportunity to support Australia’s sovereign capability is through rare-earth minerals, future batteries and advanced manufacturing. WA has large reserves of minerals used in the manufacture of rechargeable

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

47


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

WEST COAST DEFENCE

mining sector is beginning to see a shift towards defence, as capabilities increase, and the appetite for these systems from a Defence perspective grows. This is set to become a significant export opportunity for WA in the future as the technology continues to develop.

Submarines are integral to the defence of Australia’s Indian Ocean Territories and remote mainland North West region. Seen here, the navy’s Collins-class submarine HMAS Sheean passes Christmas Island on its way to Singapore for the multinational Exercise Bersama Shield. © Department of Defence.

batteries, including large quantities of lithium, nickel, cobalt, manganese, and alumina. The state also produces nonbattery minerals used in the manufacture of electric vehicles and energy storage systems, including rare earth elements that are necessary for the production of electric motors. These technologies will have a direct impact on Defence, as the world transitions towards alternative fuels for energy.

The WA government had a stand at the recent Land Forces 2021 conference - the second time it has had a presence at this event. How valuable is this expo, and what outcomes do you see arising from it for the local defence industry? Land Forces 2021 saw our largest contingent of WA organisations to ever attend, and they were able to showcase their unique capabilities to a very large audience – over 12,700 attendees. The WA government’s participation at Land Forces is vitally important for the local industry, and provides many local SMEs with invaluable exposure to key government and army decision makers. This year, the WA government stand hosted 19 companies plus the Defence Science Centre and Henderson Alliance, supported by a dedicated team from Defence West. This ‘Team WA’ collaborative approach demonstrated the state’s capabilities and united approach. In 2021 we were able to facilitate meetings between WA companies and defence primes including BAE Systems, Rheinmetall, Hanwha, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman,

Leidos and Navantia Australia. WA companies were also able to network and build important relationships with CEOs and senior decision makers. A highlight for many companies involved in the Defence West stand was the opportunity to meet the Chief of Army, LTGEN Richard Burr AO DSC MVO. Our companies were also able to communicate directly with the Australian Army to better understand the needs and challenges of the end user and discuss the innovation and technology being developed in WA. Critical to our participation was the opportunity to build profile, develop leads and enhance partnerships with specific Defence programs. Feedback from the WA exhibitors indicates positive outcomes for increased engagement, company visibility and business leads, with almost half of respondents expecting new sales within the next 12 months alone.

Australia is the 16th largest exporter of defence materials in the world. How does WA contribute to defence exports, and how will that contribution likely grow into the foreseeable future? The WA government is continuing to focus efforts on identifying trade and investment opportunities aligned to WA’s comparative advantages in the global defence value chain. Promoting these advantages and investment opportunities in key markets is crucial for the state. WA’s long history with the development of cyber and autonomous systems in the

The state’s geo-strategic location as Australia’s Indian Ocean capital and western gateway is an important factor in considering future export potential. WA is an ideal location for primes to set up manufacturing hubs to service the Southeast Asian market, while enjoying the stability the Australian market can offer.

The WA resources sector is a world leader in developing autonomous vehicles and related technologies. These technologies can readily be applied to Defence, and in an interview a few years ago, you spoke about the possible synergies between the defence and resources sectors. Can you provide an update on what has been achieved since and how the WA government is continuing to promote cross-sector engagement? In 2020, the WA government held the Western Australian Defence and Defence Industry Strategy to bring together WA’s strategic leaders and explore opportunities for WA’s defence industry to leverage capabilities across a range of sectors. A key recommendation from those series include facilitating resource sector cross-pollination. The autonomous, uncrewed and undersea technologies employed in WA’s mining and oil and gas sectors are nationally unique, and often considered more advanced than their defence sector equivalents. WA’s resource industry players are world leaders in the integration and operation of autonomous systems and we continue to promote these cross-sector capabilities


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

WEST COAST DEFENCE

at trade shows and conferences such as the Resources and Technologies Showcase, AOG and the Skills West Expo. The Defence Advisory Forum also continues to ensure effective communication occurs between industry and the state government, resulting in the development of effective policies and opportunities for cross-promotion.

Despite the COVID-19 pandemic, the WA economy has fared relatively well, and the state government is predicted to deliver a record budget surplus of around $5bn. What does this steady economic position and budget surplus mean for the future of WA’s defence industry? WA’s strong economy is the envy of the nation, and was even recently deemed the best in the world by Standard & Poors. Our considered and responsible approach to the COVID-19 threat ensures we continue to be Australia’s economic engine room. More West Australians are employed than ever before, and our labour force participation remains the highest of the

Vital to the West Australian economy, the AMC CUF boasts the world’s most technologically advanced floating dry dock; a 100m long by 53m wide structure capable of providing the land transfer of vessels up to 3500t and able to lift 12000t vessels out of the water for service and maintenance work. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson.

states at 68.5%. Our youth unemployment is the lowest of all the states. We will continue to manage responsibly and invest in our future, to diversify our economy and create jobs. We have directed tens of millions of dollars towards nationally important infrastructure upgrades at the Australian Marine Complex, and in 2021 committed to an Advanced Manufacturing Industrial Hub. These are strong commitments and

signals from the government to provide security for WA’s defence industry. We have also committed to supporting our veterans. We have delivered on our promise to increase funding to veterans organisations – including a four-fold increase in funding for the Veterans Issues portfolio. We will continue to support our veterans and endeavour to provide the most attractive location for transition out of service.

WE’VE GOT IT COVERED Import Export TV is the go-to multi-platform for international trade and global supply chain audience. Delivering stories and conversations across the world, it provides informative, entertaining and educational services that reflect the breadth of domestic, international trade, supply chain and logistics sector.

Download the App via QR Code

+61 (0) 399 133 601 | admin@importexporttv.com

TRANSPORT | LOGISTICS | FREIGHT | GLOBAL TRADE & SUPPLY CHAINS


ANNUAL REPORT

2021

CIVMEC LIMITED

ENHANCING AUSTRALIA’S SOVEREIGN SHIPBUILDING CAPABILITY Civmec’s state-of-the-art facilities add world-class infrastructure to the Australian maritime landscape, strengthening the capability and capacity available in Western Australia.

• Australia’s largest heavy engineering company. • State of the art facilities with the capacity to house vessels as large as Air Warfare Destroyers under cover. • Vast capability with a highly trained and skilled workforce and proven management systems. HEAD OFFICE: 16 NAUTICAL DRIVE, HENDERSON, WA 6166 T: +61 8 9437 6288 Scan to see more

CIVMEC.COM.AU


COMMENTARY

By RADM Raydon Gates AO CSM (Rtd), former WA Defence Advocate

WEST COAST DEFENCE

ADVOCATING FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA’S DEFENCE SECTOR: REFLECTING ON THE FIRST FOUR YEARS As I have now completed my four-year term as the inaugural Defence Advocate for Western Australia, there is much to reflect on. It seems a long time ago that the Australian Government released the 2016 Defence White Paper and the associated Defence Integrated Investment Program and Defence Industry Policy Statement.

ALIGNING WITH DEFENCE PLANS The DIPS provided the foundation for greater levels of cooperation between Defence and industry, to ensure defence capability needs met the comprehensive long-term plan for Australia’s defence, as set out in the White Paper. This commitment was buttressed by a large investment to modernise Australia’s Defence capability.

Noting that half of the Royal Australian Navy fleet is based in Perth, the 2017 Naval Shipbuilding Plan states that apart from the highly technical future frigate and submarine projects, the other future navy (and possibly army) vessels will be built in WA. Importantly, the maintenance and sustainment work will continue to be done in the west. The WA government has made significant financial commitments and commenced a strategic infrastructure and land use plan at Henderson to ensure WA will meet the challenges required to conduct this ongoing critical work, including workforce skills and training.

In early 2017, the newly elected McGowan government set out a plan to diversify the WA economy and identified the defence industry as a priority area to support this plan. Minister Paul Papalia assumed responsibility for the new Defence Issues (now Defence Industry) portfolio, and in May 2017 the Office of Defence West was established. Three months later, I was appointed by Premier Mark McGowan as the inaugural WA Defence Advocate to represent the interests of the state on behalf of local industry, and help attract Defence opportunities to the state, so as to deliver projects in support of the ADF. To meet the Premier and Minister’s request to actually define what WA’s defence industry capacities were, the small team of three at Defence West, plus myself (with much additional assistance) conducted an audit and produced the state’s first Defence Industry Capabilities Directory. Further, and most importantly, MAJGEN Jeff Sengelman (Rtd) drafted the 2018 Western Australian Defence and Defence Industries Strategic Plan - the first time a WA government had committed to such a plan. As well as supporting a strong defence presence (including veterans), growing capability (including skills and training) and expanding infrastructure, the plan led to the formation of the important Defence Science Centre. This plan stands today.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT A mature organisation slowly grew. Senior leadership positions were appointed to both Defence West and the Defence Science Centre. Specialist attention could now be applied to infrastructure development, strategy and governance, defence industry development and veterans’ issues. There was increased engagement with the nearly 300 SMEs in WA’s defence industry community, and increased collaboration with the ‘Team WA’ universities, including training and skills development institutions. Over time, early established working groups matured into the Defence Advisory Forum, which EDITION 4 • 2021-22

51


COMMENTARY

WEST COAST DEFENCE

Former WA Defence Advocate Raydon Gates addressing dignatiries at the Defence Science Centre launch function held at the CORE Innovation Hub in June 2019. © JTSI.

now reports directly to the Minister for Defence Industry. What I found particularly pleasing about this collaborative work was the increasing involvement in the state with the prime defence contractors and defence industry associations.

Nationally, the government is investing a historic $270bn across the next 10 years on Defence capabilities, including strike weapons, cyber capabilities and a high-tech underwater surveillance system.

52

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

With the re-election of the McGowan government, the commitment to defence industry has continued apace and will ensure a continuity of policy and a consistent approach. The Minister has been a strong advocate for defence industry in WA, demonstrated by his personal attendance at major trade shows and expositions promoting WA’s capabilities. At the Pacific 2017 International Maritime Exposition there was, for the first time, a state government stand at which local SMEs were supported, and around which other WA companies could coalesce

in a united front. Significantly, WA’s defence industry, education and research capability has been represented at every major trade show since this exposition. Over these past four years the majority of my work has been conducted in the Australian Capital Territory engaging with federal politicians, Defence and the many primes headquartered in Canberra. A strong and capable defence industry is essential to delivering our modernised defence capabilities. During this period, the Australian Government has released a number of key documents for continued business development that should be on the desks of all defence industry executives and leaders. These include the Defence Integrated Investment Program, Defence Industry Capability Plan, Defence Export Strategy (with the crucial appointment of a Defence Export Advocate), Defence


COMMENTARY

WEST COAST DEFENCE

On 26 March 2021, Raydon Gates chaired a high-level WA DEFENCE REVIEW VIP Luncheon at The Kwinana Local, which explored the topic: “Future of the Western Trade Coast & Its Implications for Australia’s Defence Sector”. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: John-Frank James.

Industry Skilling and STEM Strategy, 2019 Defence Policy for Industry Participation, Sovereign Industrial Capability Priorities, and Australian Industry Capability Program. Appreciating the rapidly changing geo-strategic environment in the region, mid last year the Australian Government released the 2020 Defence Strategic Update and 2020 Force Structure Plan. These important documents detail the government’s intentions for new and adjusted ADF capability investments to implement the new strategic objectives. Australia now faces a changed environment with increasing competition, the introduction of more capable military systems enabled by technological change, and the increasingly aggressive use of diverse grey-zone tactics to coerce states under the threshold for a conventional military response. Nationally, the government is investing a historic $270bn across the next 10 years on Defence capabilities, including strike

weapons, cyber capabilities and a hightech underwater surveillance system. This is an unprecedented program of investment and opportunity for defence industry and reinforces the Australian Government’s commitment to build a sovereign, resilient and internationally competitive defence industrial base.

PLANNING AHEAD Over the next decade and beyond, the demand will increase for Australian workers with trade, technical and science and technology skills to build and maintain fleets of new ships, submarines, armoured vehicles, infrastructure and facilities, and contribute to Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (ISR), cyber, and other electronic and information-based capabilities. Defence industry is a fundamental input to capability and Defence, industry, state and territory governments. The research and education sector too will be working together to grow the defence industry. Australian design, construction,

integration, sustainment, services and support capabilities will all be critical. Readers will be well aware of major Defence acquisition programs occurring throughout Australia and the amount of work already won by WA companies, but we need to be cognisant of future requirements and therefore opportunities. WA needs to look at the increasing opportunities, significantly enhancing our capabilities in ISR, space, electronic warfare and cyber. Just as important, but often overlooked, will be investment in advanced training, modern equipment and health care and logistic systems. Noting that half of the Royal Australian Navy fleet is based in Perth the 2017 Naval Shipbuilding Plan states that apart from the highly technical future frigate and submarine projects, the other future navy (and possibly army) vessels will be built in WA. Importantly the maintenance and sustainment work will continue to be done in the west. . The WA government has made significant financial commitments and EDITION 4 • 2021-22

53


COMMENTARY

WEST COAST DEFENCE

In recognition of his dedication and service to WA as the state’s first Defence Advocate, a farewell ceremony was held in his honour in June 2021 attended by a large gathering of defence industry decision-makers at ANZAC House in Perth. L-R: Minister for Defence Industry and Veterans Issues, the Hon Paul Papalia CSC MLA, RADM Raydon Gates (Rtd), Governor of Western Australia, the Hon Kim Beazley AC and the Director General of the Department of Jobs, Tourism, Science and Innovation, Rebecca Brown.

commenced a strategic infrastructure and land use plan at Henderson to ensure WA will meet the challenges required to conduct this ongoing critical work, including workforce skills and training.

ROBUST, FOCUSED & COLLABORATIVE And of course there’s COVID-19! Counter-intuitively, the pandemic was my busiest time as the WA Defence Advocate. Almost immediately at the outbreak of the pandemic the defence ministers and the Department of Defence reached

54

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

out to the prime contractors, defence advocates and the defence associations to reinforce that defence industry remained a priority for the Commonwealth government, and to recognise their importance in supporting the ADF. Weekly teleconferences with the Minister for Defence Industry and the Department of Defence in Canberra, particularly the Capability Acquisition and Sustainment Group and Defence Industry Policy Division, were an example of that commitment. The continual communication through those weekly meetings ensured that Defence West and

I were able to provide timely messaging to the broader defence environment in WA. I would like to take this opportunity to acknowledge Minister Papalia for his continued confidence in me, the support of WA Governor Kim Beazley, plus the cooperation of the Defence West team throughout my tenure. I hand over knowing defence industry in WA is robust, focused, and collaborative. While there will be challenges, I see nothing but a bright future. It has been a privilege and a pleasure to serve as the inaugural WA Defence Advocate.


DEFENCE • NAVY • ARMY • AIRFORCE

Hofmann Engineering is a leading manufacturer and globally recognised engineering solutions provider to the defence industry. Supplying a range of specialised components and sub-assemblies to the Australian Airforce, Navy and Army as well as major defence primes as part of their global supply chain. Hofmann Engineering are specialists in emergency breakdown situations and have been able to support the Australian defence force over the years by providing the solutions needed to getting an asset back online within the shortest possible timeframe. Hofmann Engineering has one of the largest 3D, 5 axis machining capacities in Australia.

For your particular requirements please contact us, as below: HOFMANN ENGINEERING PTY LTD

3 Alice Street, Bassendean (Perth) Western Australia 6054 T +61 8 9279 5522 E mail@hofmannengineering.com

www.hofmannengineering.com


COMMENTARY

WEST COAST DEFENCE

INFRASTRUCTURE, PLANNING, PEOPLE: DEFENCE WEST BUILDS ON STATE’S STRENGTHS By Rebecca Brown,

Director-General, Department of Jobs, Tourism, Science and Innovation, Government of Western Australia

Despite the challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Western Australian government has, through Defence West, delivered on its commitment to fasttrack maritime infrastructure projects, continued work on positioning the state as an emerging leader in defence technologies of the future, and expanded support for veterans transitioning to civilian life. WA is now on track to double the value of its defence industry to $6bn a year by 2030, thereby supporting thousands of jobs and providing a pipeline of work for West Australians well into the future.

FAST-TRACKING INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS As the nation’s only Indian Ocean-facing state, WA is uniquely positioned to support the ADF and our partners in addressing the growing challenges within the Indo-Pacific, and to develop essential infrastructure. The WA government is delivering on its commitment to make sure the Australian Marine Complex (AMC) at Henderson continues to evolve as a world-class facility that will enable national and international expansion of the state’s defence, marine and resource industries. On this front, significant steps were taken over the last 12 months with the delivery of key planning documents, such as the 2020 Australian Marine Complex Strategic Infrastructure and Land Use Plan (SILUP) and the 2020 AMC Infrastructure Strategy.

Construction has almost been completed on the first of four fast-tracked infrastructure projects at the AMC, namely a new vessel transfer path, which will create better connectivity between the floating dock and shipbuilding and sustainment facilities, including ASC and Civmec. Work on the three other projects, which includes a new shipbuilding facility, a major wharf extension and upgrade, and road intersection upgrades, is also well underway. Together, the projects will create up to 600 local construction jobs. The WA government has invested more than $89m towards these critical infrastructure projects, including an additional $1.7m in the 2021-22 state budget. In conjunction with the Department of Defence, the WA government is also delivering a program of studies that will inform the next stages of infrastructure development at the AMC, in the national interest. Although the decision has been made that Collinsclass submarine full-cycle docking will remain in South Australia, the future remains promising for the AMC. Earlier this year, Defence West with DevelopmentWA undertook early market engagement to better understand market interest in the development of a large vessel dry berth at the AMC, as outlined in Defence’s 2020 Force Structure Plan. The development of a large vessel dry berth remains under consideration by the WA government.

The Australian Marine Complex is undergoing a major upgrade of its facilities, which once completed, shall enable the precinct to more effectively meet the growing demands from industry and Defence. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe.

56

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

CAPITALISING ON COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES Over the last 12 months, Defence West continued


COMMENTARY

WEST COAST DEFENCE

Civmec has achieved a significant milestone in the construction of its purpose-built assembly and maintenance hall in Henderson, WA. The new building contains 20 overhead travelling cranes, with the central hall having an impressive 400t lifting capacity. The 60m oceanfacing sliding doors are amongst the largest in the world, able to accommodate the transfer of vessels and large modularised structures. The facility has over 1.2m cubic metres of internal space, which is equivalent to an area that could house 12,000 passenger buses. © Civmec.

to deliver initiatives that grow the state’s defence industry capability and contribution. This includes capitalising on WA’s competitive advantages in mining and offshore oil and gas technologies, cyber security and the space sector, to position the state as an emerging leader in the defence

Although the decision has been made that Collins-class submarine full-cycle docking will remain in South Australia, the future remains promising for the AMC. Earlier this year, Defence West with DevelopmentWA undertook early market engagement to better understand market interest in the development of a large vessel dry berth at the AMC, as outlined in Defence’s 2020 Force Structure Plan. The development of a large vessel dry berth remains under consideration by the WA government.

technologies of the future. At the end of last year, the WA government began a trial program that invested $200,000 in more than 20 local SMEs to improve their capability and help them win Defence contracts. The successful recipients came from a diverse range of industry sectors, including manufacturing, robotics, and security services. In the coming months, Defence West will complete an evaluation of the program and its outcomes. A highlight for Defence West from the last 12 months was taking the largest ever contingent of WA exhibitors to Land Forces 2021 in Brisbane - the first premier defence trade show to be held in Australia since the COVID-19 pandemic. With COVID safety plans in place, 21 organisations plus a number of other high profile West Australian businesses showcased their equipment, technology and services. As we start to emerge from the COVID-19 pandemic, Defence West will continue to identify new opportunities to promote WA SMEs on the national and international stage - especially those with products and services related to the defence technologies of the future.

EXPANDING SUPPORT FOR VETERANS The WA government recognises the value of veterans to our community and our economy. These men and women

are carefully selected, expertly trained and tested by a range of experiences at home and overseas. They are equipped with character traits and skills that are valuable to industries outside the ADF. We want Western Australia to be the best place in the country for former ADF personnel to transition back to civilian life. In the last 12 months, the WA government has invested in a number of programs to support this aim: •

$1.3m to fund a range of communitybased initiatives with the emphasis on supporting veterans to transition from military to civilian lives.

$500,000 was recently disbursed to small ex-service organisations for minor infrastructure upgrades.

$430,000 has been allocated to procure support dogs for veterans and first responders to mitigate the effects of PTSD.

$400,000 over three years to the Defence Industry Veteran Employment Scheme to upskill veterans for work within the defence industry.

These are just some of the many highlights over the last 12 months. WA’s defence industry has an exciting future ahead of it, and Defence West looks forward to continuing its support of the WA businesses contributing to many significant projects in the national interest. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

57


ASSURED SCALE, PRECISION AND SPEED FOR DEFENCE

Core Capabilities

Proven. Agile. Trusted.

Camco Engineering is one of Australia’s largest integrated mechanical heavy engineering businesses. Our core services include precision machining, mechanical fitting (inclusive of gearboxes), fabrication, specialised welding, technical support and 90 tons of overhead craneage.

End-to-End Project Delivery and Support:

Machining: all materials including exotics from small mass produced components to very large heavy components. The machining facility uses CMM equipment to verify manufacturing specifications are achieved during and post production and prior to dispatch. Fabrication: specialising in mechanical fabrication, using medium to heavy sections (most materials including mill spec armoured and ballistic grade steels). Welding: advanced certified welding. Welding engineerinhouse. Weld procedure development. 5 robotic welding units. Gear Manufacture: precision gears up to 1.6m diameter with ground finishes. Mechanical Fitting: precision equipment assembly in a clean segregated environment. Gearboxes, valves, pumps, including vacuum pumps, winches, cryogenic pumps, large mechanical assemblies, marine stabilisers, mooring hooks, track mounted assemblies and hydraulic driven equipment. Engineering and Project Management: holistic end-toend project development, manufacture, delivery, installation and sustainment.

Company contact

P: 08 9455 2200 A: 1 Bell St, Canning Vale WA 6155 W: general@camcoeng.com.au

Demonstrated reliability through 25 years of supporting the industries most demanding clients. A single point of manufacturing. Complete project support, engineering, prototype manufacture, site installation, repair maintenance and ongoing sustainment support. Compliance testing to components and assembled equipment. Speed: 24 hour operations, 365 days a year. Scale and Precision: 24,000m2 covered workshops, 90 tons lift capacity. Capacity to machine up to 90 tons components. DISP Certified: Robust cyber security systems.

Accreditations ISO45001 OHSMS ISO9001 QMS


ALERTING TODAY FOR A BETTER TOMMOROW

Cullys is a highly reputable electrical engineering specialist, with full project lifecycle capability including; planning, contracting, implementing and managing scaleable projects across both the Public and Private sectors. The company has firmly embedded relationships across Australasia, supplying products and serving clients with skilled electrical engineers across a wide range of bespoke and scheduled projects. As an acknowledgement of our Defence capabilities, Cullys is formally recognised by the Department of Defence for its contribution to the organisation, since 2006.

As an accredited businesses, our expertise in electrical contracting and engineering spans • Turnkey Electrical Projects • Electrical Fault Diagnosis • Managed Lifecycle Projects - all stages of Planning and Delivery • Engineering Design, Service and Commissioning • Product Recommendation and Sourcing • Product Installation and/or Integration

20 Egmont Rd, Henderson WA 6166 | sales@cullys.com.au | cullys.com.au | + 61 8 9410 5000 DEFENCE | GOVERNMENT | MARITIME | INDUSTRIAL | MINING | COMMERCIAL

REPUTATION

SAFETY FIRST

R 25 YE VE A O

25

EXPERIE RS

YEARS

E IC

WITH

COMES IN WAVES PLUS

UP. DOWN. JOB DONE.

& SER V CE N

Orange Marine is a sovereign Australian designer and manufacturer of specialised polymer work, rescue, landing and patrol crafts, suited for mission critical applications

Syncrolift® - Global leader in design, manufacturing, supply and servicing of safe, efficient and cost effective dry docking and transferring solutions

• Innovative and tailored designs meeting specific (end) user requirements • Hull structures are made from high strength & fire-resistant polymers • Durable and impact resistant, very low maintenance, easily repairable even in remote locations • Unsinkable and virtually indestructible boats able to access difficult insertion points without losing integrity

• Syncrolift® ship lifts, floating docks and (wedge) slipway up to 100,000 tons • Syncrolift® transfer systems (railway, rubber tyres) • Fastdocking™ docking equipment for new and existing dry-docking facilities such as vessel guidance systems, (multi vessel) bilge & side supports, propeller & thruster handlers • Inspections, servicing, OEM part supply, upgrading and operator training

T: +61 8 9467 7604 | M: +61 4 1019 6902 info@orangemarine.com.au | orangemarine.com.au

T: +61 8 9467 7604 shiplift@syncrolift.com | syncrolift.com


COMMENTARY

WEST COAST DEFENCE

DEFENCE SCIENCE CENTRE: SUPPORTING TRANSFORMATION THROUGH PARTNERSHIP By Kirsten Rose, Chair, Defence Science Centre Advisory Board

In response to the accelerated pace of Defence-related advancement and investment in the Indo-Pacific region, the Department of Defence has expressed the need for increased collaboration between university researchers, industry and stakeholders. Late 2020 saw the release of two strategic-level documents which enforced the role the Defence Science Centre (DSC) plays in supporting the national Defence enterprise. The Lead the Way: Defence Transformation Strategy 2020 and the More together: Defence Science and Technology Strategy 2030 recognised the Australian Defence Science and Universities Network contribution of the broader Defence capability life cycle.

PARTNERING FOR TRANSFORMATION The transformation strategy makes the imperative clear, observing that, “Transformation will require us to strengthen our partnerships – with other government departments, states and territories, with defence industry, with academia, and with the broader national science and technology community.” Poised at the gateway to the Indian Ocean and broader Indo-Pacific region the DSC stands as a key part of this transformation. To reference a similar organisation with our US allies, the DSC doesn’t make things; it makes things happen. As a broad mechanism, the purpose of DSC is to attract defence-related research, development, and investment opportunities by leveraging uniquely West Australian solutions to

solve complex problems posed by Defence. Over the past year, we have continued our successful grant programs whilst also expanding our collaboration vehicles to facilitate greater opportunities for WA-based academia and industry. These initiatives are nested within the guidance of More together: Defence Science and Technology Strategy 2030 to “take innovative ideas out of the laboratory and deliver real impact into the hands of the warfighter.”

RESEARCH SUPPORT PROGRAMS Key industries within the WA economy have long depended on our universities to devise new and innovative approaches to operate effectively in regional and remote environments. As a result, WA has become a leader in key defence-relevant sectors such as robotics, autonomous operation, AI, computing and analytics. The DSC has worked to harness the potential within ‘Team WA’ universities by encouraging a collective approach to addressing critical Defence requirements.

The Curtin Corrosion Centre was a recent recipient of the Defence Science Centre’s Collaborative Research Grant. © Curtin University.

60

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

The third round of Collaborative Research Grants (CRG) was announced mid-2021, with seven projects sharing in $870,000 in research funding. The projects covered a wide range of initiatives, including weaponmounted sensors, uncrewed aerial vehicles, space-based optical communications systems, and defence against biological warfare. Launched in 2019, the CRG


COMMENTARY

WEST COAST DEFENCE

initiative provides seed funding, ranging from $50,000 to $150,000, and is available for collaborations between universities, industry and government that include at least one DSC-member university. In the short period since our establishment, the DSC has facilitated three funding rounds which have resulted in almost $2.5m in funding and 18 research projects with direct Defence relevance. These grants are important to de-risk concepts for Defence and to demonstrate capacity and operational impact. We congratulate Edith Cowan University which this year received an additional $200,000 from the Australian Army’s Training Transformation initiative to expand their research, and Curtin University which received $396,000 in follow-on funding from an ARC Linkage Grant to continue research on automatic searching and tracking of anomalous ground signals from a satellite constellation. Both of these projects were originally supported through our CRG program. Presently, DSC is in the midst of our latest round of the Research Higher Degree Student Grant (RHDSG). This is a growing initiative by the DSC, with the

Key industries within the WA economy have long depended on our universities to devise new and innovative approaches to operate effectively in regional and remote environments. As a result, WA has become a leader in key defence-relevant sectors such as robotics, autonomous operation, AI, computing and analytics. The DSC has worked to harness the potential within ‘Team WA’ universities by encouraging a collective approach to addressing critical Defence requirements.

Defence Science Centre Director Michele Clement at the Orbital UAV stand at Land Forces 2021. © JTSI.

number of grants expanding from four in 2019 to 10 in 2020. This is an important initiative to not only contribute our brightest minds to national security, but also align the WA government’s priority to enhance the state’s STEM workforce capability.

DEFENCE PARTNERSHIPS Since October last year, the DSC has established the Defence and Research Teaming – or DaRT. This initiative is a day-long workshop designed to explore concept ideation and clarify Defence’s emerging needs and challenges. Even with WA’s relatively small ADF footprint, these events have been well supported across all stakeholders, with events addressing topics of undersea diver communications, maritime individual and team propulsion, and agile command and control. An important factor with this collaboration vehicle is that all topics have direct relevance to a Defence acquisition stream or research priority. This ensures our contribution and outputs are aligned to the strategic guidance of the ‘more together’ strategy, and make an impact. The DSC has also assisted a number of requests from Defence to understand the defence-industry capacity residing in WA. Notably this has included the ‘Artificial Intelligence for Decision

Making’ - an initiative between the Office of National Intelligence and Defence Science Technology Group (DSTG) which sort applications against one of ten AI-related challenges. Administered through the DSC, this saw a strong cohort of entrants from WA. Of the six successful applicants, four have received follow-on funding totalling $200,000. This initiative is another case study in how the DSC is supporting the national Defence enterprise in achieving ‘more, together’.

SUPPORTING TOMORROW’S COMBATANT While supporting its current programs, the DSC will continue to work with the DSTG and the Australian Defence Science and University Network to support and promote initiatives identified in the More together: Defence Science and Technology Strategy 2030. The team at the DSC is proud to be supporting the growth of the WA defence science ecosystem through a wholeof-state approach to deliver diversified research development across technology areas and contribute to the national Defence enterprise. We look forward to seeing our supported research projects develop and mature,and supporting future opportunities to ensure WA innovations of today get into the hands of tomorrow’s warfighter. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

61


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

STATE OF THE DEFENCE SECTOR IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA 2021-22 By Thomas Hage, Defence Writer,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

Serge DeSilvaRanasinghe, Managing Editor,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

Since last year’s edition of the WA DEFENCE REVIEW Annual Publication was released the Western Australian defence sector has seen a number of major developments. As a consequence of ongoing federal and state government policies and investment, the local defence sector has continued to experience growth, underpinned by a growing awareness of the west’s vital geo-strategic role.

FORCE POSTURE, ESTATE & INFRASTRUCTURE UPDATE Precipitated by escalating geo-political rivalry, Australia is facing major challenges to its national security. Perhaps the most significant response yet has been the establishment of the historic AUKUS pact with the US and the UK, with the resulting cancellation by the Australian Government of the conventionally powered French Attack-class submarine contract. Through AUKUS, Australia now plans to acquire up to eight nuclear-powered submarines, which is demonstrative of how the government is crafting a response to what it sees as the rise of an increasingly assertive and militarised China. The contents of the 2020 Strategic Update and 2020 Force Structure Plan make plain the scale of the real and perceived threat posed to Australia and the resources being invested to counter them. Notably, the strategic update emphasises that the 2020-21 Defence budget of $42.2bn is forecast to nearly double to $73.7bn by 2029-30, and estimates that cumulative Defence spending over the next decade will amount to a staggering $575bn. As the WA Governor, and former Defence Minister, Kim Beazley recently made clear, “More and more focus will come on to Western Australia, our strategic concerns, and our strategic geography.” Hence, as regional tensions manifest, the Australian Defence Force presence in WA is slated to grow in size and capabilities. For instance, RAAF infrastructure in WA has progressively upgraded in the last few years to accommodate the introduction of new fleet assets such as P8-A Poseidon, F-35A Lightning II and C-17 Globemaster aircraft. The most recent and notable instance is the April 2021 announcement by Defence that RAAF Base Gingin – an important satellite air strip used extensively for training - will receive a $7.7m airfield upgrade for maintenance works, aircraft

62

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

pavement and aeronautical ground lighting works. The contract was awarded to New Zealand-based firm Fulton Hogan. The situation however is different for the Australian Army in WA, which is now witnessing a resurgence in importance. In December 2020, the Army Force Structure Implementation Plan was released with the intent of markedly strengthening its profile and capabilities in WA. On top of a major refurbishment of Campbell Barracks that was completed last year, the home base of the Special Air Service Regiment which is the only regular army unit in WA, is undergoing further modernisation. As part of LAND 121 Stage 5B the unit’s home base at Campbell Barracks will receive a $34m upgrade of its vehicle workshops, hard-stands and shelters. Lendlease has been selected as the prime contractor. Defence is also implementing plans to strengthen the 13th Brigade, an army reserve formation, to better support the ADF on an array of current and future domestic and overseas missions. In a major development in the sphere of workforce generation, commencing in 2022 the numbers of regular personnel posted to the 13th Brigade will increase. This will be enabled by transfer options from the army reserve, participation in the gap year program, and eventually, direct recruiting. The 13th Brigade is also focusing on boosting its talent pool through shared workforce initiatives with industry partners like BHP. The re-establishment of the 10th Light Horse to the status of a ‘regiment’ in October 2021, in concert with raising a regimental headquarters and a new cavalry sub-unit (B Squadron), was a symbolically important step in realising the army’s new ambition for the west. Importantly, the 10th Light Horse Regiment has been equipped with 10 PMV-L Hawkei vehicles and will be equipped with additional PMV-M Bushmaster vehicles to strengthen its capabilities. It will receive Boxer CRV simulation and training equipment, to ensure the unit’s integration with other cavalry force elements as required.


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

Seen here, in March 2020 the two halves for the OPV program of the first of class ship, Arafura - built by Luerssen Australia and its partner ASC at the Osborne shipyard in South Australia - were brought together and welded to form a complete hull. The Osborne shipyard is building the first two OPVs, while the remaining 10 OPVs are, and will be, built by Luerssen Australia in partnership with Civmec at Henderson. © ASC. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

63


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

The contents of the 2020 Strategic Update and 2020 Force Structure Plan make plain the scale of the real and perceived threat posed to Australia and the resources being invested to counter them. Notably, the strategic update emphasises that the 2020-21 Defence budget of $42.2bn is forecast to nearly double to $73.7bn by 2029-30, and estimates that cumulative Defence spending over the next decade will amount to a staggering $575bn.

The most significant development for the army in WA, however, was the much-awaited announcement regarding the refurbishment of Irwin Barracks in Karrakatta – the 13th Brigade’s headquarters – which was approved by Defence in June 2021, with WA-based company Doric Contractors awarded the contract to manage the development phase of the major infrastructure upgrades for the proposed $360.5m redevelopment of Irwin Barracks. The base’s cadet, recreation, headquarters and training facilities, plus living-in accommodation, office administration buildings and workshops will undergo a major refurbishment. Subject to government and parliamentary approvals, construction work is scheduled to commence in mid-2023 and be completed by mid-2026.

Conversely, in the sphere of naval and maritime affairs, the federal government decision to retain Full Cycle Docking in South Australia, and not select WA as the preferred destination, received publicly voiced disapproval from the state government. Currently, WA still retains the Mid Cycle Docking of the Collins-class submarines and the ANZAC Mid Life Capability Assurance Program (AMCAP), as well as the sustainment of the frigates by BAE Systems Australia at their Henderson shipyard. Of note, there are a number of Defencerelated projects (as demonstrated in Tables 1 and 2) either afoot or planned that will, in the foreseeable future, place WA’s defence industry in an increasingly stronger position. Not since the advent of the 1987 ‘Two Ocean Navy’ policy has the Royal Australian Navy in WA received such attention from the federal government and Defence, a notable example being the ongoing investment in the refurbishment, modernisation and expansion of HMAS Stirling - Australia’s largest naval base. These projects will provide additional facilities to accommodate the increasing numbers of naval personnel and onsite training, including new administration buildings, warehouses, living-in accommodation and support infrastructure, assets and capabilities that have either arrived or are incoming in the near future. Noteworthy developments include:

64

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

November 2020: Defence announced a new maritime underwater tracking range will be built in WA to replace the original tracking range system that ceased operating in 2012.

March 2021: Defence released the Navy

Capability Infrastructure Sub-program (NCIS) – 3 Building Works (NCIS-3), which is one of five NCIS works packages for HMAS Stirling and the Australian Marine Complex in Henderson. •

June 2021: The replenishment vessel NUSHIP Stalwart arrived from Spain to its homeport at Fleet Base West and was commissioned as HMAS Stalwart on 13 November 2021.

September 2021: A joint venture between Perth-based companies Duratec and Ertech secured a $52m contract by Defence to lead an extension and upgrade of the Oxley Wharf at HMAS Stirling.

October 2021: Defence Minister Peter Dutton announced that an additional $1bn has been allocated to further upgrade infrastructure and facilities at HMAS Stirling, which will support the increased activity by allied naval vessels now, and to include eventually Australian nuclear-powered submarines operating from the base into the Indo-Pacific region. It is yet


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

Irwin Barracks, Western Australia: Members of the 10th Light Horse Regiment stand alongside the first of the unit’s new Hawkei Protected Mobility Vehicle – Light which were received by the unit in September 2021. © Department of Defence.

to be determined specifically what projects the money will be spent on. The development of infrastructure at HMAS Stirling is happening in tandem with efforts to bolster the navy’s new surface fleet capabilities, which are

The most significant development for the army in WA, however, was the much-awaited announcement regarding the refurbishment of Irwin Barracks in Karrakatta – the 13th Brigade’s headquarters – which was approved by Defence in June 2021, with WA-based company Doric Contractors awarded the contract to manage the development phase of the major infrastructure upgrades for the proposed $360.5m redevelopment of Irwin Barracks.

either being built or earmarked for construction, including at Henderson WA.

NAVAL SHIPBUILDING UPDATE Underpinned by the 2016 Defence White Paper and the subsequent 2020 Force Structure Plan, Defence remains committed to the implementation of the extant Continuous Naval Shipbuilding Program. At present the $510m build program for the Guardian-class patrol boats, underpinned by the Pacific Maritime Security Program and Patrol Boat Replacement Project, is well on track and is expected to be completed by 2023. In addition to the Guardianclass orders that have previously been fulfilled, from early 2020 to date Austal has built and delivered another seven Guardian-class patrol boats to the South Pacific island-nations of Kiribati, Palau, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands, Tonga and Vanuatu. In WA, central to the Continuous Naval Shipbuilding Program’s implementation are the $343m Evolved Cape-class patrol boats (of which the first of six vessels earmarked for the navy was

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

65


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

On 22 September 2021, the first of six Evolved Cape-class patrol boats was launched at the Austal shipyard in Henderson. © Austal.

66

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

launched in October 2021 at the Austal shipyard in Henderson), $3.9bn Arafura-class Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs), $4.3-6.4bn mine countermeasure and hydrographic vessels, $400-600m LHD Landing Craft replacement and $450-650m ADV Ocean Protector replacement. Austal has already constructed and launched the first Evolved Cape-class vessel in September 2021, and has already cut the aluminium with four other vessels that are currently at various stages of construction. The SEA 1180 Arafura-class OPV build program, overseen by the prime contractor Luerssen Australia (in addition to progress made with the construction of OPV3), has also seen the commencement of work on OPV4 in January 2021 and similarly the start of construction for OPV5 in November 2021 respectively at Civmec’s Henderson facility. Other developments with the OPV program include Raytheon being selected in December 2020 as the new Capability Life Cycle Manager, and in March 2021, the establishment of an OPV System Program Office at Henderson to coordinate Defence’s engagement with industry. While announcements have yet to be made with regard to replacement of the LHD Landing Craft and the ADV Ocean Protector, Defence has revealed its intent to explore a variant of the Arafura OPV for the new mine countermeasures and hydrographic survey vessels, which are earmarked to be built in Henderson. Aside from the Continuous Naval Shipbuilding Program, another significant focus of the navy’s efforts in WA is underscored by Plan Galileo, which aims to attain three key objectives by 2025, namely: (a) build a new approach to integrated Capability Life Cycle management, (b) leverage new technologies and learning to improve productivity and promote increased levels of innovation, collaboration and knowledge sharing in the maritime domain, and (c) build the skilled workforce needed. Integral to Plan Galileo is the establishment of Regional Maintenance Centres (RMCs) which shall interface in collaboration with government, primes and SMEs. Established at strategic locations around the country in Sydney, Cairns, Darwin and Henderson, the RMCs shall be tailored to service the unique requirements of each state’s Defence presence and industry capabilities to sustain the new classes of navy surface fleet vessels being introduced into service.

AMC UPDATE In tandem with the Australian Government’s commitment to the Continuous Naval Shipbuilding Program and infrastructure investments at HMAS Stirling, the WA government has also been working in coordination with Defence’s plans as exemplified through its Western Australian Defence and Defence Industries Strategic Plan released previously in October 2018, and the subsequent Mission Update 2020: Western Australian Defence and Defence Industries Strategic Plan. Significantly, and aligned with this, in November 2020 Defence West on behalf of the WA government also launched the AMC Strategic Infrastructure and Land Use Plan (SILUP) to identify the short, medium and long-term upgrades required to guide the AMC’s development. At

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

67


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

As part of the $5.5bn WA Recovery Plan economic stimulus and infrastructure package, in March 2021 the state government announced that it would fund the establishment of a new high-tech manufacturing hub that supports developing industries such as hydrogen, batteries, renewable energy and defence. The proposed precinct will straddle the areas of Henderson, Latitude 32, Kwinana and Rockingham.

its core the SILUP proposes to develop the southern and northern harbours, including the establishment of ‘Defence Priority Zones’, and an enhanced ship lift capability.

• February 2021: Georgiou commenced construction on the new vessel transfer path to facilitate better movement across the complex, between the floating dock, shipbuilding and sustainment facilities.

June 2021: Ertech was selected for the design and delivery of a comprehensive wharf upgrade.

Finally, the AUKUS announcement in August 2021 suggests that intensified Defence usage and allied naval engagement of HMAS Stirling and the AMC will need to be taken into consideration with future federal and WA governments’ infrastructure planning.

SKILLING & TRAINING To support the implementation of Defence programs and projected defence industry workforce demands in WA, efforts are being made by the federal and WA governments to expand and further expedite the growth of the state’s defence industry workforce

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

September 2020: The WA government announced its $18m Defence Industry Incentive aimed at providing financial assistance to WA businesses, that employ apprentices in key trades within the defence industry, to generate skilled workers and, thereby, attract national Defence maritime projects.

October 2020: Federal and WA governments jointly signed a $103.4m JobTrainer Agreement to reduce fees for an additional 107 TAFE courses to deliver training across a range of different sectors, including defence industry.

December 2020: WA government launched ‘The Other Force’ campaign to raise awareness of the job opportunities and career pathways available in the state’s defence industry. The campaign is focused on attracting women, veterans, youth, jobseekers and career changers to take advantage of the opportunities created by the $18.34m maritime defence industry workforce package. This includes the launch of the Defence Industry Veterans Employment Scheme (DIVES) scholarship program which aims to encourage veterans to take-up a career in defence industry, and the Women in Defence Industry Scholarship, which seeks to enhance female participation in the defence industry workforce.

February 2021: Federal government launched the Schools Pathway Program – an initiative aimed at boosting interest in STEM subjects for high school students.

June 2021: Australian Government and South Metropolitan TAFE partnered to launch the $10m Defence Industry Pathways Program for WA high school graduates that provides a 12 month traineeship to help grow WA’s defence industry workforce. The pilot program will support 120 students by mid-2022 with the Australian Government agreeing to contribute $45,000 per trainee.

• February 2021: Lanskey Constructions will deliver the new shipbuilding facility in the northern shipbuilding precinct, which shall activate under-utilised waterfront land to support commercial shipbuilding.

In sync with these developments, in late 2020 the Defence West announced it was examining potential to build a Large Vessel Dry Berth (LVDB) at Henderson. The LVDB would be predominantly used for the construction and sustainment of large-hulled vessels and has the potential to be a multi-billion dollar infrastructure program if approved. Currently, there have been suggestions that a joint feasibility study is under consideration between the WA and federal governments, but no announcements have been made.

68

As such, in late 2020 the WA government allocated $87.6m for a series of infrastructure upgrades at the AMC that have since been awarded to local firms. They include:

• June 2021: Aurecon Australasia secured a contract as part of the AMC Integrated Infrastructure Program to provide technical studies that will inform future expansion, and shall engage Perthbased DHI to provide expertise in wave and tide modelling.

and mitigate against the prospect of potential shortfalls. In this regard the TAFE sector has been privy to much activity, underscored by the following examples:

TERTIARY SECTOR UPDATE The tertiary sector in WA has also experienced developments across a range of areas with all five tertiary institutions involved in Defence-related research and development programs. Four of the five universities collaborate as ‘Team WA’ – which encompasses Curtin University, Edith Cowan University, Murdoch University and The University of Western Australia - to offer specialised research and education to support the current and future needs of Defence. By July 2021, according to the state government, WA-based defence R&D initiatives received a combined total of almost $870,000 for seven individual projects.


ANALYSIS

Importantly, the Defence Science Centre (DSC) based in Perth is playing an increasingly important role in facilitating R&D opportunities and partnerships between Defence, industry and academia. Jointly funded by the WA government and the Defence Science Technology Group as a node of the Australian Defence Science and University Network, the centre’s main purpose is to capitalise upon leading-edge technologies and industries that have fostered the growth and diversification of WA’s economy. Particular areas of interest are artificial intelligence and machine learning, robotics, undersea and surface sensors, mine detection, remote operations, communications technology, advanced manufacturing and cyber security. The DSC operates three separate grant schemes and, since its inception, has supported 24 defence-relevant R&D projects valued at nearly $4m.

At present the $510m build program for the Guardian-class patrol boats, underpinned by the Pacific Maritime Security Program and Patrol Boat Replacement Project, is well on track and is expected to be completed by 2023.

The activities of the DSC are set to expand further as it undertakes a feasibility study into a future research centre, to be based at the Technology Precinct of the AMC. The centre will aim to target the development of maritime sector technologies that have potential Defence-application emphasising integrated undersea surveillance systems, mine countermeasure and hydrographic vessels.

TRANSFERABLE & FUTURE POTENTIAL Though not directly emphasising the defence sector, there are a number of WA government and industryled initiatives that will provide spin off opportunities for the defence sector. For instance, in August 2020 the WA government unveiled plans to build a new container port in Perth’s industrial south with a $97.2m investment into planning for a facility at Kwinana. In addition, in July 2020 the WA government announced a $5.5bn WA Recovery Plan economic stimulus and infrastructure package, which has implications for the state’s defence sector. As part of the plan, in March 2021 the WA government announced that it would fund the establishment of a new high-tech manufacturing hub that supports developing industries such as hydrogen, batteries, renewable energy and defence. The proposed precinct will straddle the areas of Henderson, Latitude 32, Kwinana and Rockingham. In October 2021, the WA government announced a $20m commitment to support the establishment of the new Australian Automation and Robotics Precinct (AARP) in Neerabup, 40km north of Perth. To be completed within three years, the AARP is slated to be among the world’s largest test facilities of its kind. The precinct will be a major hub for testing and research into the latest developments in automation,

WEST COAST DEFENCE

remote operation and robotics systems. A broad range of industries such as the resources sector, defence, agriculture, space, logistics, construction, advanced manufacturing and the education sector are anticipated to use AARP. According to the WA government, once operational, the AARP will provide suppliers and operators of automation and robotics equipment or systems with access to specialist infrastructure, including: Common User Test Beds with multiple areas and roadways for physical testing, a Common User Facility operation building, and supporting research and development facilities. The 51ha site has the potential to expand to 94ha to accommodate future growth and, once fully established, has the potential to generate thousands of jobs in the fields of robotics, automation, and remote operations. It is increasingly evident that WA is playing to its strengths and that the combined impact of these initiatives and projects will increasingly attract synergies between the state’s world-class resources sector and the defence industry. Addressing this point in May 2021, the Hon Paul Papalia, WA Minister for Defence Industry and Veterans’ Issues, wrote in The Australian that “WA companies regularly mobilise large numbers of people to distant sites without any external support. They employ land, sea and air transport and they sustain their workforces through extended logistics supply chains… Logic also dictates that WA should be the centre for developing ‘crewed and uncrewed systems’.” He added, “WA resource industry players are world leaders in the integration and operation of autonomous systems. Key to this is the need to deliver trusted communication and data connectivity in remote and harsh environments, where WA capabilities are second to none.” Taking all these developments into account it is evident that the future for WA’s defence sector is replete with opportunity. Although challenges remain, particularly in augmenting a skilled and trained workforce to meet existing and upcoming defence industry workload, the combination of volatile regional geo-politics, geographic proximity to the Indo-Pacific region, government investment in the development of strategic infrastructure, and the proven capabilities of the state’s industry means that in the long term Western Australia is likely to achieve new and notable milestones for its expanding defence sector.

It is increasingly evident that WA is playing to its strengths and that the combined impact of these initiatives and projects will increasingly attract synergies between the state’s world-class resources sector and the defence industry. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

69


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

Table 1: WA Major Defence Acquisition Projects Project

Acquisition Project Details

SEA 1397 Phase 5B Nulka Launcher Sub-system (LSS) Upgrade ANZAC platform installation managed by the Warship Asset Management Agreement (WAMA) which is comprised of BAE Systems Australia, Naval Ship Management and Saab Australia with the Australian Government. SEA 1448 Phase 4B ANZAC-class Long Range Radar Replacement Project ANZAC platform installation managed by the WAMA. SEA 1442 Phase 4

ANZAC-class Communications Systems Upgrade Leonardo MW is contracted to undertake a Communications systems upgrade as part of the ANZAC platform installation managed by the WAMA.

AIR 9000 Phase 8

Future Naval Aviation Combat System Helicopter BAE Systems and other smaller companies are conducting Seahawk MH-60R ‘Romeo’ helicopter ship integration with the ANZAC-class frigates as part of ship upgrades.

SEA 3036 Phase 1

Pacific Patrol Boat Replacement Austal Ships is contracted to deliver up to 21 Guardian class patrol boats to replace the existing Pacific Patrol Boats.

SEA 1180 Phase 1

Offshore Patrol Vessel Luerssen Australia has contracted Civmec to process steel for all 12 Arafura-class OPVs and will build 10 of the 12 at their new facility in Henderson.

JNT 3029 Phase 2

Space Surveillance Telescope Sitzler was the prime contractor for the relocation and the integration of the Space Surveillance Telescope near Exmouth. Whereas Raytheon is the initial support contractor for the Space Surveillance Telescope near Exmouth prior to being transferred to sustainment.

SEA 1445 Phase 1

Additional Evolved Cape-class Patrol Boats Austal is contracted to deliver six Evolved Cape-class patrol boats replacing some of the Armidale class patrol boats and will be utilised as an interim capability until the OPVs enter operational service.

LAND 125 Phase 4

Integrated Soldier System Sea to Summit is a 100% Australian owned prime vendor that supplies leading edge outdoor field equipment.

LAND 1508 Phase 1 Special Operations Enhancements and Development Program Project LAND 1508 is procuring a range of equipment and accessories via Precision Technic Defence. These items are being integrated to form a mission planning capability. SEA 1300

Navy Guided Weapons Project SEA 1300 was approved by the Australian Government through the 2020 Force Structure Plan to provide Defence with an agile navy guided weapons project that is responsive to current and emerging threats in the acquisition and sustainment of weapons. Commercial arrangements with individual suppliers including allocation of work between suppliers and states are subject to finalisation, as such suppliers are not currently named against this project. There is an expectation that WA companies and institutions will play a role in this program. Source: Department of Defence.

70

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


ANALYSIS

WEST COAST DEFENCE

Table 2: WA Major Defence Sustainment Projects Fleet

Sustainment Activities

CN02

ANZAC-class Frigate WAMA is comprised of the Australian Government, BAE Systems Australia, Naval Ship Management and Saab Australia. Each is responsible for the upgrade, maintenance and inventory support for the ANZAC-class frigates and associated support systems.

CN10

Collins-class Submarine ASC maintains and upgrades the Collins Platform Systems. Raytheon Australia maintains and upgrades the Collins combat systems. Thales Underwater Systems maintains and upgrades the Collins sonar systems. BAE Systems maintains and updates the Collins periscopes. James Fisher Defence provides submarine escape and rescue services.

CN54

Torpedo Sustainment Maritime Explosive Ordnance System Program Office-West (MEOSPO-W) as part of Explosive Materiel Branch (EMB) maintains and sustains torpedoes in support of Collins-class submarine (MK48), Anzac-class frigate (MU90), MH-60R ‘Romeo’ helicopter (MK46 and MK54) and P-8 aircraft (MK54).

CN43

Auxiliary Oiler HMAS Sirius ASP Defence Support Services provides in-service support for HMAS Sirius.

CN47

Australian Defence Vessel Ocean Protector Teekay Shipping Australia (Perth) provides ship management services for Australian Defence Vessel Ocean Protector.

CN22

Naval and Shore Communications Systems Raytheon Australia provides operation, maintenance and support services for Very Low Frequency communications at Naval Communications Station Harold E. Holt (NCSHEH). This arrangement also includes support to the Space Situational Awareness Radar system (paid for under CAF13) at the same location. The budget for NCSHEH includes the aggregate of Australian and US shared contribution.

CN24

Maritime Electronic Warfare Maritime and Jenkins Engineering Defence Services both provide in-service and operational support for intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance electronic warfare systems for navy.

CN30

Navigation Display Systems Mission Systems Australia (formally L-3 Oceania and part of L3 Harris), provides in-service support for the navy’s Navigation Display Systems.

CAF03

Hawk Lead-In Fighter BAE Systems Australia provides sustainment support for the ADF’s Hawk 127. CAE provides logistics, maintenance and engineering services for aerospace training simulators and training services supporting the ADF’s Hawk 127 Lead In Fighter operations at RAAF Pearce.

CAF13

Wide Area Surveillance (Jindalee Operational Radar Network) BAE Systems Australia provides turn-key support services to the Radar 2 site. Employs approximately 34 people at Laverton in WA on a fly-in, fly-out basis. Raytheon Australia provides support services for the C-Band Space Surveillance Radar located at Harold E. Holt Base, Exmouth.

CA40

Command and Intelligence Systems Thales Australia Pty Ltd provides software support for Command and Intelligence Systems Support Office - supported WYVERN.

CJC06

Satellite Communications Fixed Infrastructure BAE Systems Australia supports a Satellite Ground Station at Kojarina, near Geraldton in Western Australia (SGS-W). SGS-W comprises of two X-band and one Ka-band large aperture anchor terminals. Note: Under JP 2008, Blacktree Technology Pty Ltd provides the interim support to major components of the Narrowband Satellite Communications System.

CAF27

ADF Ramp Deployable Air Sea Rescue Kit Airflite is the maintenance contractor of the Air Sea Rescue Kit, used in C27 and C130 aircraft, which enables the RAAF to maintain its requirement to provide long range search and rescue services under the Maritime Safety Authority and Defence Joint Personal Recovery.

CAF37

PC 21 Pilot Training System Lockheed Martin Australia is the prime contractor responsible for the delivery of the PC 21 Pilot Training System operated by No.2 Flying Training School.

CJC010

Defence High Frequency Communications System Boeing Defence Australia undertakes sustainment activities on the Defence High Frequency Communications System, including at RAAF Learmonth.

Source: Department of Defence. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

71



COMMENTARY

INDIAN OCEAN SECURITY

AUSTRALIA’S INDIAN OCEAN GATEWAY: WESTERN AUSTRALIA By the Hon Andrew Hastie MP,

Assistant Minister for Defence, Australian Government

When the Prime Minister spoke in Western Australia on the eve of the G7 summit in Cornwall, he noted that escalating great power strategic competition was the defining issue of our time. Our security, prosperity and way of life depend on whether we can meet this challenge.

OUR NATIONAL INTEREST Geo-strategic developments in the Indian Ocean region have always shaped the security and prosperity of Australia. Five of our top 15 trading partners – India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand – are Indian Ocean countries. Half of our global trade crosses the Indian Ocean to reach our shores, and more than half of our exports depart from Indian Ocean ports. Half of the world’s container traffic and one-third of bulk cargo traverses the Indian Ocean, and around 40% of the world’s offshore oil production is based there. That’s why freedom of navigation is so important to Australia and our regional neighbours. The Morrison government is committed to shaping Australia’s strategic environment, deterring actions

against our national interests and enabling the Australian Defence Force to respond with credible military force, when required. As the 2020 Defence Strategic Update makes clear, we have prioritised Defence planning in Australia’s immediate region: ranging from the north-eastern Indian Ocean, through maritime and mainland Southeast Asia, to Papua New Guinea and the Southwest Pacific.

GROWING STRATEGIC ROLE Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States have established an enhanced trilateral security partnership, AUKUS. This is a partnership to address new challenges, but a partnership between the oldest and most trusted of friends.

Ships from the Australian, United States, Japanese and Indian navies sail in formation in the Indian Ocean at the start of phase two of Exercise MALABAR 2020. Exercise MALABAR 2020 is a milestone opportunity to enhance Australia’s maritime capabilities and build interoperability with our close regional partners, India, Japan and the United States. © Department of Defence.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

73


COMMENTARY

INDIAN OCEAN SECURITY

50%

OF THE WORLD’S CONTAINER TRAFFIC......

....and one-third of bulk cargo traverses the Indian Ocean, and around 40% of the world’s offshore oil production is based there. The historic agreement also delivers major gains for Western Australia – recognising the state’s central role in our strategic future.

six Evolved Cape-class vessels,

up to eight new Mine Countermeasure and Military Survey Vessels to replace the Huon-class,

The Collins-class submarine intermediate and mid-cycle dockings will continue to be performed at Henderson through to the mid-2040s, giving our industry certainty and supporting hundreds of West Australian jobs.

a large salvage and repair vessel, and

an undersea surveillance vessel.

The Prime Minister also announced that the federal government will invest in a large dry dock at Henderson, which will enable Western Australians to build and maintain both naval and commercial vessels for decades to come. HMAS Stirling will continue to be one of Australia’s most important strategic Defence establishments and recent announcements cement that. Western Australia and the Henderson shipyard has already been chosen by the federal government as the home of construction for: •

21 Guardian-class patrol boats,

10 Arafura-class Offshore Patrol Vessels,

As our gateway to the Indian Ocean region, Western Australia is vital. Half of Australia’s navy fleet is based on our west coast – Defence’s future submarines and frigates will be critical assets in safeguarding Australia’s maritime approaches and sea lines of communication.

74

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

The AUKUS partnership will also give Australia access to cutting edge technology and intellectual property - cyber capabilities, artificial intelligence, quantum technologies, and additional undersea capabilities - creating the jobs of the future. The acquisition of nuclear-powered submarine technology is a critical strategic decision that will protect our national security interests and keep Australians safe. And as the home of Australia’s submarine fleet, this announcement secures the future of HMAS Stirling for the next century. As our gateway to the Indian Ocean region, WA is vital. Half of Australia’s navy fleet is based on the west coast – Defence’s future submarines and frigates will be critical assets in safeguarding Australia’s maritime approaches and sea lines of communication. The west coast also hosts Australian Army units critical to ADF domestic and global military operations. Perth is home to the Special Air Service Regiment at Swanbourne and the 13th Brigade at Karrakatta. They will receive significant personnel, equipment and infrastructure investment over the next five years. Across regional WA, the army’s Regional Force Surveillance Group supports whole-of-government border security operations, through a persistent presence ranging across the vast areas of north and north-western Australia. Defence training exercises in the Indian Ocean region will continue to enhance Australia’s maritime capabilities and build inter-operability with our international partners. Exercise Malabar 2020 demonstrated Australia’s enduring commitment to the security and stability

As we shift our focus towards Australia’s immediate region, we know that our Indian Ocean Territories – which straddle some of Australia’s vital trade and energy routes - are strategic communities that play an important role in our security. The Morrison government remains focused on developing the Indian Ocean Territories through commitments such as the Cocos (Keeling) Islands airfield upgrade.

of our region, as did our participation in Exercise La Pérouse 2021. We are also deepening our Comprehensive Strategic Partnership together with India to address evolving security challenges in our region. As we shift our focus towards Australia’s immediate region, we know that our Indian Ocean Territories – which straddle some of Australia’s vital trade and energy routes - are strategic communities that play an important role in our security. The Morrison government remains focused on developing the Indian Ocean Territories through commitments such as the Cocos (Keeling) Islands airfield upgrade.

LONG TERM SECURITY Our current and future Defence capabilities and assets operating from the Indian Ocean Territories include manned and unmanned maritime surveillance and reconnaissance aircraft, offshore patrol vessels, destroyers, frigates, support vessels, small patrol boats, watercraft, and naval combat helicopters. We are an island-nation, girt by sea. Our oceans and sea lanes are critical to our future prosperity and security. Australia will continue to work closely with our neighbours to uphold the security of the Indian Ocean region, as we have always done. Habits of cooperation are the basis of strong and secure future for all.


COMMENTARY

INDIAN OCEAN SECURITY

PACIFIC OCEAN

COCOS (KEELING) ISLANDS (AUSTRALIA)

INDIAN OCEAN

The runway at Cocos Keeling Islands taken from a RAAF AP-3C Orion aircraft is key to Operations Resolute and is earmarked for a major upgrade. © Department of Defence. Photographer: WOFF Mark Styles. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

75


COMMENTARY

By the Hon Nola Marino MP,

Assistant Minister for Regional Development and Territories, Australian Government

INDIAN OCEAN SECURITY

AUSTRALIA’S INDIAN OCEAN TERRITORIES: DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND FUTURE PROSPECTS The external territories of Christmas Island and the Cocos (Keeling) Islands, collectively known as the Indian Ocean Territories (IOT), are a unique and strategically valuable part of northern Australia. Indeed, northern Australia has long been considered of great strategic importance, with the region critical to the future of our national prosperity.

RICH PAST, IMPORTANT FUTURE Though geographically isolated, the IOT play an important role in Australia’s northern region. Among Australia’s most remote and culturally diverse communities, the region is home to a pristine environment, protected natural wonders and heritage sites, a rich cultural life and vibrant, distinct communities. The region is geographically close to Asia, is surrounded by the world’s third-largest ocean, and has a long and rich military history. A secure and stable Indian Ocean region is crucial for Australia’s national security and prosperity. It is an essential conduit for Australian and global trade, contains some of the world’s fastest growing economies, and hosts strategic competition between regional powers.

Though geographically isolated, the Indian Ocean Territories play an important role in Australia’s northern region. A secure and stable Indian Ocean region is crucial for Australia’s national security and prosperity.

Maritime threats including illegal fishing, people smuggling and other forms of transnational crime rely on maritime routes that pass near Christmas Island and the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. To ensure the region is equipped to meet both current and future challenges, the Australian Government is committed to the economic, social and environmental sustainability of the territories. War time activity in the 20th century demonstrated the geo-strategic importance of the region. In 1914, a German raider, SMS Emden, destroyed the Cocos (Keeling) Islands’ Cable Station, which provided a vital link between Australia and the United Kingdom. HMAS Sydney then engaged the Emden in one of the first naval battles of World War I, with the German ship running aground on North Keeling Island. During the World War II the Japanese occupied

76

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Christmas Island and launched an attack on the Cocos (Keeling) Islands. From March 1942 until August 1945 Christmas Island was a prime staging post and source of phosphate for Japanese industry. The gun emplacement and ammunition bunkers remaining on Christmas Island provide a tangible reminder to residents and visitors of the earlier military threats to the Island. As external territories of Australia, the IOT are administered by the Australian Government, with state-type services delivered directly by the Commonwealth, through service delivery arrangements with the Western Australian government or by the private sector under contract.

ECONOMY IN TRANSITION The Australian Government is committed to long-term economic viability, an active population, and strong social fabric in the IOT. As small and geographically isolated islands, the economies of the IOT are vulnerable, and face a number of economic challenges, including a high cost of living, vulnerability to extreme weather events and dependence on a small number of industries (primarily mining and the provision of government services). The economy of Christmas Island in particular is undergoing a period of transition, with fluctuations in the operating status of the North West Point Immigration Detention Centre and a reduction in phosphate mining expected in the medium-term. Without greater economic diversification, the economies of the IOT are highly susceptible to boom and bust cycles. A fall in employment opportunities each time a large employer leaves the islands has a flow-on effect on the communities. These boom and bust cycles can also have a detrimental effect on the communities. While there are challenges, opportunities exist to leverage the unique natural environment and cultural heritage of the IOT to diversify the economies and support long-term sustainability. The government is focused on supporting economic growth in northern Australia, including Christmas Island and the Cocos


COMMENTARY

INDIAN OCEAN SECURITY

(Keeling) Islands, through targeted investments in areas of growth and supporting businesses and industry to invest and upscale in the region. Local residents and businesses are focused on diversifying their economy, with a particular focus on tourism and natural assets. A key government priority for the IOT is supporting economic development through critical investments to assist with improved water security, waste management and trials for innovative agricultural methods to diversify the economy over the coming decades. These measures are directly targeted at addressing identified risks arising from their remote location and environmental threats such as marine plastic debris. The government is also moving to secure the future of Christmas Island and the Cocos (Keeling) Islands’ marine environments with plans to establish two new marine parks, covering up to 740,000 square km of waters around the IOT. Funding of $5.4m has been provided to support local jobs and economic growth associated with the marine parks.

UNIQUE OPPORTUNITIES The attractive landscapes, rare animal and bird life, and unique cultures of the IOT provide a solid foundation for economic opportunities in the development of the tourism, education and research sectors. The future prosperity of the region is dependent on encouraging innovation and becoming more self-sufficient. While Government investment and funding will continue to play an important part in building a stable economy in the region, it will ultimately be up to the communities of the IOT to seize future opportunities and build a more sustainable, self sufficient economy. In recent years the Government has delivered significant funding for infrastructure and economic diversification measures. The community is working hard, including through the establishment of a new business association, to take advantage of opportunities created by these investments. I am heartened to see this work ethic and dedication to building stronger and more self-sustaining communities. Let me assure everyone that the government is committed to the longterm viability of both Christmas Island and the Cocos (Keeling) Islands, to ensure the IOT continue to be a flourishing, strong and valued part of Australia.

The Hon Nola Marino MP laying a wreath at the memorial on Christmas Island commemorating HMAS Sydney II, and her crew, during her visit to the Indian Ocean Territories from 27 - 30 August 2019. The memorial marks the location of an unknown soldier. Photographer: Sophie Beeton, Senior Adviser, Territories.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

77


The Australian Naval Institute is the leading forum for naval and maritime affairs in Australia. Formed in 1975, the main objectives of the Australian Naval Institute are to encourage and promote the advancement of knowledge related to the Navy and the maritime profession; and to provide a forum for the exchange of ideas concerning subjects related to the Navy and the maritime profession.

The ANI achieves these goals through:

priority booking and discounts on ANI events and cosponsored conferences;

the Australian Naval Review;

full access to the ANI website;

access at member rates to events conducted by kindred organisations; discounted access to the on-line version of the US Naval Institute Proceedings.

The annual Vernon Parker Oration and ANI dinner

The Goldrick Seminar which each year focuses on a different aspect of naval affairs

Presentation of the annual ANI McNeil Prize to an individual or individuals who have made an outstanding contribution from industry to the capabilities of the Royal Australian Navy

Joining and Contributing to the ANI Your membership helps support the ANI in realising its objectives. Members receive:

Publication of the annual, peer-reviewed Australian Naval Review

Conducting Maritime Events onboard Naval Ships and Establishments to promote engagement of ANI members and others with the Fleet

For further information www.navalinstitute.com.au


RISK INTELLIGENCE

SOLUTIONS

ANALYSIS KNOWLEDGE NETWORKS

DEFENCE SECTOR ANALYSIS RISK ASSESSMENTS BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE RISK INTELLIGENCE SOLUTIONS provides unique tailored advisory solutions for corporate and government clientele using our wide-ranging analytical expertise and networks. R ISK IN T EL LIGENCE SOLU T IONS

w w w. r i s k i n t e l s o l u t i o n s . c o m . a u

P O B o x 6 7 0 1 , E a s t P e r t h WA 6 8 9 2


ANALYSIS

By Professor Peter J Dean,

Chair of Defence Studies & Director of the UWA Defence and Security Institute

INDIAN OCEAN SECURITY

STRATEGIC IMPORTANCE OF THE INDIAN OCEAN REGION AND AUSTRALIA’S NORTH WEST NEEDS MORE THAN JUST RECOGNITION The 2012 Force Posture Review, delivered by the then Gillard government’s Defence Minister, Stephen Smith, was clear as to the growing importance of WA and the Indian Ocean region to Australia’s defence, proposing that “Defence should develop a plan to communicate better the level of ADF activities and presence in North West Australia, for both deterrence and reassurance purposes.” Unfortunately, many of the initiatives of that review remain unfulfilled or underdone. Yet the significance of the Australia’s northwestern approaches only continues to grow.

STALLED INTITIATIVES The prescient need for increased ADF activity and engagement with Australia’s north-western approaches was being driven by the “major challenges and trends in Australia’s strategic environment” and “the expanding energy and resource sector development in northern Australia.” The significance of this region is familiar to any serious Defence planner. As one of the doyens of Australian defence policy, Professor Paul Dibb has noted, planning the defence of one’s country always starts with looking at a map: “geography disciplines strategy.”

While the current Defence Minister has called for more US Marines in Darwin, what generally gets lost in this debate is that the force posture arrangements in 2013 called for a second phase to include increased US Navy (USN) presence in the Indian Ocean by way of USN ship rotations through HMAS Stirling.

80

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Dibb’s 1986 Review of Australia’s Defence Capabilities noted that Australia’s “area of direct military interest stretches east-west from New Zealand to the Cocos Islands, and north-south from Indonesia to the Southern Ocean, but that Australia’s sphere of primary strategic interest encompasses Southeast Asia [north and north west] and the South Pacific [north and northeast].” The 1986 review and the subsequent 1987 White Paper, titled: The Defence of Australia, which included a major force posture review, were delivered by then Defence Minister Kim Beazley. They reaffirmed

the significance of the country’s north-western approaches and led to some of the most significant changes in the posture of the ADF, including the establishment of the two ocean navy, the decision to make HMAS Stirling the home base of the navy’s submarine fleet, the movement of the army’s 1st Brigade to Darwin, the establishment of RAAF Base Tindal as the permanent forward operating base of the air force’s aviation combat capability, and the construction of the RAAF ‘bare base’ at Scherger to supplement RAAF Base Learmonth. In 2013, as part of the consideration of force posture, the Gillard government and the Obama administration agreed on enhanced United States Force Posture Initiatives in Australia that included the Marine Rotational Force – Darwin (MRF-D) and enhanced air cooperation in northern Australia. While the current Defence Minister has called for more US Marines in Darwin, what generally gets lost in this debate is that the force posture arrangements in 2013 called for a second phase to include increased US Navy (USN) presence in the Indian Ocean by way of USN ship rotations through HMAS Stirling. This was on the back of the 2012 AUSMIN in Perth where then Defence Minister Stephen Smith said that the growing strategic importance of the Indian Ocean was leading the US Navy to shift its attention to the waters off Australia’s northwest coast.

SITUATION MORE ACUTE THAN EVER Since that time the importance of the Indian Ocean and Australia’s North West has only become clearer. The simple statistics are startling. The Indian Ocean region:


ANALYSIS

INDIAN OCEAN SECURITY

JOINT PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT AREA

INDIAN OCEAN

BROWSE BASIN

Yampi Sound Training Area

NORTH WEST SHELF AND GORGON OIL AND GAS FIELDS

RAAF Base Curtin

WA

RAAF Base Learmonth

Provides the maritime coastline for Western Australia, through which 48% of the nation’s exports (2019-2020) are transported.

Accounts for half the world’s container traffic, one-third of bulk cargo transport and around two thirds of the world’s maritime oil shipments and any threat or perceived threat to disrupt energy trade flows could lead to regional instability.

Sea lines of communication is a major strategic issue. Any threats or disruptions to the flow of trade along these sea lanes would have severe economic consequences.

Is home to five of Australia’s top 15 trading partners (India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand) and some of the world’s fastgrowing economies.

Has approximately 40% of international offshore oil production.

Contains some of Australia’s largest hydrocarbon deposits.

Includes Australia’s offshore Indian Ocean territories, Christmas Island and Cocos Keeling Islands - closer to Jakarta than they are to Perth and sitting astride strategic shipping lanes and maritime choke points.

Has one of Australia’s longest coastlines, one of its largest Exclusive Economic Zones (81 million km2) and the largest search and rescue zone (53 million km2).

While the strategic importance of Western Australia and the Indian Ocean is historically well known to defence planners, and undeniably important to Australia’s contemporary strategic posture, the nation’s defence remains - for historical and cultural reasons - centred on looking east and northeast. All the while, the practicalities of Australia’s defence of the North West remain unfulfilled.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

81


Pride of the Pacific. N G I ES

A S U ST

IN

EX

CO

TRUCT NS

D

Australia’s Guardian-class Patrol Boat

T R PO


Austal has delivered 12 Guardian-class Patrol Boats to Pacific Island nations since 2018.

Papua New Guinea

Tonga

Tuvalu

Samoa

Solomon Islands

Fiji

Palau

Kiribati

Tonga

Papua New Guinea

Solomon Islands

Vanuatu

Austal is proud to be delivering 21 Guardian-class Patrol Boats to the Commonwealth of Australia under the Pacific Patrol Boat Replacement Project - a finalist in the 2021 Essington Lewis Awards for excellence in defence projects. Equally as proud are the ship’s crews from the nations receiving the enhanced maritime capability, as part of the Pacific Maritime Security Program. Collaborating with the Department of Defence and our Australian supply-chain partners, Austal has designed, constructed and begun sustaining twelve Guardian-class Patrol Boats — and will continue to deliver the remaining vessels through to 2023. Together, we’re sharing in the new Pride of the Pacific. Learn more at austal.com/guardian-class


Cockburn, the best place to invest Cockburn is a powerhouse growth zone, with high value investment opportunities in the commercial and industrial sectors generating sustainable prosperity. World-class opportunities exist at the Australian Marine Complex in Henderson, the Western Trade Coast & Latitude 32, Bibra Lake commercial zone, Jandakot City, and Cockburn Central – fast becoming the south metro area’s leading regional centre.

20mins to CBD

Fremantle

Port Coogee Marina

Cockburn is home to 43,268 jobs, with an annual economic output of $25.442b and an 82 per cent employment selfsufficiency rate. Proudly supplying defence industries in Australia and overseas, Cockburn is fostering the development of innovative world-leading technologies. Port Coogee Marina

Bibra Lake Australian Marine Complex

Jandakot Airport

Cockburn Central Kwinana Fwy

Future Port (Westport)

Bibra Lake Reserve


Jandakot Airport

Australian Marine Complex

The best place to be Cockburn, with 15km of beautiful coastline and internationally recognised nature reserves featuring biodiverse lakes and wetlands, is a sought-after residential area and growing tourist destination. Its 23 suburbs and 117,000+ residents are sustained by prosperous employment nodes, vibrant shopping opportunities, a wide range of housing, constantly improving transport options and abundant natural and built recreation choices, including a bustling marina.

Cockburn Central

The inclusive community embraces its Nyungar heritage, multicultural pioneering agricultural and industrial history and is supported by a sustainable economy, environment, and award-winning community facilities and infrastructure.

cockburn.wa.gov.au C.Y.O’Connor Beach

Coogee Beach Jetty



COMMENTARY

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

WESTPORT: FUTURE-PROOFING AN INTEGRAL LINK By Patrick Seares, Managing Director, Westport Program

Although isolated from the east coast, Western Australia is an integral link in Australia’s maritime operations and trade, playing an important role in global supply chains and ensuring the nation’s trade connections.

GLOBAL STANDARD PORT The WA state government is preparing for the future through a number of related strategic priorities, including: Westport, a commitment to establish a Global Advanced Manufacturing Hub, and planning for the future of Fremantle.

Planning is currently underway to develop a business case to move container trade from Fremantle’s inner harbour to a new outer harbour in Kwinana. The aim of this is to unlock freight congestion and boost WA’s economic growth by maintaining efficient trade, and delivering local jobs and commercial opportunities.

A key piece of this work is the development of WA’s future container port through the Westport project. Planning is currently underway to develop a business case to move container trade from Fremantle’s inner harbour to a new outer harbour in Kwinana. The aim of this is to ease freight congestion and boost WA’s economic growth by maintaining efficient trade, and delivering local jobs and commercial opportunities. It’s also a unique opportunity to develop a global standard port that is aligned with a range of WA

industry sectors, including defence. Detailed planning is an integral first step to ensure this alignment. The Westport project is considering a range of needs and solutions through meaningful stakeholder engagement, including relationships with program partners across government and industry. This will ensure requirements can be appropriately integrated into the project as it progresses. As the Westport program focuses on completing a business case by mid-2024, early planning is underway to identify the constraints, considerations and opportunities for the new outer harbour once an investment decision is made. This includes geotechnical investigations for channel designs that support navigational ease for the container vessels of the future, and a breakwater assessment to develop a design that will protect the harbour, channels and the broader Cockburn Sound environment.

SUPPLY CHAIN & ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS With the preferred freight route determined, connecting to the future port will require significant upgrades to ensure an efficient and cost-effective supply chain. Over the next few years, transport and infrastructure upgrades in the Kwinana area will enable the Westport program. This long-term forward planning is particularly important to ensure that the

An aerial photograph of the proposed Westport site in Kwinana. © Westport.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

87


COMMENTARY

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS Westport Overview Map

most critical utility infrastructure located in that part of the state can be protected or relocated. Delivery of a new outer harbour also requires the careful environmental consideration of Cockburn Sound. In response to this, the state is investing in one of the largest environmental research programs, and undertaking monitoring to ensure Cockburn Sound’s environment, recreation and indigenous cultural

88

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

history are well understood. Westport is partnering with the Western Australian Marine Science Institution to manage and minimise impacts for the long-term integrity of this unique ecosystem. The Westport program forms an integral part of ensuring WA embraces technology advancements, and aligns with WA government’s strategic priorities to deliver local jobs and facilitate economic development.


For sovereign capability, collaborate with Volz. A proud member of the Volz Group based in Germany, our core business is 316Ti Stainless Steel components made to exacting international standards. • • • • •

Material traceability to EN10204/3.1 DNV-GL Type Approvals for Flexible Hoses 6 locations throughout Asia-Pacific – 3 in Australia Global support & supply network Supplier to essential industry – Defence, Oil & Gas, Shipping, Mining, Agriculture, Power Generation

“My team and I welcome the opportunity to introduce to you Volz Australia’s defence capabilities.”

Tim Poidevin General Manager

Contact us

for more information

Perth

Brisbane

Albury

T +61 8 9418 7239 | E wasales@volz.com.au

T +61 7 3715 5619 | E qldsales@volz.com.au

T +61 2 6023 6433 | E sales@volz.com.au


COMMENTARY

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

PRECISION NAVAL INSTALLATIONS Partner with Australia’s most reputable Naval fleet electrical installation, repair and maintenance company. Marine Technicians Australia (MTA) has an impeccable reputation for technical excellence and service, providing a range of maritime electrical solutions. Australian owned and operated, MTA’s facilities in Sydney, Perth and Adelaide, are comprehensive and leading edge with full product, equipment and testing capabilities.

Our extensive range of services to the Naval Maritime sector includes; •

Installation of all types of Power and Signal Cable Types

Termination and Testing of Power, Signal, COAX and Fibre Cables (Including MILSPEC)

Installation of Electrical Fixtures and Fittings

Installation and Set to work of Communication and Antenna Systems, Navigational Systems, Combat System Equipment, Main Broadcast and Alarms Systems, Automation and Control Systems, Gas Detection Systems and Weapon System Hardware

Conduct Generator Load Trials

Maintenance and Urgent Defect Repair

OEM Equipment Installation and Support

Contact us to discuss your next project and experience the benefits of partnering with MTA.

www.marinetechniciansaustralia.com.au

PER // ADL // SYD


COMMENTARY

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

VALUE OF THE WESTERN TRADE COAST By Chris Oughton,

CEO, Kwinana Industries Council

Nestled against the Cockburn Sound coastline within the Perth Metropolitan Area is Western Australia’s premier industrial area. Covering some 6000ha (2000 developed), the Western Trade Coast (WTC) incorporates four main industrial precincts, contributes around $12bn to the state’s economy annually, and employs around 30,000 workers, directly and indirectly.

There are big things coming to the WTC. In the industrial context, the number of large cranes on the KIA skyline signals the emergence of many new major industrial complexes – a resurgence of activity!

PRECINCTS EXPAND

and sub-sea engineering. •

• The Kwinana Industrial Area (KIA - yellow) is the traditional heavy industrial core.

The Rockingham Industry Zone (RIZ - light green) is the main location hosting the emerging ‘Lithium Valley’ industries producing battery chemicals.

• The Australian Marine Complex (AMC - orange) at the top of the circle, focuses on ship building and maintenance, defence industry and specialist resource fabrication

Latitude 32 (blue) is largely undeveloped, but in the future will be a heavy and general industrial precinct.

There are big things coming to the WTC. In the industrial context, the number of

For context, the WTC has four industrial precincts as shown within the map opposite.

The Western Trade Coast in all its majesty: busy port, complex and integrated strategic industrial area and maritime engineering powerhouse. © KIC.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

91


COMMENTARY

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

NEW KWINANA PORT

Proposed Western Trade Coast precints.

Under the project management of the government’s Westport team, the new port in Kwinana is finally coming. The de-industrialisation of Fremantle and consequent movement of its freight task to the KIA is a major policy setting for the state government. Industry in Kwinana thoroughly supports the project because, among other reasons, the infrastructure planning for the new land-backed port resolves many of the WTC’s infrastructure constraints. While located on the opposite side of Cockburn Sound, the Royal Australian Navy will also have a deep interest in the proposed freight port. The configuration of its channels can greatly serve the strategic interests of Defence. It is proposed the existing single channel past Woodman Point northwards and out into the open ocean past Fremantle will be duplicated as part of the new port project. large cranes on the KIA skyline signals the emergence of many new major industrial complexes - a resurgence of activity! The

92

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

AMC has its expansion plans approved and land availability for new development is diminishing across the AMC, KIA and RIZ.

Together, Kwinana Industries Council, industry, Defence and Westport can achieve great things by working together to ensure the new port in Kwinana becomes a reality.


PROFESSIONALISM • EXPERTISE • FLEXIBILITY GLOBAL SOLUTIONS LOCAL INGENUITY

ENGINEERED INDUSTRIAL CLEANING SOLUTIONS UHP HP VAC PUMPS ACCESSORIES ROBOTICS

www.woma.com.au | hpwater@woma.com.au | +61 8 9434 6622


ADVERTORIAL

ROCKINGHAM: THE PLACE FOR DEFENCE INDUSTRY By Barry Sammels,

Mayor, City of Rockingham

Rockingham is well known as a destination for family holidays, adventure tourism, and as a place of natural beauty - think Penguin Island, the Shoalwater Islands Marine Park, or Cape Peron, recently announced as a Class A nature reserve. But did you know it is also home to a growing defence industry sector and some of Australia’s - and the world’s - largest names in the global defence supply chain? Proximity to Fleet Base West at HMAS Stirling - the Royal Australian Navy’s largest shore establishment - is often cited as one of the key reasons businesses have located here. However, access to a growing and capable contingent of SME businesses, good connection to the Western Trade Coast, and a high quality coastal lifestyle are other attractors influencing businesses’ choice of Rockingham as their base in Western Australia. HMAS Stirling at Fleet Base West is already home to more than 2650 service personnel, 600 Defence civilians and 500 long-term contractors, as well as all of Aerial image of Rockingham Industry Zone and HMAS Stirling, Fleet Base West. Australia’s submarine fleet and up to half © DevelopmentWA. of the surface fleet. As part of the Navy Capability Infrastructure Sub-Program Complex in Henderson, Port of Fremantle, the the base is in the midst of a $1bn expansion to proposed Westport development in Kwinana, and accommodate the crews and facilities needed for the the Western Trade Coast, make Rockingham an ideal coming Arafura-class Offshore Patrol Vessels, Hunterplace to accommodate such a hub. Rockingham’s class frigates and future submarines. status as a strategic metropolitan centre with excellent Whether its businesses providing services in transport links, freeway interchanges, two passenger construction, maintenance, repair and refit for vessels, rail stations, high population growth and a supportive or Defence personnel, contractors and their families business community make doing business in the living on Garden Island or within our suburbs, Defence proposed Defence Industry Hub appealing. These makes a significant contribution to the local economy. factors, coupled with attractively priced housing in In recognition of this contribution, the City of a relaxed coastal setting, make relocation to the area Rockingham actively supported local businesses very inviting. to learn more about entering and working in the The concept of establishing an Indian Ocean defence supply chain through a series of seminars maritime academy has also been suggested, with in early 2021. Businesses in Rockingham were also Rockingham identified as the ideal location. Utilising briefed on upcoming opportunities and had the space at or near Murdoch University or South chance to network with each other, and with prime Metropolitan TAFE in the city’s campus sector, the defence contractors and defence organisations, at facility would focus on training foreign navy and coast Rockingham’s first Defence Industry Forum in April guard personnel from Indian Ocean maritime nations. 2021. The city partnered with the Centre for Defence The proposed education and training institution Industry Capability (CDIC) to present the forum, would complement and leverage Rockingham’s with key speakers including federal Minister for established education and defence industry sectors. Defence Industry, Melissa Price MP, WA Minister for The city recently launched its investment Small Business, Reece Whitby MLA, CASG Head of prospectus in June 2021, which focuses on attracting Maritime Systems RADM Wendy Malcolm, as well as investment, supporting job creation and driving the other leaders from CDIC, Defence West, navy, Thales, economy forward. It outlines the opportunities in Lendlease, Ventia, and the Australian Industry & defence industry, as well as property development, Defence Network. general and heavy industry, tourism, aged care and The city is investigating opportunities to establish a retirement living. With the city’s population forecast Defence Industry Hub in Rockingham. The proposed to grow more than 70% to nearly 240,000 by 2046, hub would be a high-quality business park for defence Rockingham is truly a growing and thriving location companies that encourages knowledge sharing, for Defence and defence industry. technology development, research and innovation. rockingham.wa.gov.au/defence Proximity to Garden Island, the Australian Marine

94

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


Rockingham is Defence Industry Ready… Are You? Connected by a causeway to Rockingham, Royal Australian Navy’s Fleet Base West at Garden Island is undergoing an infrastructure and capability transformation including upgraded wharves, new vessels, and new buildings to support the increase in staff.

With over one billion dollars in infrastructure upgrade projects planned to accommodate this growth over the next five to ten years, Rockingham Strategic Metropolitan Centre is set to become a centre for Defence related administration, innovation and technology.

Fleet Base West

Henderson

Fleet Base West

Rockingham Beach Foreshore

With a range of industrial and commercial land available for development, it makes sense to come and locate your base next to ours in Rockingham. For further information please contact the City's Economic Development team on 08 9528 0333 or economicdevelopment@rockingham.wa.gov.au

Rockingham


COMMENTARY

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

A TRUE AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE PRIME: AUSTAL CHARTS SUCCESSFUL COURSE By Paddy Gregg, CEO, Austal

Despite the challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic, Austal continued vessel production at all of our shipyards and achieved a record year for deliveries in FY2021, completing a total of 19 ships for commercial and defence customers worldwide - the most in our 33 years of shipbuilding.

A TEAM EFFORT Here in Western Australia, we delivered seven defence vessels, including two Cape-class Patrol Boats exported to Trinidad and Tobago, and five steelhulled Guardian-class patrol boats for the Australia Government’s Pacific Patrol Boat Replacement Project (SEA3036). We also delivered two high-speed trimaran ferries, for customers in the Canary Islands and Japan. All designed and constructed here in WA. Those impressive figures are testament to the skills, resilience and commitment of our Austal teams, our supply chain partners and the support of our customers, not only here in Australia but around the world.

Since 1988, we’ve been contracted to deliver more than 340 ships to 121 operators in 59 countries, and we’re not slowing down. Approximately 80% of our total production has been for overseas markets and operators, which is a fantastic export story for Australia. Our robust FY2021 results, including an order book of over $2.5bn, provide an assurance we have a solid foundation to pursue new defence opportunities domestically and overseas - in aluminium and steel. Over the past 12 months we have gained valuable insight from our customers and stakeholders throughout the world; helping us to continually improve our products and services, and better support

Austal Australia has designed and continues to manufacture both the 58m Cape-class patrol boat and 39.5m Guardian-class patrol boat for customers in Australia and around the world. These clients include the Australian Border Force, Royal Australian Navy, Trinidad and Tobago Coast Guard; and also the Australian Government, which is gifting from 2018 to 2023 21 Guardians to 12 Pacific-island nations and East Timor under the Pacific Patrol Boat Replacement Project (SEA3036 Phase 1). © Austal.

96

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


COMMENTARY

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

In FY2021 Austal Australia exported two 58m Cape-class patrol boats to the Trinidad and Tobago Coast Guard; a $126m project that has contributed to the growth of the WA’s defence industry and Australia’s sovereign naval shipbuilding capability. © Austal.

the organisations that rely on us. While we’ve identified areas of opportunity to improve, we’ve also learnt more about what we are doing well.

BOON FOR DOMESTIC CAPABILITY

Fast Transport programs in the US. Companies like VEEM and Ayres, and many more small-to-medium enterprises have grown their business significantly through export contracts from Australia, to Austal shipyards around the world.

Austal is achieving great results for Australian industry capability in our current Evolved Cape and Guardian-class patrol boat programs – with the Pacific Patrol Boat Replacement Project named a finalist in the 2021 Essington Lewis Awards for excellence in defence projects over $50m.

As an example, of the 1586 Australianbased suppliers engaged by Austal Australia over the past three years, 337 of those have exported approximately AUD$84m in goods and services to Austal’s shipyards in the Philippines and Vietnam, further developing Australia’s shipbuilding and export industry.

Through effective collaboration with Defence and our efficient supply chain partners, we’re both on time and on budget with the 21 Guardian-class patrol boats we’re delivering for the Australian Government. These new vessels have quickly become the pride of the Pacific, with 12 delivered to Pacific island-nations since 2018.

In Australia, Austal is employing more than 1000 people across four states and territories, including 120 apprentices and 28 graduates in WA alone. We’re a truly Australian defence prime – with a local head office and teams of skilled designers, engineers, tradespeople learning and developing innovative products and services here, in Australia. As an Australian stock exchange listed company, our profits stay here in Australia, for the benefit of our employees, suppliers, communities, customers and stakeholders.

We’re helping local Australian businesses achieve international success through our export programs, like the recent Cape-class patrol boats for the Trinidad and Tobago Coast Guard, and other massive opportunities like the Littoral Combat Ship and Expeditionary

Through the delivery of the Evolved Cape and Guardian-class programs,

and our growing service and support operations, we’re proudly part of Australia’s continuous Naval Shipbuilding

Since 1988, we’ve been contracted to deliver more than 340 ships to 121 operators in 59 countries, and we’re not slowing down. Approximately 80% of our total production has been for overseas markets and operators, which is a fantastic export story for Australia.

Enterprise; comprising businesses from across Australian defence industry, investing in infrastructure and developing our people to provide both long-term security of employment for our growing national workforce, and delivering genuine sovereign capability. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

97


PEOPLE SAFETY QUALITY INNOVATION Vertech Group are a Specialist Inspection, Maintenance & Access provider. We pride ourselves on our client focus with an emphasis on supplying high value, innovative and quality services to achieve excellence in all projects we execute. The Vertech Group Marine Department has been formed through the integration of Vertech’s marine class team and Geo Oceans to form a single, cohesive division that prides itself on its ability to be pro-active and solutions based in its approach. Our highly experienced dedicated team of office and site based professionals specialise in the statutory inspections for the classification of ships and subsea assets. We are accredited by all major class societies and work closely with our clients to save cost, ensure safety excellence and meet conditions of class with unparalleled efficiency.

VERTECHGROUP.COM.AU

INSPECTION

MAINTENANCE

SPECIALIST ACCESS

In-Service Inspection

Hull Remediation

Rope Access

Remote Digital Visual Inspection (RDVI)

Coating Remediation

Netting & Decking Systems

Weld Repairs

Remote Operated Vehicles (ROV)

A full range of Accredited NDT methods Coating Inspection Welding Inspection ROV In-Water & Ballast Tank Inspection

UAV Inspection Solutions Confined Space Entry Emergency Response & Rescue Rescue Plan Development



COMMENTARY

By Terry Booth, Special Correspondent,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

WEST COAST DEFENCE

ERICH J HOFMANN: “THERE IS NOTHING WE CAN’T BUILD EITHER FROM THE PLANS, OR REVERSE ENGINEER FROM A SAMPLE” It is said that battles are won by generals, but wars are won by supply logistics. With Australia struggling through a multi-generational process to put a submarine in the water, there is probably no better time to talk about sovereign capability. On my recent visit to Hofmann Engineering, Erich J. Hofmann firmly advanced the view that we should keep defence work local.

A LEADER IN HEAVY INDUSTRY “We could build a submarine in four to six months,” he said, as we stood against a backdrop of massive metal objects being bent, rolled, heat-treated, or finely machined to within a micron of specification. He knew exactly how Hofmann Engineering would do it too – construct the hull in three sections and deliver them to a shipyard to be consolidated and fitted-out. The timeline came as a shock, but one doesn’t lightly dismiss the estimates of arguably one of Australia’s biggest high-end heavy engineering companies. This is especially so when you consider

Hofmann Engineering has gotten the ADF out of some tight spots in the past - like the time they rescued five of the six Collins submarines from having their hulls cut open to access faulty generators. With typical ingenuity, the company devised a way of renovating in-situ, saving the taxpayer a fortune in the process. Similarly, when the army’s 800 Unimog trucks were at risk of being sidelined, they reverseengineered the gearbox and extended their lives. “There is nothing we can’t build either from the plans, or reverse engineer from a sample,” Erich said, “and we may include improvements.” We glanced

Hofmann Engineering specialise in the design and manufacture of large mill and kiln girth gears up to 15m in diameter. The pictured gear, for a copper mill in China, had an external diameter of 13.2m and weighed in at 73.5t. © Hofmann Engineering.

100

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


COMMENTARY

WEST COAST DEFENCE

Possessing an extensive collection of 5 axis machines, Hofmann Engineering cut a range of gears and worm wheels. Unique software is used to optimise the CAM program for the manufacture of these gears and wheels. © Hofmann Engineering.

at a stack of mining track-pads nearby awaiting collection that could well have been for the Abrams tank. Why import from the US when you can make them here more cost effectively and to our own set of priorities? Hofmann Engineering’s experience involves working the heaviest, thickest, hardest, and most difficult metals known to WA’s resources industry, as well as overhauling or manufacturing wheel motors for giant dump trucks. This heavy industry player has certainly earned the

But there are broader reasons why Hofmann Engineering can lay claim to being a vital cog in the machinery of Australia’s sovereign capability. They are a leading-edge enterprise with their own R&D capacity, manufacturing from their own intellectual property on 80% of jobs.

right to be confident about its ability to take on almost any engineering challenge.

INVESTMENT & DIVERSIFICATION But there are broader reasons why Hofmann Engineering can lay claim to being a vital cog in the machinery of Australia’s sovereign capability. They are a leading-edge enterprise with their own R&D capacity, manufacturing from their own intellectual property on 80% of jobs. The company regularly invests in capital equipment and installs the latest automated machinery. They also recently bought up equipment from a Rolls Royce factory in Virginia, USA – struck down by COVID-19 while Hofmann Engineering were enjoying their best-ever year. They also expanded their network of sites constantly, both here and overseas. A factor often cited against reliance on local industry is the so-called ‘valley of death’ where capability dissipates between Defence projects. For this company valleys can’t be seen for mountains as they have a full orderbook diversified across multiple industries and with production sites in several Australian and overseas locations. Fully half of its Australian product is exported, putting the company in an excellent position to weather economic storms lie ahead.

ESTABLISHED FAMILY BUSINESS What of risks from being too highly geared financially? For Hofmann the problem does not exist. Since its foundation in a Perth backyard in 1969, the company has never borrowed; it operates and grows entirely with its own cash. What then of the risks of destabilising company takeovers? That too cannot happen, as the firm is fully family owned. What’s more, the family has implemented a legal instrument they call the ‘constitution’, a functionally binding document designed to ensure the continued success of the business for many generations to come. But the focus on family in no way impedes the company’s recruitment and training - or the retention of good staff - as its constitution addresses employee policy in terms that inspire loyalty. As we spoke, one couldn’t help but notice a large area behind the Bassendean factory being prepared for four new full factory bays. No prizes for guessing the builder. “If we need anything, we make it ourselves,” Erich said, pointing to a pile of steel columns. Home-grown companies like Hofmann Engineering play a vital and foundational role in Australia’s sovereign capability - there is much for the industry to learn from their ongoing success. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

101


ADVERTORIAL

BRE ENGINEERING: MASTERMINDING PROJECTS FROM DESIGN TO DELIVERY By Valerie Latimour,

Contributing Defence Writer

BRE Engineering is an engineering business with a difference. Founded in 2016 by Simon Brennan, BRE operates out of a purpose-built facility in Bibra Lake WA. With a 5-axis CNC router, 3D Printers, a 6-Axis ABB Robot, metallurgical lab and test facility, as well as 2D and 3D CAD systems and software, BRE has all the latest equipment and certification to provide engineering, design and manufacturing services in industries including mining, oil and gas, automation and defence. In his previous position at a large company, Simon found the disconnect between design and build disheartening. Branching out on his own, he founded BRE Engineering, intent on allowing greater connection between design and build. Getting designers involved in the building stage allowed them to be more hands-on, and to correct and learn from issues as they arose, thereby increasing their knowledge and expertise for future designs. In 2019 Simon positioned BRE to take advantage of © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson. the potential for business coming through the defence are under-privileged and under-represented in the supply chain and shifted the company’s sales focus industry. To this end BRE is working with Indigenous accordingly. In March 2019, BRE met with Henderson leaders to provide an apprenticeship program for young Alliance to commence the process of becoming part of Indigenous people, focusing not only on training but the defence supply chain. also providing the participants with employment at the Several projects resulted, including the installation end of their training. of vessel engine starters for Lürssen, fabrication of a 2.7t BRE now has a range of capabilities across the aluminium stern gate, fire suppression pressure vessel life-span of a project, from the early design stages, systems, lube oil tanks, and grey water pump set tanks. engineering and certification, through to manufacture, BRE are now the original equipment manufacturer building, testing and supply. With the addition of for a number of organisations, providing overseas the marine services division of the business, these representation for those organisations on the vessels. capabilities now extend to installation and maintenance BRE’s Sydney team recently completed a project with for the life of the product. Blohm + Voss, changing a 23t crankshaft on a vessel BRE offers all of its clients - including those in the during lockdown. This difficult job was accomplished defence supply chain – full turnkey solutions. Their with great skill, earning BRE accolades. Another recent experienced engineers, designers and builders can project involved working with CPB, a land-based prime mastermind the entire project, reducing the need to contractor, on the design of an automatic aircraft rinse engage multiple contractors and project managers. system for RAAF Base Pearce. With innovative thinking and an ability to complete Simon Brennan is working tirelessly to make his all aspects of the job, BRE will increase efficiency and vision for the future of BRE Engineering a reality. His reduce costs, while boosting the local economy - all interest lies not in growth simply for the sake of size, while providing superior products and workmanship. or multinational expansion; he is passionate about BRE are absolute specialists in delivering elegant developing a business in WA, employing local people solutions to difficult problems. and using locally sourced and supplied products. BRE is also focused on employing people who

102

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

bre.engineering


SUPPORTING AUSTRALIA’S

DEFENCE CAPABILITY

ENGINEER

MANUFACTURE

Perth Offices and Workshop 98 Discovery Drive, Bibra Lake, WA 6163 10 Brodie-Hall Drive, Bentley WA 6102 PO Box 965, South Fremantle WA 6162

P +61 8 9410 0787 E contact@bre.engineering W www.bre.engineering

SUSTAIN


ADVERTORIAL

FRANMARINE UNDERWATER SERVICES: OUT OF SIGHT DOESN’T MEAN OUT OF MIND By Terry Booth, Special Correspondent,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

It’s no surprise to find that WA’s successful industry cluster, the Australian Marine Complex, hosts companies delivering nation or world-leading performances. In the underwater marine technology field, Franmarine is a stand-out, having made innovations resulting in capabilities of sovereign importance. As CEO, Adam Falconer-West explains, “Underwater ship husbandry - a consolidated underwater cleaning, inspection, maintenance and repair capability – is critical to Defence and is offered exclusively by Franmarine.” In addition, effective biofouling (biological fouling) management, a subset of this capability is key to supporting Australia’s marine biosecurity objectives. Why is this important? Australia has one of the world’s strictest customs regimes, guarding against the entry of harmful biological matter into Australia from abroad. But there remains a gap in the system with the entry of biofouling acquired world-wide on ships’ hulls. Left unchecked this material has the potential to destroy beneficial undersea species, bringing health, economic and environmental loss – a consideration that is prompting re-evaluation of regulation, and increasing demand for cost-effective biofouling management techniques. Falconer-West elaborates, saying “even during a three-month new build top side fit-out, while the hull is afloat in seawater, sufficient biofouling can develop on the underwater surfaces to measurably affect a vessel’s performance during sea trial. Biofouling adds drag to a hull, changing its responses and overall performance.” Now commercialised under the name Envirocart, and marketed through the company CleanSubSea, the Franmarine innovation is an Australian solution to a world-wide problem. It is capable of 100% removal, capture, and containment of biofouling, using nonabrasive techniques. Its filtration system removes contaminants, particulates, and bio-fouling debris, then passes the water through a UV disinfection unit before discharge – effectively overcoming all the obstacles previously associated with this procedure. The breakthrough came 10 years ago when the Department of Fisheries engaged Franmarine to develop a mobile front-line defence against non-indigenous, invasive marine species. The company delivered on Fisheries’ goals, then advanced the product further, meeting Australian and New Zealand standards and providing best practice guidance for other jurisdictions. A company that can do that is likely to be cutting edge on other fronts, and so it is with Franmarine. The company also facilitates the delivery of consolidated ship’s husbandry using blockchain technology, meaning they can integrate with underwater hardware, such as a remotely operated vehicles and CCTV, to conduct real-time inspections of a ship’s hull, even if located overseas - all from their Henderson base. “We use the

104

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Franmarine diver performing in-water hull cleaning activities for Defence. © Franmarine.

technology to provide increased visibility and access to the once completely foreign underwater worksite. We see this capability becoming an integral part of effective, transparent and traceable sustainment,” Falconer-West explained. “Another key benefit of the technology is that it provides for stronger collaboration, and in the case of the Royal Australian Navy we are looking forward to enabling collaboration to occur securely between Defence personnel and defence industry, during maintenance periods and active deployment.” Franmarine’s nexus with the navy is growing year on year. In the last 12 months the company has established a base in Sydney to provide increased underwater in-service sustainment, to support the navy’s fleet. Its services are recognised as a sovereign industrial capability priority. The company is engaged through prime contractor NSM to service three classes of ship - the frigate helicopter, the landing helicopter dock, and the light landing craft. As the subject capability is highly relevant to the navy’s surface fleet, Franmarine envisages supporting the navy more broadly with continuity and consistency of care to all the fleet. What works for ships applies to any infrastructure standing in water, such as ports, wharves, jetties, pylons, and bridges - all benefit from Franmarine’s services. Clients also benefit from the company’s record-keeping and traceability procedures, supported by blockchain. The company’s objective is to lower the total cost of maritime asset ownership to its defence and industry partners. What is ‘out of sight’ to the user is never ‘out of mind’ when it’s in the care of Franmarine.

franmarine.com.au


DELIVERING DIVING AND INTEGRATED UNDERWATER DELIVERING DIVING AND INTEGRATED UNDERWATER SERVICES TO THE DEFENCE, INFRASTRUCTURE, SERVICES TO THE DEFENCE, INFRASTRUCTURE, SHIPPING AND RESOURCE INDUSTRIES SHIPPING AND RESOURCE INDUSTRIES

Franmarine was established in 1981 and has become one of the most trusted commercial diving and underwater service providers in Australia. Franmarine specialise in the delivery of all aspects of underwater ships husbandry (underwater in-service support, sustainment and asset readiness) across Australia. Our objective at Franmarine is to lower the total cost of maritime asset ownership to our Defence and Industry partners.

AUSTRALIA - PERTH - SYDNEY

www.franmarine.com.au


ADVERTORIAL

INVESTING IN YOUR FUTURE: THE VESCIENT WAY Vescient is an Australian veteran-owned business providing multi-disciplinary professional services and advice, including business strategy, portfolio, program and project delivery, engineering, procurement, asset management, and digital transformation. Vescient’s expertise and corporate experience enables them to solve problems through collaboration and application of cross-industry learnings. Founded in 2016 by Rod Greedy, Dale Whelan and Bill Brannan, Vescient’s international client base has grown to include government agencies, multinational companies, and Australian small businesses. Vescient has delivered an impressive list of national and international projects, programs and portfolios across defence, resources, oil and gas, green energy, aviation and other sectors. “We are often approached to solve the Vescient Managing Director, Dale Whelan, and General Manager Peter Kershaw, problems that others have not been able to,” visiting NUSHIP Stalwart at Garden Island during the final weeks of the ship’s says Dale Whelan, Managing Director of fitout works, where Vescient provided health and safety assurance services to Asp the company. “Within the modern business Defence Support Services. © Vescient. environment, many problems are rooted in complex relationships across people, process and also been used to improve safety performance for ship systems. Our value proposition is our ability to identify and address root causes, and providing efficient business maintenance, integrated logistic support optimisation, project delivery assurance, mega infrastructure portfolio outcomes.” management, tendering support, and automation and Headquartered in Perth, Vescient has grown in technology systems integration. both reputation and diversity of capability. Many On Vescient’s future, Dale is upbeat, remarking “we clients continue to turn to Vescient for their pragmatic will continue to grow an Australian iconic consulting strategic advice, support in resolving complex problems company in more international markets and develop and recovering distressed projects in situations where further into aerospace, energy, cyber and integrated more traditional consultancies have been unable to logistics capabilities. Our focus in the Defence sector,” deliver results. he adds, “will continue to support acquisition and Vescient is accessible to its public sector clients sustainment of capability (CASG), infrastructure (E&IG) through standing offers via CASG DSS panel, Australian and information systems (CIOG). Additionally, our Federal Police, Digital Transformation Agency and state research and development of complex manufacturing government panels and common use arrangements. solutions for sovereign capability will continue.” The company’s strong defence pedigree in the areas Asked what hurdles lie ahead for defence industry, of capability and intelligence operations has enabled Dale points out that defence industry will “need to the growth of aerospace, energy, cyber and integrated achieve and maintain membership of the Defence logistics capabilities. Vescient supports a number of Industry Security Program (DISP) at the business and large public and private clients to deliver outcomes in supply chain level. Vescient achieved DISP certification these complex domains. in-house efficiently and within our existing ISO9001 On the ethos that drives their continued success, and ISO27001 processes.” Dale remarks, “We genuinely take care of our Vescient He sees “a lot of hype” in the market around DISP but family and form strong trusted personal relationships notes “it can be achieved efficiently when considered in with our clients – we treat their business needs as our the context of your business and supply chain. It took own. This is what enables us to integrate seamlessly and only a few weeks of effort to design, draft and implement deliver what our clients need to achieve.” Dale says that our DISP processes, and many businesses within the their defence industry clients, including defence primes, defence supply chain would be able to achieve a similar “all benefit from our ability to leverage learnings and result with the right advice and support.” capability from non-defence industries.” A current example of this is Vescient’s leading role in the design and build of Defence’s future processes and SAP ERP system for acquiring, operating and sustaining Defence assets. The company’s value to defence clients is enhanced by experience delivering similar processes for private sector clients. These cross-sector learnings have

106

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Finally, on Vescient’s advice for businesses seeking DISP membership, Dale offered these three tips: “Simple is effective, stick to the basics working within your existing management systems, and don’t allow yourself to become overwhelmed with requirements.”

vescient.com


INTEGRATING CAPABILITIES Bringing the best of industry to Defence

Web: www.vescient.com • Find us on Contact: services@vescient.com • Phone: +61 8 6270 6395


ANALYSIS

By Stephen Bunce,

Defence Writer,

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

THE AUSTRALIAN MARINE COMPLEX: A PRE-EMINENT AUSTRALIAN INFRASTRUCTURE ASSET

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

Gregor Ferguson, Contributing Defence Analyst

108

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

The AMC floating dock is used prolifically by the WAbased oil and gas and marine sectors. Seen here is the DOF Subsea vessel – Skandi Singapore – undergoing docking and maintenance work in 2015. © AMC.


ANALYSIS

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

The Australian Marine Complex in Henderson, south of Perth, is now the Southern Hemisphere’s leading integrated marine industrial complex. It is one of Australia’s key strategic and economic public assets and home to hundreds of businesses providing highly skilled workers to build and sustain the Royal Australian Navy fleet, major resource projects, and commercial shipbuilding and maintenance. The AMC brings to Australia not just economic benefits but greater sovereign capability which in turn upholds national security.

RAPID PROGRESS The AMC was established in July 2003 following an initial investment of $200m by the Commonwealth and state governments to develop the Common User Facility (CUF). The CUF provides large scale waterfront assets and infrastructure that individual companies cannot afford but which are essential to the delivery of major projects at the scale required by the defence, oil and gas, mining, and marine sectors. In 2007, the state government invested a further $170m to enhance the CUF, including the construction of the largest floating dock in Australia at 12,000t, acquisition of a 4600t Self Propelled Modular Transporters (SMPTs) capability and additional wharves. Further investment in 2010 saw the construction of Roll-On, Roll-Off (RORO) and land-backed wharves, funded by industry. This investment has secured the AMC’s place as a world leader in naval and commercial shipbuilding, helped establish one of Australia’s premier innovation, research, and education hubs for SMEs, and secured major projects for the resources sector. Along with the Osborne shipyard in South Australia, the AMC is of strategic national importance and a key part of Australia’s Naval Shipbuilding Plan. The floating dock and SPMTs enabled ASC to build their ASC West submarine maintenance facility adjacent to the CUF in 2008. The CUF has facilitated contribution of more than $2.75bn to the local economy and supported nearly 40,000 jobs over 440 projects across the defence, resources and marine sectors.

FIVE THRIVING PRECINCTS The AMC’s northern harbour now supports naval and commercial shipbuilding and maintenance activities. International shipbuilder Austal is headquartered here along with firms such as SFM Marine, IPARKS, AME Offshore Solutions and Echo Marine Group. Many multinational resource companies such as Shell, BHP, FMG, Woodside and Rio Tinto have completed significant infrastructure projects using local companies at the AMC.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

109


ANALYSIS

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

The southern harbour facilitates ship construction and sustainment, and supports WA’s resource sector. Companies present in the southern harbour include ASC, BAE Systems, Matrix Composites and Engineering, Civmec and Silver Yachts. The AMC’s five distinct land precincts and their respective capabilities are as follows: • Maritime Precinct - 35ha and now home to five major shipbuilders and several smaller companies. • Technology Precinct - supports innovation, research, education and technology development for the AMC’s clients. Includes 3000m2 Jakovich Centre and Australian Centre for Energy and Process Training. • Support Industry Precinct - provides for specialist businesses servicing AMC’s industry users. • Marine Support Facility - home to BAE Systems Australia. Includes extensive dry berth infrastructure and an 8065t ship-lift. • Fabrication Precinct - 142ha, including the CUF. Home to 150 companies, including the WA headquarters of ASC. The WA government recently announced it will create a Global Strategic Industrial Hub to support high-tech manufacturing, consolidating Perth’s premier industrial precinct and complementing Defence and industry investment at the AMC to create advanced, world-class capabilities.

RISING TO CHALLENGES The FY2020-21 was challenging, but despite the difficulties posed by COVID-19 the CUF’s operations proved incredibly

Over the past five years the CUF’s operating revenue has climbed 48% and last financial year nearly half that came from the defence sector. The AMC’s Marine Support Facility provides a substantial repair, refit, and modernisation capability. Its subsea cluster caters for companies such as Chevron Australia, Technip FMC and Matrix Composites and Engineering. The Warship Asset Management Agreement (WAMA) Alliance partners achieved important milestones for the ANZAC fleet’s Mid Life Capability Assurance Program (AMCAP) in conjunction with the Commonwealth. Around 2.4m hours will be devoted to AMCAP upgrades across Australia’s eight ANZAC-class frigates to ensure they can fulfil operational requirements well into the future. The AMCAP involves updating the ANZAC platform and its communications systems as well as installing a Long-Range Air Search Radar. Milestones in the past year included the undocking of HMAS Warramunga - the third ANZAC-class frigate to complete its out of water phase of AMCAP - and the installation of the On-Board Training System onto HMAS Ballarat and HMAS Parramatta.

UNRIVALLED INFRASTRUCTURE

The WA government recently announced it will create a Global Strategic Industrial Hub to support high-tech manufacturing, consolidating Perth’s premier industrial precinct and complementing Defence and industry investment at the AMC to create advanced, world-class capabilities.

110

resilient. Impressively, it managed to avoid any related shutdowns and maintained non-stop 24/7 operations. Some 1389 jobs were either created or sustained at the CUF, helping to ensure a 94% occupancy rate for fabrication halls and warehouses and a 58% overall day utilisation rate of all its wharves. The CUF achieved 100% compliance with its contracted KPIs and zero notifiable safety or environmental incidents were reported.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

As part of the WAMA Alliance prime contractors BAE Systems Australia, SAAB Australia and Naval Ship Management (NSM) have their own dedicated facilities within the AMC. BAE Systems Australia has a 600-strong WA-based workforce dedicated to the ANZAC fleet and commercial vessels with much of this work based at the AMC. NSM provides a range of services in support of the ANZAC-class frigates, including engineering support, asset management, maintenance support, ship repair, refit and refurbishment, supply chain management, and procurement and logistics. Established in 2012 as a joint venture between Babcock and UGL, the company now supports assets across the navy’s

Over the past five years the CUF’s operating revenue has climbed 48% and last financial year nearly half that came from the defence sector.

fleet through the WAMA and in addition the Group Maintenance Contract for the Canberra-class Landing Helicopter Docks, LHD Landing Craft and associated assets. Similarly, SAAB Australia will continue to provide combat system engineering, inservice support, and maintenance services with over 50 personnel supporting the WAMA. An exciting long-term opportunity for the AMC is the $90bn Naval Shipbuilding Plan which has committed Defence to a continuous shipbuilding program over the next 50 years, with many of its smaller vessels scheduled for construction at the AMC. Luerssen Australia will complete 10 of the 12 Arafura-class Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) it is building for the navy at Civmec’s shipbuilding and fabrication facility at the AMC. The new Guardian-class Pacific Patrol Boats are being built by Austal which is also building six Cape-class patrol boats for the navy to ensure there is no capability gap before the OPVs replace the existing Armidale-class patrol boats. Under the WA Recovery Plan, the state government has invested $87.6m in new infrastructure projects at the AMC. Civil construction company Georgiou is constructing a new vessel transfer path which will increase the size of vessels that can transit across the CUF between the facility’s floating dock and the adjacent shipbuilding and sustainment facilities. Lanskey Constructions is building a new superyacht shipbuilding facility in the northern harbour, and Ertech is building a major wharf extension to expand the number of vessels under maintenance at any one time, with road intersection upgrades in the design phase.

RESPONDING TO STRATEGIC CIRCUMSTANCES The future of the AMC is defined by Australia’s rapidly changing strategic circumstances. WA is increasingly at the forefront of the Indo-Pacific and has the highly skilled workforce and strategic


22

ANALYSIS

Northern Northern Harbour Harbour

P R E C I N CT A N D FA C I L I T Y M A P

11

Northern Harbour

WESTERN AUSTRALIA

Southern Southern Harbour Harbour

Perth

Southern Harbour

Fremantle HENDERSON AMC CUF

33

2

1 3

444

555

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

1. Maritime Precinct 2. Technology Precinct 3. Support Industry Precinct 4. Common User Facility 5. Fabrication Precinct, including the recently developed Subsea Cluster

124 Quill Way Henderson Western Australia 6166

PRECINCT AND FACILITY MAP 1 MARITIME PRECINCT 2 TECHNOLOGY PRECINCT infrastructure to support Defence and the ‘Defence Priority Zones’, backed up with PRECINCT new lift andINDUSTRY transfer capabilities in the national interest. According to the 2020 3 SUPPORT COMMON USER FACILITY southern harbour. AMC Strategic Infrastructure and Land 4 MARITIME PRECINCT Use Plan (SILUP), future opportunities In October 2020, the federal and WA FABRICATION PRECINCT PRECINCT 5 MARITIME

PRECINCT AND FACILITY MAP PRECINCT AND FACILITY MAP

1 1 abound. The AMC is seen as crucial to 2 national and international expansion of WA’s defence, marine and resource 2 sectors. 3 The SILUP makes several 3 recommendations for the future of 4 its northern and southern harbours, 4 including the creation of a single ‘Defence 5 Priority Zone’ in the central area of the southern harbour, backed up by 5 associated infrastructure upgrades such as multiple new berths, a covered work area, two outdoor hardstands and a new vessel dry berth. An alternative is to create two

governments jointly announced a series TECHNOLOGY PRECINCT of studies worth $9m to develop the TECHNOLOGY PRECINCT concepts detailed in the SILUP to help SUPPORT INDUSTRY PRECINCT shape the future development of the AMC SUPPORT INDUSTRY PRECINCT as part of the wider $1.5bn infrastructure development plansFACILITY announced by the COMMON USER federal government for HMAS COMMON USER FACILITY Stirling and Henderson. FABRICATION PRECINCT These will provide the FABRICATION PRECINCT requirements for

enhance infrastructure to meet the shipbuilding and sustainment needs of the navy, and the resources sector, which is likely to attract more allied navies and international business. The Department of Defence has also acquired land at the AMC to develop the Ship Zero facility and a navy

investment decisions to further

The AMC floating dock and SPMTs are critical to maneuvering the navy’s Collins-class submarines for repair and maintenance at the nearby ASW West facility, where mid cycle docking operations are executed. © AMC. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

111


ANALYSIS

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

capability centre in WA, consolidating System Program Offices for naval vessel construction and sustainment, while the WA government, through the Department of Jobs, Science, Technology and Innovation, Defence West and DevelopmentWA, has consulted industry about its plans to develop a large-vessel dry berth - capable of docking the navy’s largest ships - at the complex.

The establishment of the state government’s Defence Science Centre in mid-2019 has helped promote maritime technology innovation in WA. One of its proposals is the Maritime and Advanced Technologies Collaboration Hub, which would be based at the AMC’s Technology Precinct, and would support the development of maritime and undersea technologies identified as investment

priorities in the 2020 Defence Strategic Update and 2020 Force Structure Plan.

POTENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS The 2020 Force Structure Plan announced the build of several largehulled naval vessels including the two Joint Support Ships and a replacement for ADV Ocean Protector. These could be built at the AMC, along with the replacements


ANALYSIS

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

This aerial photo was taken in October 2003 when the AMC CUF was first opened and the area surrounding the AMC CUF is yet to be established. © AMC.

The AMC today. The exponential growth of the complex is well demonstrated here by an aerial photograph taken in early 2021. © AMC.

Defence is a frequent user of the Common User Facility. The navy’s frigates, such as HMAS Toowoomba seen here, utilise the floating dock intermittently for maintenance activities. © AMC.

for 16 Australian Border Force patrol vessels. Defence is also exploring construction of an additional eight Arafura-class OPVs as platforms for the navy’s future deployable mine counter-measures and hydrographic capabilities. Other force structure plan projects such as the riverine patrol craft, future army amphibious watercraft and replacement LHD landing craft are also potential emerging opportunities for AMC tenants. In the maintenance domain, the SILUP projects that numerous navy sustainment activities will be conducted at the AMC. This includes the ANZACclass frigates, Hobart-class destroyers and Hunter-class frigates. One cornerstone goal for the AMC is to secure the future sustainment of the newly announced

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

113


ANALYSIS

NAVAL & MARITIME AFFAIRS

Diagram 1: Existing Size & Capability ofACTIVITY the AMC FloatingAT DockA SECTOR

DEENCE Dock 1 = 100m Department of Defence,

GLANCE

OIL & GAS Chevron, Santos, Beach Energy,

Diagram 2: Concept Phase Two Expansion ofWoodside, Floating Dock ASC, NSM, BAE, Austal Inpex

MARINE

ENERGY

Dock 2 = 100m

Dock 1 with 50m extension = 100m Dock 1 with 50m extension + Dock 2 = 250m

Echo Yachts, Silver Yachts, Svitzer, Harvest Technology, Shipping Agents

Kwinana Waste to Energy Plant, Warradarge and Yandin Wind Farms

The existing 100m floating dock is capable of lifting up to 12,000t. Built to support and sustain the refit and repair of the navy’s submarines and frigates, the dock has also undertaken lifts for a wide range of vessels and modules across the marine, defence, oil & gas and mining sectors. © AMC. RESOURCE

Civmec, BHP, Rio Tinto, McLanahan

The floating dock concept provides an option to combine new docks together to create a 250m floating dock which can support docking of much larger vessels including the navy’s LHDs SITE UPGRADES and large supply ships. © AMC. AMC 4 wharf security, Floating Dock, Vessel Transfer Path, AMC 1 wharf extension

nuclear-powered submarines, which will almost supporting WA’s crucially important resources sector certainly be home-ported WA. Before they arrive, fundamental to the CUF and AMC’s continuing AMC Management look in forward to another exciting andisdiverse year ahead. The AMCCUF supports local however, likely that US Navydelivering or Royal Navy success as a world-class industryitiniswinning projects, opportunities for generations to come!multi-industry facility. nuclear-powered submarines will also spend more As stipulated in the SILUP and recognized by the time at HMAS Stirling where they’ll undergo routine AMC Management (WA) Pty Ltd Contact us today: WA government, it is critically important that maintenance. In the meantime, will continue infrastructure Gordon +61 8 ASC 9437West 0500 Milner at the AMC is maintained and upgraded 124 Quill Way,dockings Henderson to undertake mid-cycle and intermediate of WAto6166 Business Development Manager meet the current and emerging requirements of all MANAGEMENT www.australianmarinecomplex.com.au the Collins-class submarine at AMC for the foreseeable gordon.milner@amccuf.com.au the industries operating at the complex. future under its through-life support contract with the Equally important, surrounding land and Commonwealth. waterways also need the right infrastructure in place As for the resources sector, the future might not be as to ensure AMC’s continuing success. The economic defined and structured at the AMC as the defence sector, but the SILUP confirms that there are large major oil & gas value that would flow from attracting future Defence work for projects, such as the big-ticket sustainment and resource projects in the pipeline through companies work on the navy’s nuclear-powered submarines and such as Chevron, INPEX, BHP, FMG and Woodside. future resources sector projects, should serve as a KEY ASSET IN THE WEST reminder to all of the crucial role that the AMC plays, and will continue to play, not just for WA, but for Ultimately, ensuring WA is ready to support the navy’s future build and sustainment needs while Australia as a whole.

114

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


MARINE AND INDUSTRIAL FITTINGS MARINE AND INDUSTRIAL PLASTICS MARINE INDUSTRIAL AND SAFETY MARINE PIPE AND FITTINGS ENVIROFLUID PRODUCTS

Chris Booth Galvins Spearwood PH: 9236 3700 Email: cbooth@galvins.com.au

galvins.com.au

Experts in Business Development for the Defence Industry

MDS

Where success matters

Contact us today to help you expand your defence capabilities and position your company for success

PHONE: +61 415 154 218

mardefsol.com.au


COMMENTARY

By Gregory M Hunter,

Vice President, National Space Society of Australia

116

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS


COMMENTARY

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

Consisting of over 100 employees Queensland-based Gilmour Space Technologies is presently one of Australia’s largest space industry companies. © Gilmour Space Technologies.

THE ARTEMIS MISSIONS TO MARS: AUSTRALIA, WATCH THIS SPACE Forty-nine years since man was last on the Moon, NASA’s Artemis Missions will see our return to the lunar surface – this time to stay - and to serve as a checkpoint on our way to Mars. Now is the time for Australians to integrate themselves into this global ambition. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

117


COMMENTARY

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

RISING POTENTIAL There are some great objectives set for 2024, and NASA is relying on a global effort, including enterprising commercial partners. With this deadline approaching, and a private industry space race underway, international space interest has been rejuvenated. The missions’ formative years offer unique opportunities for Australian business to establish itself in the supporting supply chain, and influence the future of the international space industry and economy. Australia is responding to this call to action. Years of exposure to our harsh land has bred talent and skill in areas applicable to space. Currently, there is focus on stimulating Australian businesses that use space technology, and promoting ourselves to the world as resourceful and innovative people. The Moon to Mars Initiative is a 2019 partnership between the Australian Government and NASA, to be funded $150m over five years. The initiative has three parts: the supply chain program, demonstrator program, and trailblazer program, with grants to nurture rapidly growing interest in space business feasibility. The trailblazer program is the initiative’s flagship, directly supporting NASA’s Artemis Missions, and the following expeditions to Mars.

NATIONAL INITIATIVES Australian companies are using consortiums, including Seven Sisters and Lunar Ascent, to apply for the trailblazer program. These consortiums are curated for exploration and communication tools development. Seven Sisters is a fleet initiative, unifying Australian companies to deliver super-scalable exploration tools for Earth through to the Moon, and finally, to Mars. The journey outlined by Seven Sisters ensures that our integral role is sustained into the establishment of a Martian colony. Alongside AROSE and Fugro, they are promoting Australia’s outstanding work in robotics and remote operation, so that we may facilitate R&D off Earth. Lunar Ascent is identifying and utilising companies that showcase Australia’s space capability, bringing Space Machines Company (SMC), Deloitte, Inovor, and Sitael together. Their Lunar Pathfinder Mission focuses on Australian nano-satellites destined for lunar orbit. Through SMC, Pathfinder will deliver a qualified Australian orbital for payload missions in both lunar and low-Earth orbits. These positions are open for Australian government, companies and universities. The inclusion of enterprise and academia can inspire, encourage, develop, and sustain Australia’s multi-level engagement with space, so that we may all see it as a viable future. Additionally, this strategy will cultivate a competitive lunar supply chain, and help Australians both realise and actualise their potential role in sustained space development. Regardless of whether these consortiums are successful in their application for trailblazer, they intend to pursue their current objectives. A recent influx of

118

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Years of exposure to our harsh land has bred talent and skill in areas applicable to space. Currently, there is focus on stimulating Australian businesses that use space technology, and promoting ourselves to the world as resourceful and innovative people.

venture capital interest has resulted in Australian space companies receiving significant funding, such as the $61m raised by Gilmour Space – the largest private investment by an Australian space company. If you are interested to know more about the newly forming supply chains, keep an eye out for the to-be-announced National Space Society (NSS) New Horizons Summit.



ADVERTORIAL

LATCONNECT 60: DRIVING DATA EXCLUSIVITY WITH SMART SATELLITES ByDavid McCormick,

Contributing Defence Writer

LatConnect 60 is an Australian company with global vision and capacity, and an Australian and AsiaPacific focus in the Earth data and analytics industry. Founders, Venkat Pillay and Rueben Rajasingam, and partners have spent three years developing LC60’s technology and business strategy. The leadership team have extensive space technology expertise, and a depth of commercial experience, including developing, managing and consulting on defence, space and technology ventures across North America, Australia and Southeast Asia. They are well connected to decision-makers at state and federal levels in Australia, Malaysia, Indonesia and the Philippines. The company has part ownership and direct tasking access to an existing on-orbit high-resolution satellite (LC60 001), providing exceptional high resolution multispectral data with global access. Satellite tasking, data processing and data management are all conducted in Australia. LC60 provides raw imagery data and colour balanced, pan-sharpened image files. Value added services, such as super resolution post-processing and other analytics services, are provided in-house and via its Australian partners.

LC60 core team and directors. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW.

LC60 can utilise the current data and derived products from LC60 001 in a direct and responsive strategy to assess the market, create or identify the product or service, and deliver safely. In line with the Australian 2020 Defence Strategic Update position on the importance of the space domain, LC60 has a constellation expansion program in place with a follow-on launch in 2022, which will combine imagery and IoT data for deeper insights into our rapidly changing world. The satellites will have a near equatorial orbit for fast revisit data collection. Company Managing Director, Mr Venkat Pillay states, “We are pleased to be in a position to offer a significant capability and timely access for Australian defence and security users. Government end users have the opportunity of directly tasking our satellite to receive critical and timely imagery data in a secure manner. Our automated data processing capabilities allows for certainty and rapid turn-around of highresolution imagery at a competitive price point.” LC60 has an innovative, flexible and capital-efficient strategy in developing and applying technology, taking advantage of current ground-breaking initiatives, including high speed, on-board computing with massively increased memory and processing capacity, sensors and data types, data transmission and fusion, and value-added products. LC60 is strongly supported by its partners Fugro, Curtin University, AWS, Arlula and CSIRO in Australia, as well as major space industry players around the world. In the areas of defence and intelligence, LC60 meets the Australian space-based Intelligence, Surveillance

120

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

and Reconnaissance (ISR) needs by providing direct access to LC60 001 data via a ground station nominated by the client, secure processing of that data and direct transmission to the client. This process is managed and carried out in Australia under the highest security protocols. The initial focus is on servicing the Australian federal and state market, with additional governmental ISR needs to be targeted only with countries with trusted security relationships, such as the UK Space bridge programme and others. Although other satellite imagery providers launch satellites globally, they do not have an Asia Pacific regional focus. Australia, by virtue of its large landmass and the scale of its land and maritime borders, is underserved by existing sub-meter high resolution satellite capabilities. LC60 is focused on filling this critical gap by providing an Australianfocused, Australia-first service. State governments can utilise a virtual access system with specifically developed products and services to address critical issues in planning and surveying, environmental assessment and protection, heritage assessment and control, disaster management, and planning and support for agricultural and other critical industries, such as mining, oil and gas. The many advantages of LC60’s state-of-the-art technology and services apply to the broader Australian market too, with the company having the capacity to address rapidly growing commercial needs for Earth data acquisition and analytics.

latconnect60.com


Lat 60°

Connect

Vital Insights For Our World

Satellite Access Services Greater control and response for your Earth Observation needs GET IN TOUCH Latconnect60.com Partnerships@latconnect60.com


ADVERTORIAL

LEOLABS: MAPPING THE SPACE DOMAIN By Terry van Haren,

President and Director of LeoLabs Australia

After 35 years of service as an Air Commodore in the Royal Australian Air Force, I was privileged to serve as the Air and Space Attaché to the USA in my last tour, and gained an incredible insight into the strategic challenges, issues and risks of space. Although I am an exponent of airpower, I now believe that space will be the key to Australia’s security and prosperity in the 21st century. Space Domain Awareness (SDA) is the foundation of space safety and security. At LeoLabs, our vision is to ‘enable safe, secure and sustainable space operations by providing persistent, reliable, responsive, cost effective and real time’ SDA services through our end-to-end mapping platform for space. LeoLabs is the world’s only commercial space surveillance radar company. We design, build, own, and operate a growing global network of phased array radar systems. We currently operate from four sites with six radars. Our S-band onedimension phased array radar systems are able to detect and measure small debrissized objects down to 2cm in diameter.

In 2019, LeoLabs built the Kiwi Space Radar facility which is located on New Zealand’s South Island. The S-Band radar measures the growing problem of space

Our first S-Band radar, the Kiwi Space debris in low Earth orbit. © LeoLabs. Radar, was commissioned in November 2019 and collects on average 160,000 measurements Australian Government’s Modern Manufacturing per day or 8000 per hour. Combined with our latest Initiative. If successful in this EOI, we will rapidly Costa Rica Space Radar and our other systems, develop a Space Surveillance Network which will make LeoLabs is now the biggest provider of object data in Australia a space surveillance superpower. An active Low Earth Orbit (LEO), and we supply 96% of data to radar-based architecture that will enable us to detect the Unified Data Library for the US Space Force. and track ‘every object in every orbit in Australia’s While our radars provide all weather, day and night, orbital area of interest’. We will also plan to rehost the persistent coverage of LEO, our data processing occurs LeoLabs data platform on an Australian cloud provider in the AWS cloud in real time. Orbital determination, to provide sovereign control, national resilience space object tracking, and space event reporting all and redundancy in even the most challenging cyber occur within minutes following an object passing environments. over one of our radar sites. After updating an object’s Space is a global common, requiring cooperation orbital state, space object tracks are propagated for between governments and agencies, and collaboration seven days in a one versus all analysis to update our within the space industry. We are planning on space event reporting service. These services include collaborating with other Australian sensor providers to our award-winning Collision Avoidance (CA) service, generate an integrated SDA architecture for Australia. Orbit Change and Stability reports, Rendezvous Like a modern fighter aircraft, a weapon system is and Proximity Operations (RPO), Collision on built around an active radar and data processing; with Launch Assessment (COLA), and Launch and Early the integration of electro-optical, passive and orbital Orbit Processing (LEOP). We have a growing list of sensors to characterise, and if necessary, conduct satisfied commercial customers for these services. targeting. We believe we can achieve this level of We also provide direct support to the US National system integration by collaborating with Australia’s Space Defense Centre through the Joint Commercial commercial space sensor providers (ground and Operations cell. orbital), and develop an integrated weapon system LeoLabs respects that Australia requires sovereign that will provide Australia with the space domain control, national resilience, and redundancy in its SDA awareness that it needs to maintain safety and security architecture. We at LeoLabs Australia are planning to in space operations. develop an active radar-based SDA architecture for The bottom line is that with its growing network Australia as part of our global network. We are also of phased array radars and cloud-based data platform, collaborating with Australian industry to licence the LeoLabs will transform SDA in Australia. manufacture of LeoLabs next generation 2D phased leolabs.com.au array modular radar systems in Australia, under the

122

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


The end to end mapping platform for space

2021

Our vision under the Modern Manufacturing Initiative

Transforming Australia’s Space Domain Awareness through networked active radar and cloud-based data platform and software services

2024

LeoLabs Australia www.leolabs.com.au https://platform.leolabs.space/visualization

#inform #innovation #collaboration #spacetech #sustainability #jobs #transformation


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

By Simon Louie, Defence Writer,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

Serge DeSilvaRanasinghe, Managing Editor,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

GEN JOHN W ‘JAY’ RAYMOND: “OUR GOAL IS CLEAR: WE WANT TO DETER OUR ADVERSARIES FROM BEGINNING A CONFLICT IN, OR EXTENDING A CONFLICT INTO SPACE.”


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

Space is more congested - and contested - than ever before. The establishment in 2019 of the newest branch of the United States Armed Forces, the United States Space Force (USSF), was the most powerful signal yet of American intentions to ensure that space remains free and open. In this exclusive interview with WA DEFENCE REVIEW conducted in late September 2021, USSF Chief of Space Operations, General John W. ‘Jay’ Raymond gives a comprehensive overview of the role and structure of the space force, its relationship with US allies, including Australia, and offers a frank appraisal of future challenges in this increasingly significant frontier.


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

Space is clearly an area of vital importance to national and global security. Can you please illustrate why it was necessary to establish a US Space Force and describe the progress that has been made since? The US has long recognised that access to space and freedom to maneuver in space are critical to our modern way of life, and increasingly integral to our national security and the security of our allies and partners. While we have always hoped that space would remain a peaceful domain, and that the benefit it brings to all of humanity would spare it from becoming a battleground, other nations clearly have different ideas. Nations like China and Russia have taken note of the space-based capabilities we have come to depend on and developed their own capabilities aimed at denying or degrading our ability to use space for legitimate interests. The US established the space force in December 2019 to ensure the interests of the nation and our partners were secure, despite the rising space threat. We have succeeded in building and integrating the space force within America’s security enterprise and

Atlas V CST-100 Starliner rocket successfully launches at CCAFS. © US Space Force. Photographer: Airman 1st Class Dalton Williams.

alongside our international partners to enhance our ability to ensure the world continues to enjoy a safe, secure, and accessible space domain. By elevating space to an independent service, we have made significant progress. As a member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, I have been able to advocate for the importance of American spacepower at the highest levels of government. We have brought thousands of space professionals from other military branches and agencies across government under one, unified service focused solely on maintaining our advantage in space. We have established the command structures needed to organise, train, and equip ‘Guardians’ (the name given to US Space Force personnel). And we are streamlining national security space acquisitions, bringing unity of effort across the department: a long-standing challenge that we have been able to address head-on. Additionally, we have revamped our space professional development programs, and most importantly strengthened our partnerships with our allies.

Can you describe how the US Space Force is organised and what are its immediate objectives?


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

By elevating space to an independent service, we have made significant progress. As a member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, I have been able to advocate for the importance of American spacepower at the highest levels of government. We have brought thousands of space professionals from other military branches and agencies across government under one, unified service focused solely on maintaining our advantage in space.

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

Space Force’s Chief of Space Operations Participates in Virtual Fireside Chat. © US Space Force. Photographer: Lisa Ferdinando.

The US Space Force is composed of approximately 12,000 civilian and uniformed Guardians, serving at installations in the US and around the world. We are on track to grow to around 16,000 military and civilian Guardians who are focused on keeping the space domain and our interests in it - secure. We intentionally selected a lean command structure, one that allows us to stay agile and responsive in a fast-changing frontier.

One key to our success is the strong partnership we enjoy with the US Air Force, which provides our basing, security, public relations, logistics, medical, and other typical garrison and support functions. Our Guardians’ expertise is targeted specifically to space: intelligence, cyber, acquisitions, and the day-to-day space operations that our citizens, our joint and coalition forces, and the world depend on. Like the other military services, we are headquartered in the Pentagon. We have a relatively

small headquarters staff of around 600 personnel. Beneath the headquarters, the US Space Force is organised into three field commands, each performing a critical service-level function. Space Operations Command (SpOC) provides operational support to our combatant commands (in particular US Space Command), Space Systems Command (SSC) is responsible for developing, testing, and acquiring space systems, both on Earth and in orbit, as well as providing launch support at Cape Canaveral Space Force Station in Florida and Vandenberg Space Force Base in California. Space Training and Readiness Command (STARCOM) is responsible for developing our most important asset – our Guardians – by training them and equipping them with the tools, doctrine, tactics, and operationally tested capabilities needed to stay ahead of any adversary. We like to say that we focused our first year on inventing the force, and now we are integrating that force across the Department of Defense, with other agencies, and with our allies and partners. For us, this means developing agreements with our combatant commands as to how Guardians will be presented for deployment and integration into warfighting operations. This also means continuing to streamline acquisitions by bringing together space-focused offices from across the department to ensure unity of effort. We are designing the first integrated space force structure, which is an analysis of the satellite

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

127


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

We have established education programs to get Guardians up to a basic level of proficiency with coding, regardless of career field. Just as ‘every Marine is a rifleman’, we need ‘every Guardian to be digital’ because space is a big data domain.

architectures and capabilities our nation needs to maintain its edge in space. And we are continuing to strengthen our international partnerships with other space and air forces around the globe. We are doing all of these things while continuing to ensure that space remains ‘on’ 24/7 for our national security and way of life.

How does, and will, the US Space Force look to coordinate with other US government agencies such as NASA, and industry more generally, as well as with allied countries, to develop leading-edge technology? Partnerships are absolutely critical to the success of the US as a spacefaring nation, and to the success of the space force as a military service. From an intergovernmental perspective, I’ve enjoyed truly close and productive relationships with the leaders of all the major space organisations, including NASA, the National Reconnaissance Office, the Departments of State, Commerce, and Transportation, and others. For example, we signed a memorandum of understanding with NASA that codifies our partnership on things ranging from space debris mitigation to astronaut training. Our relationship with the National Reconnaissance Office has never been better. We just co-signed a Protect and Defend Agreement with

NRO that describes how we will closely cooperate on responding to threats. We have also established coordination bodies like the Space Force Acquisition Council to ensure unity of effort between offices and agencies across the Department of Defense. Partnerships with industry are core to our success for a number of reasons. Industry – at home and abroad – has lowered the cost of launch and expanded our access to orbit. Private companies are at the cutting edge of an ongoing revolution in accessing space, and we benefit from their forward-leaning approach. They are innovating at a pace we have never seen before, and we are adjusting our acquisition posture to take full advantage of this. For example, at our recent space force pitch day, we awarded $32m in small business innovation research phase II contracts to 19 space start-ups through our space technology accelerator program: SpaceWerx. We also leverage special acquisition authorities through our Space Enterprise Consortium to expedite space acquisition. And perhaps most importantly, the space industry is building its own cadre of space experts and talent pipelines, and our innovative plan to diversify access to talent means we are both part of that solution and a beneficiary of their success. Finally, we recently published a Campaign Support Plan that explains how we will enhance our total strength and resilience through partnerships globally. This plan explains our vision for how we can use multiple lines of effort – from personnel exchanges, to integrated exercises, to cooperative capability development – to ensure we are protecting the vital interests of America and its allies. There is


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

a lot of space expertise in other nations’ militaries, and we are committed to tailoring our partnerships to meet partners where they are and help them go even farther.

What current and future skills and training will be required by personnel that serve in the US Space Force, and how is your organisation rising to the challenges that lie ahead in this area? We are building a space force that is a digital service from its founding. At present, only a select few actually experience space first-hand as astronauts. The vast majority of us experience and leverage space through data. This data is transmitted digitally, interpreted, and used for various purposes, such as missile warning, communications, and reconnaissance. That is why we want as many Guardians trained in basic cyber and digital technologies as possible. We have established education programs to get Guardians up to a basic level of proficiency with coding, regardless of career field. Just as ‘every Marine is a rifleman’, we need ‘every Guardian to be digital’ because space is a big data domain. Beyond our digital needs, we will

Out of this world: 50 OSS acquits augmented reality. © US Space Force. Photographer: Airman 1st Class Jonathan Whitely.

of course heavily depend on space engineering professionals to design, test, and launch our satellite systems. We need technical expertise across a wide range of fields to develop cutting-edge technologies for satellite communication,

debris tracking, propulsion, launch vehicles, and so much more. We feel that developing a talent pipeline from our top academic institutions into the space force is critical for our success. We are partnering with


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

20 colleges and universities across America to attract some of the best STEM students in the country. We are also ensuring that we bake diversity into our talent acquisition initiatives, as there is a wealth of empirical data that shows diverse teams are more innovative, less prone to group think, and better, more efficient problem solvers.

How will the US Space Force work and coordinate with allied countries who have either established, on are in the process of establishing their own space agencies and forces? One encouraging development over the last two years has been witnessing many of our allies and partners, including Australia, elevate the importance of space for national security, often by establishing independent space units or commands within their militaries. While there are approximately 80 spacefaring nations, only about a quarter have a focused national security space element. However, lately we have seen that number grow rapidly. We engage with all of our partners and allies who are establishing their own space agencies. We exchange information on our organisational constructs, our doctrine, and our approach to national security space. We include them in consultation as we develop foundational positions such as the recent

130

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

‘tenets of responsible behavior’ document from the Department of Defense. We meet frequently both at the service chief level as well as at lower levels to facilitate dialogue. We have or are entering agreements with a growing number of countries to formalise data sharing and co-development opportunities. We have officer exchange programs, so that all involved can lend expertise and build stronger bonds of partnership. And in some cases we’ve actually been able to share the costs of launch and development. I have said in articles and speeches that “space is hard,” and I am pretty quick to follow up that it is nearly impossible alone. We are committed to developing not only our own capability, but also the capability of other like-minded nations so together, we can ensure space is accessible, safe, secure and sustainable.

As a case in point, Australia this year has formally announced its intentions to raise a Space Division. How do you envisage Australia fitting into the international role of the US Space Force? Australia is a vital ally, partner, and friend of the US. From a military perspective, we have fought alongside each other in every major conflict over the last century. As one of our closest international space


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

URANUS

NEPTUNE

JUPITER

EARTH SATURN

SUN MERCURY

MARS VENUS

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

131


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

One encouraging development over the last two years has been witnessing many of our allies and partners, including Australia, elevate the importance of space for national security, often by establishing independent space units or commands within their militaries. While there are approximately 80 spacefaring nations, only about a quarter have a focused national security space element. However, lately we have seen that number grow rapidly.

RocketShip delivers Delta IV Heavy boosters at VAFB. © US Space Force. Photographer: Senior Airmen Aubree Owens.

partners, I have developed an excellent relationship with many Australian air and space leaders, including AIRMSHL Mel Hupfeld, who I recently met with at the Space Symposium in Colorado. As a close partner, the US already shares intelligence with Australia, including on the space activities of our shared strategic competitors. We will continue to do whatever we can to support Australia as it develops its own space security capabilities, including the establishment of a Space Division within the Royal Australian Air Force.

It is no secret that the US views China as the pacing challenge. The new Secretary of the Air Force summarises his intent with the phrase ‘One Team, One Fight’. Australia is an invaluable member of that ‘One Team’, as we all look to deter and, if deterrence should fail, win that ‘One Fight’ against a rising China. We seek to deepen our partnership with Australia across a number of national security space fronts. For example, we are working closely with Australia on the Space Surveillance

132

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Telescope, and we appreciate Australia’s commitment to multilateral space cooperation through the Combined Space Operation memorandum of understanding initiative. We look forward to the expansion of our partnership in the space domain.

With space becoming increasingly contested, what is the US Space Force’s reading of geo-political competition in space and its implications over the next decade and beyond? What likely scenarios could emerge? As evidenced by our adversaries’ actions, as well as the elevation of space to include national security by our allies, space is indeed more congested and contested than ever before. Space is clearly an extension of national power and warfighting capabilities. As such, it is our job to ensure that space remains free and open for all and that our national interests are preserved and protected, primarily through deterrence. Our goal is clear: we want to deter our adversaries from beginning a conflict in, or to extending a conflict into space. Of course, a core element of deterrence is knowing that the US and its partners and allies have the capability to respond to aggression in space if necessary. Our enduring mission is to give our nation’s civilian leaders the ability to respond to aggression or unprofessional behavior in space in a time, manner, and domain of their choosing. We are confident in our ability to respond today, and are building the resilient architectures that will dissuade our adversaries from taking aggressive action in space in the future.


Aerospace Technology and Energy Systems Research & Innovation to expand boundaries through propulsion systems, global earth observation satellites, advance manufacturing, energy solutions and innovation.

www.omnidea.net info@omnidea.net +61 401 214 265

Omnidea Global Earth Observation

Omnidea-GeoSat- AD.indd 1

05/10/2021 9:30:31

End to End ground segment to orbit communication solutions customised to suit a range of Ruggedised, high

applications

performance UHF antenna systems complemented with remote control and manually targeted mounting systems

www.blacktree.com.au T + 61 8 6245 2120



The Australian designed & built propulsion systems, powering the world’s best tactical drones.

Orbital UAV is a global leader in the design and manufacture of mission ready, integrated propulsion systems for military unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs). From operations in Perth, Australia and Oregon, USA we deliver our unique products and patented technologies into the world’s largest suppliers of tactical UAVs.

Hood River USA

MISSION READY INTEGRATED PROPULSION SYSTEMS HEAVY FUEL OPERATION PATENTED TECHNOLOGY DESIGN THINKING

Contact: contact@orbitalcorp.com.au | Web: www.orbitaluav.com LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/orbitaluav Twitter: @OrbitalCorpASX

Perth Australia


ANALYSIS

By Brian Weston,

AM FRAeS (Rtd) is a former Assistant Chief of Defence Force for Operations, was a Director of Surveillance Australia and is a Director of the Sir Richard Williams Foundation.

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

AEROSPACE CONSIDERATIONS IN DEFENDING AUSTRALIA’S NORTH-WESTERN MARITIME APPROACHES AIRMSHL Sir Richard Williams KBE CB DSO was the first Chief of the Air Staff (CAS) of the Royal Australian Air Force. He served as CAS on three occasions: 1922, 1925-1932 and 1934-1939, overseeing the development of Australia’s independent air force during its difficult first two decades. Williams not only established the organisational foundation of the RAAF he also laid its doctrinal foundation; a doctrine not just constrained to continental defence but also including a more expansive use of airpower over Australia’s maritime approaches.

FROM AIRPOWER TO AEROSPACE POWER In May 1925, Williams tabled his Memorandum Regarding the Air Defence of Australia. The memorandum was a comprehensive analysis of Australia’s strategic setting and of the threat from Japan. He argued the aeroplane, and its emerging capabilities, would be key to Australia’s national security by controlling Australia’s maritime approaches and sea lines of communication. He went on to propose a RAAF force structure including

The spectacular Milky Way dominates the night sky as a No. 11 Squadron P-8A Poseidon sits on the hardstand at RAAF Learmonth. © Department of Defence. Photographer: CPL Craig Barrett.

136

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

technical requirements, personnel establishments, logistic support, budgetary costs, local aircraft production and training. Williams was perceptive of the growing influence of Japan, an emerging Asian power growing in confidence after its military success in defeating the Russian Baltic fleet at the Battle of Tsushima Strait in 1905. Japan soon formalised its imperialist ambitions and aggressive strategic aspirations under the innocuous label of ‘Japan’s Greater East Asia Co-


ANALYSIS

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

Prosperity Sphere’, and although the threat from Japan was not well-recognised in Australia, Williams perceived the Japanese threat as likely to come through the Southwest Pacific. The north-western maritime approaches to Australia did not generate the same level of concern and for good reason. Pre-World War II, the British Empire still sat firmly astride the Indian Ocean from the Middle East through India, Burma, Sri Lanka (Ceylon) and into Southeast Asia, primarily Malaya and Singapore, with a string of ports and bases integral to supporting Britain’s geostrategic and economic interests. Those ports also served as bases for the Royal Navy, which many assumed would maintain a protective presence in the Indian Ocean and across Australia’s sea lines of communication and north-western maritime approaches. A reasonable analysis especially given the oil, natural gas and iron ore deposits of WA had yet to be discovered and therefore did not weigh in the strategic calculations of the time. However, World War II changed those perceptions, especially when Japan’s navy sortied, with deadly effect, into the Indian Ocean in early 1942 before returning to the Pacific to meet the

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

137


ANALYSIS

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

In May 1925, Williams tabled his Memorandum Regarding the Air Defence of Australia. The memorandum was a comprehensive analysis of Australia’s strategic setting and of the threat from Japan. He argued the aeroplane, and its emerging capabilities, would be key to Australia’s national security by controlling Australia’s maritime approaches and sea lines of communication. He went on to propose a RAAF force structure including technical requirements, personnel establishments, logistic support, budgetary costs, local aircraft production and training.

COCOS (KEELING) ISLANDS (AUSTRALIA)

138

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

growing military might of the United States. Certainly, German raiders and submarines operated in the Indian Ocean, often with impunity, until they were neutralised. However, from 1942 onwards a small flotilla of Japanese long-range submarines operating in the Indian Ocean, emerged as the main threat to Australia’s north-western maritime approaches. Post-World War II and following Britain’s decision, in 1968, to withdraw from ’East of Suez’, the Soviet Union attempted to fill the major power vacuum in the Indian Ocean caused by Britain’s withdrawal from East of Suez. But the Soviets lacked the economic resources and naval capacity to do so, with the US gradually assuming the role as the major power in the Indian Ocean. Today, Australia has vital interests in its exclusive economic zone and Indian Ocean maritime approaches and island territories, involving oil, natural gas and iron ore resources, and essential international lines of communications. The geo-strategic scenario has also evolved with the term ‘Indo-Pacific’ appearing in the strategic lexicon together with new diplomatic alignments, such as the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (the ‘Quad’) — involving the US, Japan, Australia and India — and the trilateral Australia, US and UK (AUKUS) security partnership. This is the new strategic

environment in which Australia’s defence capabilities must operate.

CONCEPT OF AEROSPACE OPERATIONS Fundamental to successful military operations in any theatre, especially a vast maritime theatre such as Australia’s north-western maritime approaches and Indian Ocean territories, is intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance operations — a capability in which Australia has invested heavily with recent decisions to expand the P-8A Poseidon fleet to 14 aircraft and to acquire the MQ4C Triton unmanned aerial system. A concept for aerospace operations across Australia’s north-western approaches starts with the P-8A Poseidon and MQ-4C Triton, which are complementary capabilities exploiting the respective strengths of manned and unmanned aerial systems. The unmanned, high-altitude and long-endurance MQ4C, with high technology sensors and communication links, is optimised for the surveillance of expansive maritime areas while also having a multi-role intelligence and surveillance capability. The manned P-8A — air refuellable by KC-30A tankers — is optimised to respond, with additional surveillance capabilities, anti-submarine capabilities and anti-surface warfare capabilities.


ANALYSIS

The capabilities of the E-7A Wedgetail — with its time-on-station extendable by air-to-air refuelling — and the soon to enter service electronic support MC55A Peregrine, both add to the in-theatre surveillance, direction, and command and control capability. The combat edge is provided by F/A-18F Super Hornets, armed with the Long-Range Anti-Ship Missile, and F-35A Lightning IIs, soon to be armed with the Joint Strike Missile. Additional operational support and enablement is provided by EA-18G Growler electronic warfare support aircraft and KC-30A air-to-air refuelling tankers which extend both the range and time-on-station of most of force elements in the air task group. Surveillance capability into the north-western maritime approaches to Australia also has been enhanced by the Jindalee Operational Radar Network (JORN), which includes a radar facility at Laverton, WA. The RAAF could also be expected to deploy its tactical radars in supporting operations from Learmonth and Curtin, while the aerial operations conducted by the contractor Surveillance Australia for the Australian Border Force — would be integrated with the military effort such as occurred in Operation Sovereign Borders. In time, Australia’s emerging national space capability will also play a part, although there is still

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

much work to be done before the aspiration of an independent national space capability can be realised.

SUPPORTING INFRASTRUCTURE Air operations require supporting airfields and decades of prescient investment have developed a robust network of bases from which to project power into Australia’s north-western maritime domain. RAAF Base Learmonth, a ‘bare base’ near Exmouth, with a 3050m runway and supporting facilities was opened in 1973, in the aftermath of the Indonesian Confrontation. Further north, RAAF Base Curtin, a ‘bare base’ with a 3050m runway and substantive facilities was opened in 1988; Curtin being located almost mid-way between Learmonth and Darwin. Both Learmonth and Curtin are being progressively upgraded. The Learmonth works are yet to be contracted but will involve runway strengthening and lengthening, with additional fuel infrastructure to allow more sustainable KC-30A air-refuelling operations. At Curtin, the asphalt pavement has been resurfaced and the airfield lighting replaced; the most recent work managed by Barpa (part of ICON Constructing) at a cost of some $9.3m. These two bare bases, Learmonth and Curtin, are supported by four airfields further to the rear: RAAF Base Darwin (3350m runway) and RAAF Base Tindal

Although the RAAF’s fleet of F-35 Lightning IIs are home-based at RAAF Williamtown, NSW, and RAAF Tindal, NT, they deploy to the air bases in the north and the west coasts of Australia and are integral to the defence of Australia’s North West region. © Department of Defence. Photographer: FSGT Mick Bott.


ANALYSIS

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

Fundamental to successful military operations in any theatre, especially a vast maritime theatre such as Australia’s north-western maritime approaches and Indian Ocean territories, is intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance operations a capability in which Australia has invested heavily with recent decisions to expand the P-8A Poseidon fleet to 14 aircraft and to acquire the MQ-4C Triton unmanned aerial system.

in the Northern Territory, the latter of which is undergoing a major infrastructure upgrade — including a runway extension to 3050m — at a cost of $1.6bn. Further south, RAAF Base Pearce (2440m runway) and Perth Airport (3440m runway) add to the airfield infrastructure that can support aerospace operations in the northwestern maritime theatre. Perth Airport has already been utilised as a base for long-range operations by RAAF AP-3C Orion aircraft, searching for missing sailors in the 1990s round-the-world yacht races and in hosting the military aircraft searching for Malaysian Airlines flight MH-370 in March 2014. With its long runway and supporting infrastructure, Perth Airport is well placed to support KC-30A air-toair refuelling tankers.

Australia’s Indian Ocean island-territories must also be included in the operational concept for aerospace operations in Australia’s north-western maritime approaches. Strategically, Christmas Island, located only 360km from Java, is of considerable value although not as well-placed as the Cocos Islands to project military presence and influence into the Indian Ocean. Christmas Island with its abrupt cliffs rising

from the sea comes with operational limitations and lacks a protected anchorage, with ships often unable to berth for weeks at a time due to the south-west Indian Ocean swell. Its airport is useful, but limited, with a runway of only 2100m. Christmas Island is currently used as an offshore detention centre. On the other hand, the Cocos Islands — located approximately 2200km from Learmonth, about the same distance Learmonth is from Tindal — commands Australia’s outer Indian Ocean maritime approaches. Operationally, its airport on Home Island, established in World War II, comprises a runway of 2440m with support facilities long-used by RAAF maritime patrol AP-3C Orion aircraft. The Cocos Islands lagoon, between West Island and Home Island, also provides a useful harbour for small logistic support shipping. The Cocos Islands airfield and support environment is now being upgraded. The contractor, Fulton Hogan, will strengthen and widen the existing runway and hardstands, and provide updated and more capable infrastructure to support P-8A operations. The $184m project is planned for completion by mid-2023.

THE NETWORKED AIR FORCE, SPACE & THE ALLIANCE Apart from the operational systems, significant investment in Defence command, control and communications systems are underway with the air force a significant beneficiary in ‘networking’ air force’s individual force elements and linking with naval capabilities. While the ‘networked’ ADF is still evolving, much of the advancement has been stimulated by the leading-edge technology and advanced military capabilities of the F-35A, a capability of which is still misunderstood by many. Put simply, the prefix ‘F’ does not do justice to the range of capabilities inherent in the F-35A combat system.

Royal Australian Air Force F/A-18A Hornets on the ground at RAAF Curtin during Exercise Northern Shield 2016. © Department of Defence. Photographer: ABIS Chris Beerens.


ANALYSIS

The arc of airfields from Perth to Darwin also remain as prime candidates for further investment to support increases in military training and to prepare better for possible national security contingencies on Australia’s north-western approaches. Of particular concern is the storage and supply of petroleum, oil and lubricants, an issue recently elevated to national consideration. A satisfactory resolution of the logistic issues involved is essential to the sustainment of credible operational activities in Australia’s north-western approaches.

Apart from the networking of capabilities, the decision to further develop Australia’s evolving space capability, largely led by Australia’s growing space domain awareness, augurs well for the future which will no doubt involve the ground-based telescope and radar at Exmouth. In time, some further sovereign Australian space capabilities will become available to supplement Australia’s existing access to US space assets, which are capabilities selectively made available to Australia.

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

The Australian-US alliance will continue to be one of the foundation stones of Australia’s national security and if the security situation in the IndoPacific continues to cause concern, an increasing presence of US forces in Australia can be expected. That presence, both transient and of longer durations, has already led to major construction activity in localities such as Darwin and Tindal, to enhance air force operational support capabilities and to accommodate visiting US forces. The arc of airfields from Perth to Darwin also remain as prime candidates for further investment to support increases in military training and to prepare better for possible national security contingencies on Australia’s north-western approaches. Of particular concern is the storage and supply of petroleum, oil and lubricants, an issue recently elevated to national consideration. A satisfactory resolution of the logistic issues involved is essential to the sustainment of credible operational activities in Australia’s northwestern approaches. In conclusion, there is a parallel between Richard Williams Memorandum Regarding the Air Defence of Australia, of 1925, and of today’s need to sustain presence and influence over Australia’s maritime approaches, where the utility and operational capability of Australian aerospace power is of great value. It is also noteworthy that Williams’ analysis of the vital role for air power in Australia’s maritime approaches remained largely forgotten until the late 80s, when the Australian Defence White Paper, The Defence of Australia 1987, built on the notion of protecting and controlling the island continent’s sea-air gap and extensive maritime approaches — perhaps an acknowledgement of Sir Richard Williams perceptive legacy is long overdue.


THE

CENTRAL BLUE THE SIR RICHARD WILLIAMS FOUNDATION IS AN INDEPENDENT RESEARCH ORGANISATION WHICH AIMS TO STRENGTHEN AUSTRALIA’S NATIONAL SECURIT Y BY PROMOTING THE DEVELOPMENT AND EFFECTIVE IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICIES WHICH IMPACT ON AUSTRALIA’S FUTURE AIR POWER CAPABILIT Y. The Foundation advocates the need for forward-looking policies which support the potential for air power to shape and influence regional security; and promotes constructive debate on policy implementation. The Williams Foundation aims to host 2 conferences and 4 member lunches per year. The Foundation also hosts The Central Blue Forum and produces occasional research papers. Information on activities and membership benefits are available on the website. W www.williamsfoundation.org.au

E info@williamsfoundation.org.au CHAIR AIRMSHL Geoff Brown AO (Ret’d) DEPUTY CHAIR ACM Mark Binskin AC (Ret’d)

The Central Blue (TCB) is a forum designed to promote informed discussion and debate about air power issues affecting Australia. The scope is broad, covering topics from tactical integration to strategic theory; and from historical lessons to future capabilities. The TCB team welcome submissions from any source, and particularly encourage serving military practitioners to contribute, in order to foster a new generation of air power thinkers. W www.williamsfoundation.org.au/

thecentralblue

E thecentralblue@gmail.com


LAW AT THE LEADING EDGE DEFENCE + AEROSPACE

BASED IN PERTH, BENNETT + CO HAS A UNIQUE INTEREST IN EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES AND THE ISSUES FACING BUSINESSES WORKING WITH WESTERN AUSTRALIA’S DEFENCE SECTOR.

KEY CAPABILITIES •

Aerospace Law

Commercial Advice & Disputes

Commercial Contract Issues

With extensive local networks on the ground and a deep personal interest spanning many years, our defence and aerospace team are focussed on understanding and identifying the distinctive issues faced by West Australian SMEs working in the sector.

Commercial Leasing

Construction Law

Contractual and Tortious Disputes

Corporations Law

Backed by one of Perth’s largest litigation and high quality front-end commercial practices, we are able to mobilise rapidly to provide the best commercial outcome for our clients.

Employment

Intellectual Property

Maritime Law

Military Law

Unmanned Aircraft (Drone) Regulatory Advice & Infringement Issues

KEY CONTACTS

Mark MacLennan, Principal

+61 8 6316 2200

Michael Nas, Principal

www.bennettandco.com.au

Follow us on LinkedIn


COMMENTARY

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

STATE OF AUSTRALIA’S UNCREWED AERIAL SYSTEMS SECTOR By Greg Tyrrell,

Executive Director, Australian Association for Unmanned Systems

The Uncrewed Aerial Systems (UAS) sector in Australia has made some significant leaps in the last 20 years and if you believe the hype, the next 20 years could be even more dramatic.

The Australian-designed and manufactured Aerosonde Hybrid Quad. © Textron Systems Australia.

GENESIS & GROWTH

who obtained CASA certification to operate drones.

Australia’s drone industry emerged in the mid-1990s on the back of advancements in microprocessors and GPS. Back then, systems were developed by adding these technologies to essentially model aircraft and were operated to capture data in dull, dirty and dangerous applications in remote areas away from people and air traffic.

When we think of drones today, we often think of light-weight, electrically powered multi-rotor systems that are relatively cheap but remarkably capable. The barrier to entry for budding commercial operators is much lower, the opportunities seemingly endless. Applications are infinite and with CASA approval can be close to cities and aerodromes.

Today, there are over 2300 organisations operating drones commercially with a remotely piloted aircraft operators’ certificate and over 21,000 individuals licensed to operate drones.

144

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Safety regulations came along in 2002 with CASA developing Part 101 to address this emerging sector. Barrier to entry was high for industry participants and there was just a handful of operators

Today, there are over 2300 organisations operating drones commercially with a remotely piloted aircraft operators’ certificate (ReOC) and over 21,000 individuals licensed to operate drones. Further there are over 14,000 individuals who have passed through CASA’s accreditation process for excluded category (non-ReOC) commercial drone operations. According to surveys run by the Australian Association for Unmanned Systems (AAUS), these organisations are typically lean with less than 20 employees and operate multi-rotor drone systems


COMMENTARY

in the ‘very small’ and ‘small categories’. Main applications are infrastructure inspection, surveying, construction, mining and land management, and are serviced by small drones operating in lowrisk conditions within visual line of sight, below 400 ft and clear of populous areas. In addition, many organisations have emerged to support drone operations. Examples include those that specialise in training, regulatory compliance and, importantly, data exploitation.

DEFENCE APPLICATION The Australian Defence Force is without doubt our most sophisticated user of drone systems and will spend over $15bn on drone programs in the next 20 years. The Australian Army adopted drone capabilities in the early 2000s and today is using many different classes of drones from micro systems weighing less than 100g through to large tactical Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS). The Royal Australian Air Force has two programs to acquire and operate Triton and Sky Guardian systems in the near future, while the Royal Australian Navy is also experimenting with ship-based systems and will look to acquire systems in the next five years. Unfortunately, many of these systems will have international heritage, but the programs will require significant Australian industry capability.

ECONOMIC IMPACT According to a study conducted recently for the Australian government, the sector is projected to deliver a $14.5bn benefit to Australia’s gross domestic product and create 5500 jobs annually over the next 20 years. We should expect to see the emergence of drones that are more capable and able to operate more autonomously beyond visual line of sight (did anyone see the drone light display at the opening of the Tokyo Olympics?). We should also expect to see the evolution of this technology into transport systems capable of transferring people and cargo in urban and rural settings (advanced air mobility). Drone technology is evolving quickly - we can touch it today. However, it is a digital technology that is not that compatible with existing aviation systems used for air traffic management. It appears that access to airspace and the development of a regulatory environment in which this technology can flourish is some time off. Australia is not unique in this respect and internationally the same challenges are being confronted.

RISING TO THE OCCASION If drone technologies are to fulfil their enormous promise, government needs to develop policy and regulatory settings to encourage investment. This is happening now, led by the Department

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

The Australian Defence Force is without doubt our most sophisticated user of drone systems and will spend over $15bn on drone programs in the next 20 years. The Australian Army adopted drone capabilities in the early 2000s and today is using many different classes of drones from micro systems weighing less than 100g through to large tactical unmanned aircraft systems.

of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications, supported by CASA and Airservices Australia. Similarly, industry will need to rise to the occasion and make sure that future drone systems meet the high expectations of society with respect to safety, security, privacy and noise. It won’t be easy.

Swoop Aero’s next-generation RPA, the Kite TM, undergoing FAA Type Certification, © Swoop Aero.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

145


ADVERTORIAL

XSUN: SOLAR POWERED UAVS FLY ALL DAY UNDER THE AUSTRALIAN SUN By Luc Van Hoorick,

Director of XSun Australia Pty Ltd

XSun is a company that designs and manufactures new types of solar-powered UAVs using cutting edge aerospace technology, resulting in flight times up to 12 hours, with a range of up to 600km. Our UAV SolarXOne has a payload capacity of 5kg, allowing an extensive range of sensors to be installed, depending on the application. With such an impressive capability, the XSun UAV solution is autonomous, and energyindependent, for completely automated missions in diverse areas such as environment and civil safety, infrastructure and utilities networks mapping, law enforcement and military surveillance. When picturing Australia you imagine its vastness and how the sun has shone down on it for millions of years. What if we could use that energy source to power a UAV that could fly for an entire day? In 2017, XSun’s aerospace engineers achieved that very goal by building a dual-wing aircraft using state-of–the-art technology in 3D aerodynamic design, with solarpowered systems. It is silent, it is sleek, and it can go further than any other UAV in its class, allowing its payload to be air-mobilised safely thanks to redundant navigation computers, sat-com back-up, and a parachute. In addition to the incredible and continuing development seen since the first prototype was flown, another success of XSun’s UAV is that it has now reached commercial maturity in Europe. It’s utility has been recognised by all, from civilian customers who immediately saw the potential for acquiring imagery of large areas at very high resolution, to military users who see it as an ideal airborne surveillance platform that can provide high resolution video in a live feed, with tracking and targeting. The flexibility of being able to swap various sensors is another bonus, because specialised sensors can sometimes be heavy. Other UAVs on the market are unable to cope with the weight or match the endurance that XSun offers. Those in the

XSun’s SolarXOne UAV can carry the Octopus ISR stabilised foursensor gimbal with MWIR. © Octopus.

military community who have seen the SolarXOne in demonstrations confirm that the XSun UAV deserves the ‘fit-for-purpose’ label. From maritime and land surveillance, to airborne communications relay, or even dropping payloads, such as equipment or minidrones, it accomplishes all that it was designed for. XSun is headquartered in France. The company is growing rapidly to become a major player in the solar/ electric UAV market, working in partnership with several major aerospace companies such as Dassault Systèmes (3DS), Airbus Group, and the ESA. In 2020, XSun was awarded the H2020 European Program – SME Instrument Phase 2. It works closely with the European Union, and civil aviation authorities, having achieved SORA certifications for Beyond Visual Line Of Sight (BVLOS) flight operations. In 2021, XSun Australia Pty Ltd was created, and the company is aiming to have Australian customers benefit from this new technology for BVLOS flight operations. So what’s next for XSun Australia? Later this year, the company will be inaugurating its regional marketing campaign, with the XSun SolarXOne UAS to be flying demonstrations in 2022, after CASA certifications have been approved. Our business model and strategy are to offer a service-based solution with a focus on local expertise and support, self-sustainability for quick response to meet Australian customers’ expectations, and an R&D capability for future models.

XSun’s SolarXOne UAV undertaking an autonomous flight. © XSun.

146

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

xsun.fr/solarxone-2/


FROM

AEROSPACE

AND

POWERED

12

OF

HOURS

BY

FLIGHT

600 FULLY

TECHNOLOGY

KM

THE

ENDURANCE

RANGE

AUTONOMOUS SILENT

UP

TO

5

KG

SUN

PAYLOAD

WWW.XSUN.FR


Bend-tech is a bespoke design, engineering and fabrication firm that has been servicing the Defence industry for over 20 years. A family-owned operation which has now grown to over 70 people, Bend-tech specialises in providing innovative, engineered, and certified solutions for safety and efficiency problems to industry. Our 10,000 sqm facility in Welshpool houses our team and local manufacturing. Our extensive capability and embedment in the resource sector has taught us that what we provide is unrivalled and is primed for the betterment and support of the Defence industry.

• In-house design, engineering team with over 15 internal • Our Australia-wide consultation team and processes team members with over 10 team members • 3D scanning, scoping, and processing capabilities • 10000 square metres of fabrication facilities

• Dedicated research and development department and 3D printing capabilities

• 80 tonne lifting capability, 20 metre underhook lift

sales@bendtechgroup.com.au I bendtechdefence.com.au


L I F E C Y C L E S U S TA I N M E N T S U P P O R T • Design, engineering, and fabrication

• Manual handling elimination

• On-site consulting and 3D scanning

• Equipment and material storage and handling solutions

• Access platforms and scaffold elimination

• Workbenches and tool storage

• Weight reduction, strengthening and space saving

• Container modification and fit out

PERTH 08 9459 8600 SYDNEY 02 9764 6607 KALGOORLIE 08 9021 8300

NEWMAN MOUNT ISA MACKAY

08 9175 1164 07 4743 6458 07 4952 6584


COMMENTARY

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

INNOVAERO POSITIONS ITSELF FOR THE LONG TERM By Dr Gregor Ferguson,

Contributing Defence Analyst

If you want to design a drone for the Australian Defence Force, you start by understanding what the users actually need and how they plan to use it. That’s exactly how Perth-based Innovaero has approached the development of its Fox Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV).

SECRET SAUCE The Fox was designed by an ex-ADF team with the Royal Australian Navy’s $1.6bn maritime UAV project, SEA 129 Phase 5, in mind. The company understands intimately the job the UAV needs to do and how it will be used by the navy and employs six ex-ADF veterans out of 34 permanent staff. Innovaero’s CEO, Simon Grosser, considers the company’s veterans, and its engagement with Indigenous business groups, part of its ‘secret sauce’. Airborne systems manager and Fox designer Adam Kelly, formerly a soldier in the Australian Army, says the ADF ingrains in its service personnel the values of teamwork and flexibility. Further, it provides the ability to handle ambiguity and adversity, a pragmatic approach to problem solving, and what he terms “a sense of service and purpose” – in other words, the right attitude. The company has found that their veterans’ attitude, coupled with their highly specialised technical and cultural domain knowledge, is a powerful combination. So is its relationship with the Indigenous Defence and Infrastructure Consortium (IDIC). As Simon

Grosser notes, “a truly sovereign capability needs engagement with Indigenous partners.” Innovaero and IDIC have shared values and have begun identifying opportunities for collaboration with IDIC’s 100 plus members. IDIC’s aim, according to co-founder Adam Goodes, is to make it as easy as possible for defence companies to work with indigenous firms across everything from engineering and professional services, to infrastructure, construction, logistics and warehousing.

COMPLEX SYSTEMS The company’s goals are also aligned with those of the Australian Government. Innovaero intends to meet the Sovereign Industry Capability Priority (SICP) to deliver surveillance and intelligence data collection, analysis, dissemination and complex systems integration, based on a strong, sovereign engineering and manufacturing capability. To that end it has invested in a unique team of aerospace design and airworthiness engineers. They are accredited to design and manufacture every aspect of aircraft, mission systems and propulsion systems, for domestic as well as international customers. The result is a technology-rich company capable

The InnovaeroFOX, Innovaero’s Maritime Unmanned Aerial System has been purpose-designed and built-in response to the Royal Australian Navy‘s call for a new generation of Intelligence Surveillance and Reconnaissance capabilities. © Innovaero.

150

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


COMMENTARY

The Fox was designed by an ex-ADF team with the Royal Australian Navy’s $1.6bn maritime UAV project, SEA 129 Phase 5, in mind. The company understands intimately the job the UAV needs to do and how it will be used by the navy and employs six ex-ADF veterans out of 34 permanent staff.

of creating complex and advanced equipment, and integrating it into operational aircraft and UAVs. Innovaero aims to keep ahead of the technology curve. In March 2021 it was shortlisted for a prestigious innovation award by the Australian Association for Unmanned Systems. In 2019 it won the Avalon Airshow Civil Innovation Award. This year in July, the firm impressed West Australian Governor, Kim Beazley AC, when he toured Innovaero’s new modern manufacturing premises. Governor Beazley, previously one of

AVIATION & SPACE AFFAIRS

The Innovaero Team standing proudly next to the InnovaeroFOX at their new Kardinya manufacturing facility. © Innovaero.

Australia’s most influential and industryaware Defence Ministers, observed, “We have, in Western Australia, people producing state-of-the-art, cutting-edge technologies that have both a substantial civilian and defence application. We have here a manufacturer of highly sophisticated drones that would be of enormous value to our defence forces, and a multiplicity of civilian capabilities as well.”

CONCEPT TO CREATION Innovaero has been successful in both civil and defence markets. In 2007, founder and director Mike von Bertouch developed and then spun off Innovaero’s Nearmap aerial imagery system into a company now worth $1bn. More recently, he developed the very high resolution Spookfish aerial camera system, which was acquired by EagleView Australia for $140m. In 2018, von Bertouch worked with Adam Kelly and a small team of veterans

at a high-technology start-up, 5D Systems, on the initial design of the Fox UAV. The concept was promising, but start-ups lack money and engineering resources. Innovaero, though, had the resources, so acquired 5D and invested some $5m, taking the Fox design from concept to flight test. Innovaero is eyeing several projects besides SEA 129 Phase 5 and needs to grow in order to pursue them. Organic growth is one option, but so are strategic relationships. In mid-2021 Innovaero signed a memorandum of agreement with Boeing subsidiary, Insitu Pacific, to support the development of Australian sovereign UAS technology, especially inter-operability and the development of a common operating system across multiple platforms. InSitu’s Scan Eagle UAV is already in operational service around the world and a contender for the early phase of SEA 129 Phase 5. Fox is designed for later phases so the synergies are powerful. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

151



KEEPING IT REAL

Since 2009, TraumaSim has continued to provide the ADF with high quality and realistic simulated injuries and training aids and exported them around the world. Trauma Simulation Group LLC now operating in USA trading as Military Moulage Combat Injury Simulation. Contact us to enquire about our products and services.

7, 21 McDonald Crescent, Bassendean, WA, 6054 Ph: 1300 411 080 or +61 8 6109 6658 Traumasim.com.au | militarymoulage.com


COMMENTARY

LAND SYSTEMS & WARFARE

POISED FOR CHALLENGES AHEAD: THE FUTURE OF THE ARMY IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA By BRIG Brett Chaloner, Commander, 13th Brigade, Australian Army

On 10 October 2021, the 10th Light Horse Regiment conducted a ceremonial parade commemorating the re-raising of the Regiment at Langley Park, Perth in Western Australia. This date marks the 107th anniversary of the raising of the Regiment in 1914. © Department of Defence. Photographer: SFT Gary Dixon.

154

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


COMMENTARY

LAND SYSTEMS & WARFARE

The Royal Western Australia Regiment (RWAR) marking its 61st anniversary. The Governor of Western Australia, the Hon Kim Beazley AC, was received on parade with a royal salute from the regiment prior to a Service of Remembrance at St George’s Cathedral Perth. © Department of Defence. Photographer: LSIS Richard Cordell.

Despite the cut-through of technology and the information age, geography still matters. Physical distance impacts our ability to engage, influence, understand and respond. The Malaysia Airlines MH370 tragedy and the search that ensued was a stark reminder that the Indian Ocean - with an area of over 70m square kilometres - remains a vast and uncovered space. When combined with 12,500km of West Australian coastline and a 3500km gap between Perth and Canberra, one quickly realises the complexity and concurrency for a small defence force that needs be in more places, doing more things, more of the time. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

155


COMMENTARY

LAND SYSTEMS & WARFARE

West coast forces are best positioned to establish and maintain enduring relationships with fellow Indian Ocean rim neighbours. Creating both muscle memory and networks based on personal and organisational relationships has proven successful over time.

COOPERATION & ENGAGEMENT The army and Defence in WA are poised to re-posture and restructure to ensure they are ready to address the challenges highlighted in the . The combined Australian Defence Force presence in WA is around 5600 full and part-time personnel. Over 4000 are resident in the greater Perth area. The army’s presence is anchored in three organisations: 13th Brigade, the Pilbara Regiment and the Special Air Service Regiment and the army is focused on ensuring these forces are optimised to support ADF operations in WA, its approaches, and the Indo–Pacific region.

The army’s renewed focus on WA is grounded in the Defence strategic update direction to enhance our investment and engagement in the Indian Ocean region. The recent announcement of the AUKUS agreement highlights the importance of basing, maintenance and training areas for our partners and allies as well. The ADF in WA harnesses the best of the full and part-time workforce spread across the state. It ensures the ADF has an immediate response option available in WA no matter the situation: fires, cyclones, COVID-19 or territorial challenges. West coast forces are best positioned to establish and maintain enduring relationships with fellow Indian Ocean rim neighbours. Creating both muscle memory and networks based on personal and organisational relationships has proven successful over time. With a preponderance of Australia’s most valuable natural resources, WA has attracted large business enterprises that are connected, mutually supporting, and technologically dynamic. WA’s population of 2.5m is relatively small given the size of the state. Accordingly, there is much cross-over in workforce and, at times, competition for talent. Seeking to cooperate for mutual advantage, the army is now leading engagement on behalf of Defence in terms of collaborating more persistently with state government, industry and academia.

INCREASING CAPACITY To address the challenges of geography, and ensure the Australian Government has more effective response options in the region, the army is establishing the framework for an enduring Joint Task Group headquarters based on 13th Brigade. This measure will increase the 13th Brigade’s capacity as part of a national approach. This includes ensuring that frequently needed army capabilities are ready to support responses to crisis or natural disasters as well as being proficient in core warfighting roles. In October the 13th Brigade will re-raise the 10th Light Horse Regiment on its 107th birthday as part of this broader initiative. Throughout 2021, the 16th Battalion, Royal West Australian Regiment, has diversified its focus to littoral operations. In time, the unit will reinforce a larger army amphibious capability. Similarly, a growing pool of WA-based engineers provide specialist depth and capacity to the whole force. The Special Air Service Regiment continues to be ready to deploy anywhere in the world to perform critical missions. In August 2021, the Chief of Army announced changes to ensure the units command and control is appropriate for the increasing demands placed on it. North of Perth, the Pilbara Regiment and NORFORCE continue to provide an ‘always on’ surveillance effect that

Celebrating its official re-establishment as a Regiment on 10 October 2021. Troopers from the 10th Light Horse Regiment participated in a ceremonial march at Langley Park, City of Perth. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Eddy Lidya.

156

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


LAND SYSTEMS & WARFARE

16th Battalion, RWAR

11th/28th Battalion, RWAR

PORT S SUP E

13 CSSB

13 Combat Service Support Battalion

SQUA LD D IE

N RO

13 F

13th Brigade

AT

S ICE RV

COM B

COMMENTARY

3 Light Battery, 9 Regiment, RAA

is connected to federal, state and local stakeholders, including the national intelligence community, Australian Border Force, law enforcement agencies, and Indigenous groups. Their efforts are coordinated by the recently established Regional Force Surveillance Group (RFSG) and form a critical part of our national defence architecture.

SHAPE, DETER, RESPOND This year, army recognised four decades of service with these units, operating in

109th Signal Squadron, RAS

remote and challenging conditions. The occasion was marked by the presentation of Colours to the Pilbara Regiment in October. New equipment, watercraft and a revised approach to their employment will ensure the capability can continue to meet the challenges of the years ahead. The ADF and, by extension, the army will always be stretched in overcoming the inherent problem of a small force being responsible for an incredibly large area. However, through a rebalance of the

US

IN

AL

10th Light Horse

EE

RS

ROY

A

TRA

LIAN

EN

G

13 Field Squadron, RAE

force, and the re-imagination of its force structure and relationships to sovereign and regional partners, it will make a stronger contribution to Australia’s strategic objectives of ‘shape, deter and respond’. The challenge is now focused on accelerating organisational change to ensure west coast forces are ready to address emerging contingencies.

T-Bizz is located in Peeh WA and specialised in Printing & Embroidery. We supply custom quality products tailord for your needs. We work with a large Australian stock. We can produce small or large orders and ship all across Australia & overseas. Our graphic designers can help you with any enquiries and provide creative suppoe if needed.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

157


ADVERTORIAL

THE REVIVAL OF THE OKA, THE AUSSIE ALL-TERRAIN CLASSIC By Valerie Latimour,

Contributing Defence Writer

Meet the OKA, the embodiment of the Australian spirit in the all-terrain vehicle market. This vehicle is destined for success in the defence and mining markets, here in Australia and around the world. OKA (pronounced ‘ocker’) is an Australian innovation, first developed in 1986 as an all-terrain vehicle. The prototype OKA was created by founder Mike Walker, with a brief of maximum flexibility, reliability and cost efficiency. The vehicle itself was a huge success, with satisfied customers in mining and tourism endorsing its reliability, fuel-efficiency and comfort. The company was, however, faced with technical difficulties and the challenges of manufacturing in Australia, but now the brand is experiencing a revival under the leadership of Managing Director, Dean Robinson. With over 16 years in the Royal Australian Armoured Corps, Dean also has over three decades of experience in running a large-scale construction company. In 2012, when it seemed that OKA would go overseas, the parts and IP for the first two models were purchased by a new company, OKA Parts Australia. This was the beginning of Dean’s resurrection of OKA as an Australian institution. The company began remanufacturing OKA trucks, as well as repairing and selling parts. In March 2017, Dean launched OKA All Terrain Vehicles, and purchased OKA from then-owner Reymer Pty Ltd. Dean has collated extensive information on OKA’s history, purchased all IP and equipment originally owned by the company, and plans to re-acquire niche markets where gaps in capability can be filled by OKA’s unique strengths. The OKA is an Australian-designed and manufactured vehicle, embodying safety, reliability, durability and strength. With its ladder chassis and interchangeable body modules, units can be designed to customers’ precise specifications, providing exactly the all-terrain vehicle platform their circumstances require. The OKA has a reputation for go-anywhere performance, and for being a strong vehicle that delivers a smooth ride for driver and occupants. The integral cab structure meets the highest standards in the world for roll-over and falling object protection. The OKA has amazing manoeuvrability. Its narrow wheel track allows the vehicle to traverse narrow paths where many larger ATVs will not fit. The narrow and short wheelbase means that the OKA will fit down any track a LandCruiser will. The OKA’s point of difference is its unique suspension system, with leaf springs which allow for a smooth ride, while achieving articulation

158

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

without any twisting of the cab. The OKA boasts a huge carrying capacity, with the four-wheel drive delivering up to 7t Gross Vehicle Mass (GVM), having a 3t payload. OKA have also manufactured an 11t GVM six-wheel drive with a 5t carrying capacity. Currently, all OKA vehicles are powered by electronic diesel engines, incorporating Euro 5 emissions control technology to enhance performance and fuel efficiency while minimising their environmental impact. The company is researching renewable and sustainable solution to power future vehicles. Both electric motors and hydrogen fuel cells are being investigated, each having their pros and cons. OKA has a positive history with the armed forces. In 1995 four OKAs, fitted with a range of speciality army equipment, were delivered to Puckapunyal for a one year trial. Purpose-built OKA trucks were also supplied to the RAAF as fire-fighting appliances. This is a niche that the OKA is well suited for, given its ability to traverse the rough ground around military airstrips and fight fires in the bush. Dean is passionate about developing sovereign capabilities, turning his considerable business experience to the building of a new, WA-based OKA production company. Since the demise of the Holden and Toyota factories in 2017, no one is making new vehicles in Australia. Dean has put in the hard work to achieve the required certification to meet the standards of ADR compliance. OKA is now poised to make an impact on the ATV market in Australia and internationally.

oka-atv.com

The OKA team consists of multiskilled and experienced technicians. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW.


LIKE NOTHING ELSE

OKA All Terrain Vehicles is a private company established in 2017 and is 100% Australian owned. Our company is based in O'Connor, Perth, Western Australia. OKA ATV builds on the existing legacy that OKA Motor Company has forged since 1986. This unique vehicle was designed for a niche market that vehicle manufacturers had long ignored. To this day, OKA continues to surpass the standard for four wheel drive vehicles currently available on the world market.

OKA, as individual as you are. Contact Us

What we do: • • • • • • • •

New vehicle design & manufacture Remanufactured custom designed expedition/commercial vehicles Engineered upgrades to existing vehicles Comprehensive servicing to the OKA fleet Inspection, reporting & insurance repairs Crash repairs Body work & alterations Custom module design fabrication & fit out

2/24 Murphy Street, O’Connor, WA, 6163 (+61) 0418 943 230 dean@oka-atv.com oka-atv.com


ANALYSIS

LAND SYSTEMS & WARFARE

TURNING AN EAST COASTCENTRIC ARMY’S ATTENTION NORTH WEST By Stephen Bunce,

Defence Writer,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

Graham McKenzie-Smith AM, Contributing Military Historian

Since Federation, the Australian Army has had an east coast-centric conception of the nation - a consequence of the facts that the majority of Australia’s population resides in the east and that Defence’s primary focus has been on Asia and the Pacific. While the 1987 Defence White Paper, The Defence of Australia, may have introduced the concept of the Regional Force Surveillance Unit (RSFU) and precipitated the deployment of a brigade to Darwin as part of the ‘Army Presence in the North’ initiative, the west coast and the remote North West have remained largely neglected by the army. While recent measures to modestly increase the army’s size in Western Australia are welcome and long overdue, more needs to be done to address the variety of national security vulnerabilities in the west and the North West of the Australian continent. An expanded army presence would match the increased focus on the Indian Ocean and strengthen our ability to protect and secure Australia’s sovereignty and national interests.

Soldiers from 3 Squadron Pilbara Regiment conduct exercises on West Lewis Island in the Dampier Archipelago in preparation for an Operation Resolute deployment. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe.


ANALYSIS

LAND SYSTEMS & WARFARE

WEST COAST ARMY Since the Australian Defence Force has increasingly shifted to an IndoPacific focus a growing chorus of voices has advocated for an enhanced army presence in WA. This advocacy began with an initial statement made in 2015 by an Australian Industry and Defence Network of WA organised dialogue. It was followed by a broad range of reports and statements, including the RDAPerth report, Security and Defence in Western Australia: An Economic Perspective (2017), Developing an Indo-Pacific Army (Peter Leahy, 2018), Future of the Army in the North: A Case For The RFSUs (Guy Duczynski, 2018), WA’s Defence, A Forward Projection, (Kim Beazley, 2018), Australia’s Indo-Pacific Future (Stephen Smith, 2019), A Two-Ocean Army in an Indo-Pacific Era (Professor Mike Evans, 2019), and We Need More Army in WA (Sean L’Estrange, 2020). The recent Chief of Army’s directive to increase the force’s footprint in WA, by incrementally expanding the army reserve’s 13th Brigade, is an important step to redress the imbalance. The expansion of 10th Light Horse Regiment will boost the brigade’s light reconnaissance capacity and it is hoped the unit will eventually field at least a squadron of the Boxer Combat Reconnaissance Vehicles under army’s LAND 400 Program. The planned re-introduction of an engineer construction capacity by the expansion of 13 Field Squadron to a regiment and the proposed riverine element for 16th Battalion, Royal Western Australia Regiment (16 RWAR) will further, albeit modestly, expand the brigade’s capabilities to respond to military and civil emergencies.

INTEGRATED WORKFORCE The army’s integrated workforce model, whereby soldiers can move between full and part-time employment, allows the new recruits needed to achieve these incremental expansions to complete their recruit and corps training full-time on the east coast, before re-joining their reserve units in the west. In addition, the gap year program will allow potential recruits to trial life in the ADF for 12 months before they commit. Both initiatives will increase troop strength available in the west. However, WA has only 11% of the Australian population and 33% of Australia’s total land mass, so it is unlikely that the army reserve can be expanded enough to meet the Defence needs of this vast state. Therefore, an increased presence of regular troops will be needed. In a speech to the Royal United Services Institute in Canberra in July 2021, Chief of Army LTGEN Rick Burr said, “We are also investing more heavily in 13th Brigade, looking to harness the workforce in Western Australia, to advance our thinking about integrated units.” One might ask: what will these ‘integrated units’ look like? Although there are regular army training and administrative cadres in the Pilbara Regiment, they constitute an administrative skeleton of the regiment, with most of the patrols being conducted by mobilised army reservists. Two squadrons are based in the Pilbara and one in Perth, but their area of operations covers 1.5m square kilometres and extends right along the coast from Geraldton to Port Hedland. Their roles include direct support for the Australian Border Force in their operations against mostly drug trafficking, and

The integration of regular army companies into the understrength 11/28 RWAR and 16 RWAR, or the eventual conversion of one into a fulltime regular battalion would allow the development of the necessary administrative and operational doctrine, capable of being used elsewhere in the army.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

161


ANALYSIS

LAND SYSTEMS & WARFARE

It has only been in times of war that the defence of the west coast has truly been a concern. It is noteworthy to remember that the army is no stranger to the west coast. For example, by the end of 1942 more than 50,000 troops from three divisions were deployed on the sand plain between Perth and Geraldton – a greater combat presence than in Southern Queensland or NSW at that time.

general purpose intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance functions.

Increasing the regular strength of the Pilbara Regiment with a full-strength regular squadron based at Karratha would enhance its capacity and provide additional military ‘first responders’ for the defence of the region’s critical infrastructure. In the short term such a squadron could be based in Perth with rotations into the Pilbara (FIFO) until the domestic infrastructure is put in place to house them in the North West.

FINDING SOLUTIONS During the 1980s, and prior to the Pilbara

Regiment being raised, the 13th Brigade was tasked with the defence of the North West and regularly trained in the region. The integration of regular army companies into the understrength 11th/28th, Royal Western Australia Regiment (11/28 RWAR) and 16 RWAR, or the eventual conversion of one into a fulltime regular battalion would allow the development of the necessary administrative and operational doctrine, capable of being used elsewhere in the army. They would also provide a basis for subsequent force structure increases. Expanded regular army cadres would also be needed for the medical, transport and logistics units of the 13 Combat Service Support Battalion (13 CSSB). The current redevelopment of Irwin Barracks needs to consider accommodation for the increased regular army component of these integrated units, or perhaps it is time to reconsider a Royal Australian Air Force (RAAF) and army ‘super base’ at RAAF Pearce, which was first publicly advocated for by the Australian Industry and Defence Network of WA in 2015. More areas will be required that can be used for training in southern or central WA within six to eight hours travel time from Perth’s outskirts. Consideration also needs to be given to any increased requirements for bases and training and range areas under the AUKUS initiative and current US force posture reviews.

Members of the Royal Western Australian Regiment of the Australian Army commemorate the 61st birthday of the Regiment’s forming on 1 July 1960 at St Georges Cathedral in Perth. © Department of Defence. Photographer: LSIS Richard Cordell.

162

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


ANALYSIS

Exercise Northern Shield 2016 deployed 1000 troops to Derby at short notice during the dry season for seven days. Post-operation reports detailed issues with supply of heavy equipment as well as food, fuel and water. The logistical challenges of sustaining such a deployed force over an often sub-standard road network need as much attention as the personnel issues. Exercises of this sort are one way of increasing the east coast-centric army’s awareness of the issues relating to the defence of the North West. The next step is to find solutions.

EQUIPPING FOR THE FUTURE It often argued that troops could be flown into the RAAF Curtin (Derby) and RAAF Learmonth (Exmouth) if needed. However, any threat to the region would require more than troops and the equipment they can carry. This would also be the time when the RAAF is deploying assets to activate and supply these bare bases, so a significant part of their Air Mobility Group would be needed for that role. The range of equipment and stores held at Palmer Barracks at Guildford has in the past been limited to what was needed for training the army reserve units, and although it is being modestly expanded, it remains less than would be required to fully equip 13th Brigade for combat operations, let alone any regular units that might be airlifted to WA. As well as expanding the stocks at Guildford, consideration should be given to prepositioning of at least a battalion set of heavy

Established in 1982, the Pilbara Regiment plays a key role in monitoring the vast and remote North West region of Australia. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe.

LAND SYSTEMS & WARFARE

equipment and mobilisation stores at either Karratha, or maybe at the nearby RAAF ‘bare bases’ located at Exmouth and Derby. It has only been in times of war that the defence of the west coast has truly been a concern. It is worth remembering that the army is no stranger to the west coast. For example, by the end of 1942 more than 50,000 troops from three divisions were deployed on the sand plain between Perth and Geraldton – a greater combat presence than in Southern Queensland or NSW at that time. Today, the importance of WA to the Australian economy is anchored on its vast mineral wealth and associated processing plants and ports. The mining and onshore processing of the critical minerals needed in this digital age will only increase the state’s vulnerability to disruption in times of actual, or threatened, conflict. In the short term, the army’s necessary footprint in WA will only increase when administrative and operational systems are developed to bring regular and reserve soldiers together in integrated units. Using the 13th Brigade as a testbed is a welcome start and should be given every opportunity to succeed, but additional options should be considered and implemented to strengthen national security on the west coast and North West of Australia, as the Indian Ocean and Indo-Pacific geo-political environment continues to deteriorate.


A unified voice for the defence and security interests of Australia’s North West


EAST Kimberley

WEST Kimberley HALLS CREEK Broome Port Hedland Karratha Exmouth

EAST Pilbara Ashburton

The North West of the Australian continent covers one million square kilometres and contains the world’s greatest mineral province with enormous reserves of nearly all the elements vital for today’s technological society. Hundreds of billions of dollars are invested in mines, ports, offshore facilities and huge gas plants, which last year exported nearly one half of Australia’s exports. This region is vital to our country’s future but is sparsely populated while fronting the highly contested Indian Ocean region, with nearly three billion people, two-thirds of the world’s seaborne trade in oil and 50% of the world’s seaborne container traffic.

www.northwestdefencealliance.com.au


ADVERTORIAL

GASCOYNE GATEWAY: A FORCE MULTIPLIER IN AN AGE OF UNCERTAINTY By Michael Edwards,

Co-founder and Managing Director of Gascoyne Gateway Limited

North West Cape and Exmouth have been an operational and strategic outcrop for Australia and its allies since World War II. Today, with rising geo-political tensions in the Indo-Pacific, this part of Australia has an even more important role to play for Australia’s force posture and capability. Exmouth township sits approximately 1300km north of Perth, on the closest point of mainland Australia to Christmas and Cocos Keeling Islands, and the Sunda Strait - one of our main ocean trading routes to Asia. The Naval Communications Station Harold E Holt (HEH) sits at the North West Cape 25km north of the township and is home to the Very Low Frequency (VLF) radio transmission facility designed to communicate with both Australian and allied submarines. The RAAF Learmonth ‘bare base’ is positioned 35km south of the township and shares facilities with the domestic airport terminal. Geographically, Learmonth is an ideal forward operating base for future maritime patrol and ISR missions utilising unmanned aircraft. Incredibly, every litre of aviation fuel consumed at RAAF Learmonth and Exmouth Domestic airport is trucked 1300 kilometres by road from Kwinana. The 10-13 million litres of diesel fuel consumed annually at HEH is imported from overseas via a single-use tanker berth at Point Murat adjacent to HEH which, unfortunately, it now located within the declared World Heritage Ningaloo Marine Park. Gascoyne Gateway Limited is a veteran-owned, privately funded multi-user jetty and port facility planned for a site congruous with the current industrial area, 10km south of Exmouth township. While the facility’s viability is determined by commercial operations and not reliant on defence use, the multiple berth jetty planned for up to 13.5m of draught and up to 900m of quay line, allows the operation of every class of Royal Australian Navy vessel and most allied vessels in service. With very few viable options for refuelling warships between HMAS Stirling and Darwin, the Exmouth solution offers unconstrained access to the Indian Ocean with no navigation channels and quick access to submarine optimal diving depths. Moreover, the option of refuelling Collins-class submarines in Exmouth would likely extend operational patrol ranges by up to two weeks while providing more rapid deployment to strategic choke points in archipelagic sea lanes to the north. The Exmouth facility has been acknowledged by rescue organisations to support future submarine rescue operations in the North West of WA. Replenishment of fleet units is conducted alongside prior to operations. Further replenishment would be conducted via consolidation fleet tankers at the

166

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Gascoyne Gateway, supported by its shoreside fuel infrastructure and storage. The recent focus on national strategic fuel holdings and dispositions throws a spotlight on this solution and the national fuel and Defence framework. Extended operations in support of the MH370 search highlighted the dearth of aviation stocks and resupply capacity in Western Australia - this situation would obviously extend to other contingency operations. Naturally, there are likely requirements to move the essential personnel and other support elements that can only be provided by shoreside facilities, supported via the Learmonth military/commercial airbridge and ADF air transport system. This would likely include Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief and other civilian support options destined for our near neighbours in Southwest and Southeast Asia. The Australian Border Force would also benefit from an option offering 40% cost savings in operational fuel and running maintenance over those currently borne from Darwin based operations. Potential allied use might include replenishment of fuel and ammunition, rest and recreation, expeditionary pre-positioning and warehousing, and low level depot repair maintenance – particularly considering the commercial and military capabilities of the RAAF Learmonth runway and airfields. Ultimately, as time and innovative technology advances, we see a place for forward deploying or basing of autonomous underwater vehicles that would complement the submarine fleet in addition to antisubmarine and mine warfare into the future. The Gascoyne Gateway is expected to be completed at the beginning of 2025 and will offer significant benefits to Australian sovereign fuel resilience while also providing unique opportunities for ADF and allied use for operational sustainment. Importantly, the company’s concept design is considering ADF potential requirements from the outset rather than risking expensive retrofit in the future. The utility of this unique and timely veteran-founded initiative, requiring no government or Defence funding, sees this strategic sovereign infrastructure coming online in the right place, and at the right time.

gascoynegateway.com.au


100% sovereign deep-water port capability delivering: • CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE, VITAL TO AUSTRALIA’S DEFENCE POSTURE • S UPPORT FOR ALL R.A.N AND ALLIED FLEETS AND SUBMARINES • REGIONAL FUEL STORAGE AND SECURITY

WE EXP EC T GASCOYNE GATEW A Y POT E N T IA L U SE R S T O IN C LU D E :

NAVY Cruise ships and super yachts

Sovereign capability for the Royal Australian Navy and Australian Border Force

Fuel and renewable energy infrastructure

Low volume / high value minerals export

Break bulk cargoes

Resources offshore support vessels

T I M EL I N E December 2019 GGL created

June 2020 Awarded Lead Agency Status

October 2020 Definitive Feasibility Study starts

July 2021 Submit EPA Section 38 assessment

May 2023 Environmental approvals expected

July 2023 Final investment decision

July 2023 Construction

January 2025 Operational

10km Town centre Industrial zone

Proposed GGL site RAAF Learmonth

Western Australia

gal Nin

Exmouth Gulf

South of Exmouth Strategic location on the frontline of Australia’s defence

Exmouth

oo

Ma

rine

Par

k

Exmouth

50-100 years Jetty lifetime

900m 13.5m

Perth

To find out more, visit gascoynegateway.com.au

Of quayline Deepest berth Designed to support every RAN and Allied warships and submarines


COMMENTARY

By Peter Long,

Chair, North West Defence Alliance

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

THE WORLD’S GREATEST MINERALS PROVINCE: A SECURE NORTH WEST VITAL TO AUSTRALIA’S PROSPERITY The vast North West region of the Australian continent comprises the Kimberley, Pilbara and northern Gascoyne regions and includes the densest aggregation of industrial infrastructure in the country. This infrastructure is valued at many hundreds of billions of dollars and serves to mine, process and export product from this, the world’s greatest mineral province.

THE NATION’S WEALTH The Pilbara alone contains enormous reserves of iron ore, natural gas, oil, lithium, copper, gold, cobalt, manganese, zinc, lead, rare earths and other minerals vital for today’s technological society. The region contains dozens of major mine sites. Rio Tinto alone has 16, all connected by rail to its ports in the City of Karratha. The coastal area is a major producer of industrial salt, has one of the world’s largest ammonia production plants and manufactures large quantities of ammonium nitrate, extracting key ingredients from natural gas sourced locally.

A larger and more visible military presence across the North West would send a clear message to the region that we are serious about protecting our offshore oil and gas industry, our coastal ports and massive inland infrastructure.

Offshore on Barrow Island is the massive Gorgon LNG Project, completed in 2017 at a price of $74bn. The $47bn Wheatstone LNG Plant is on the coast near Onslow, and near Karratha on the Burrup Peninsular is the Pluto LNG Project and the five trains of the Karratha Gas Plant, part of the North West Shelf Project which, when constructed was the largest project in the world.

Oil and gas fields abound in the region and are exploited by a range of fixed offshore, floating and island facilities, producing natural gas and condensate which is processed and exported for domestic and world markets. Western Australia currently has 12 LNG production trains, four of which are offshore, including the floating Prelude facility. This North West region exported some $140bn of resource products in 2020, which represented nearly 50% of Australia’s total commodity exports. The increase in the iron ore price over Treasury assumptions between 2018 and 2021 provided an extra

168

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

$30bn to the federal coffers above its already generous contribution, showing how essential this region is to the economic health - and wealth - of our nation.

STRATEGIC SIGNIFICANCE But the North West is sparsely populated, with approximately 100,000 people spread over an area of some one million square kilometres. It fronts the Indian Ocean, which has dozens of countries around its shoreline and is home to nearly three billion people. Some two-thirds of the world’s seaborne trade in oil, half the world’s seaborne container traffic and one-third of the world’s seaborne bulk cargo transit through the Indian Ocean and its adjacent waterways. The rise of China has seen the Indian Ocean become a heavily contested maritime domain. The sea lanes from the Indonesian archipelago through Australia’s North West maritime jurisdiction is heavily trafficked with iron ore and other vessels carrying some 900m tons of export product northward each year. Empty carriers, asylum-seekers and others still traverse the same jurisdiction south. Submarines no doubt do the same. Australia has 1800km of exposed coastline between Exmouth and Wyndham with numerous ports, coastal and offshore facilities that are responsible for exporting the many commodities we produce.

EXISTING DEFENCE FOOTPRINT Considering these facts, it would be reasonable to think that Australia should have a larger Defence presence in this part of the world. However, this is currently not the case. There is Defence infrastructure in the region - the Harold E Holt Naval Communications Station in Exmouth and the air force ‘bare bases’ at Learmonth (near Exmouth) and Curtin (near Derby) are solid investments. However, the latter are largely unmanned, bases and NAVCOMSTA Harold E Holt, originally serviced by a large American contingent, is now run with a small number of Australian staff.


COMMENTARY

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

EAST Kimberley

North Western Australia WEST Kimberley HALLS CREEK Broome Port Hedland Karratha Exmouth

EAST Pilbara Ashburton

HMAS Warramunga patrolling the oil and gas installations in the North West Shelf. © Department of Defence. Photographer: POEW Owen Negus.

The North West has essentially a light army footprint, the Pilbara Regiment, which is primarily a reserve army unit made up of several dozen regular personnel as its core, and a significant reservist cadre. In comparison, there are some 5000 Defence personnel in Darwin and considerably more than that number in Townsville and north Queensland. The many world-leading resource companies, particularly the offshore oil majors who have billions of dollars invested in the region, are understandably concerned.

SENDING A CLEAR MESSAGE It would not necessarily be difficult to maintain a larger military force in the Pilbara. The region’s liveability, services

and communications infrastructure are now first rate. There is major port infrastructure in Exmouth (the Navy Wharf), Karratha and Port Hedland with safe, protected anchorages, deep water, numerous wharves and a major logistics and resupply capability. Karratha has Western Australia’s second-busiest airport and Defence personnel stationed at the Pilbara Regiment always enjoy the commission. A larger and more visible military presence across the North West would send a clear message to the region that we are serious about protecting our offshore oil and gas industry, our coastal ports and massive inland infrastructure. This could begin with increasing the regular cadre of

the Pilbara Regiment, which would give it a more sustainable patrol capability, with the ability to deploy more frequently and without its current heavy reliance on reservists – which can be a challenge to mobilise at short notice. Further consideration should also be given to enhancing the profile of the navy and air force throughout the North West by way of more exercises and, where appropriate, even forward deploying assets and capabilities. The North West is close to some of the world’s most dangerous flash points and it is beholden on us to do our utmost to maintain the security and integrity of Australia’s greatest export industry. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

169


COMMENTARY

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

NORTHERN TERRITORY TO PLAY KEY ROLE IN QUAD AND AUKUS By the Hon Michael Gunner,

Chief Minister of the Northern Territory

Just as the Australia-India-Japan-United States Quadrilateral Security Dialogue - better known as the Quad - gathers pace in support of a free, open and inclusive Indo-Pacific region, along comes AUKUS, a new alliance that further strengthens the intelligence and maritime capabilities of Australia, the US and the United Kingdom. As security cooperation realigns and evolves, Australia offers the capability to train, sustain, and coordinate allied and partner-nation military forces in a secure yet geo-strategic location. Darwin sits not just at the centre of the Indo-Pacific, but at the centre of the Quad and AUKUS.

ADF forces and US Marines conduct Exercise Koolendong 2021 at Bradshaw Field Training Area, Northern Territory. Exercise Koolendong 2021 is the largest combined exercise in the 10 year history of Marine Rotational Force – Darwin. © Department of Defence. Photographer: CAPT Carla Armenti.

170

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


COMMENTARY

MAXIMISING ADVANTAGES Darwin comes with a multitude of advantages that makes it a ready and convenient training location for our partners. We have already had 10 years living and working closely with the US through the Marine Rotational Force - Darwin. The Americans will attest to the quality of our bases and to our incredible training ranges, considered the finest land-based facilities in the entire Indo-Pacific. We are also in a position to enhance maritime awareness across the Indo-Pacific to include soft diplomatic measures, such as the Northern Territory government’s proposed Indo-Pacific Civil Maritime Law Enforcement Centre, or IMLEC. Though it carries the word ‘civil’ in its title, the maritime law centre is very much about improving security across the region through shared understanding. The maritime realm is becoming subject to more aggressive posturing, while perennial issues of terrorism, piracy, organised crime, illegal fishing, human trafficking and climate change

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

can play out at sea at any time. All invoke complex legal issues that cannot be tackled blindly. The IMLEC has the capacity to be a partnership between the Commonwealth government, NT and academia. Operated by Australian Border Force (ABF) at Charles Darwin University as a centre for academic excellence on maritime law, it will bring up to 200 students from as many as 22 nations to Darwin each year to study. Our US, Japanese and Indonesian friends have already expressed support for the concept.

EMERGING MARITIME HUB Darwin is becoming a major maritime hub that supports Defence, ABF, subsea data cables linking Darwin to Asia, and the offshore oil and gas industry. Development of northern Australia’s largest shiplift is underway. This major infrastructure project will service Defence and Australian Border Force vessels, along with commercial and private vessels - including from the oil, gas and marine industries.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

171


COMMENTARY

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

We have already had 10 years living and working closely with the United States through the Marine Rotational Force - Darwin. The Americans can attest to the quality of our bases and to our incredible training ranges which are considered the finest landbased facilities in the entire Indo-Pacific.

In addition, work on the fibre-optic connections between Darwin and Asia continues, not to mention the increasing visits from our security partners in the Quad. It makes sense that Darwin augments these developments with an intellectual bedrock that fosters greater understanding of maritime law. It has been noted by the Australian Strategic Policy Institute that there has been a growth among the coast guards throughout our region, whether in the Philippines, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia or our own ABF.

This reflects greater maritime activity related to oil and gas, but also to piracy, the trafficking of drugs, arms and people, and confrontations at sea. Use of civil coast guards is seen as the preferable initial response to the kind of on-water disputes where sending in navies is liable to lead to further escalation and potential hostility.

FORWARD OPERATING BASE Australian Army M1A1 Abrams Main Battle Tanks from the 1st Armoured Regiment live-fire their main armament during Exercise Koolendong 2021 at the Bradshaw Field Training Area, NT. © Department of Defence. Photographer: CPL Rodrigo Villablanca.

From the Indian Ocean to the Pacific, the multitude of strategic and environmental threats only strengthen the case for Darwin to become a centre for providing the region a better understanding of maritime law. The knowledge and expertise that flows from this will help anticipate and defeat problems before they arise, or, at the very least, give those at sea the confidence to operate with legal certainty. As the Quad matures and the naval presence in the Indo-Pacific increases, countries such as the US, Japan, the UK, and India will look to Darwin as a logical sustainment and respite hub. This complements

the NT’s role as a forward operating base for the Australian Defence Force. In addition to the US Marine Corps presence in Darwin and regular deployments of US Air Force and US Navy units, there has been a gradual expansion in hosting Japanese Self-Defense Forces for training and exercising. This is only expected to increase. In 2023, India will be invited to participate in Exercise Talisman Sabre for the first time. This will likely be the start of increased Indian involvement in training and exercising, with Darwin and the NT playing an important supporting role.

DEPTH OF EXPERTISE The NT government has been watching these developments closely and from 2019 began to adjust the structure and membership of the NT National Security Advisory Group to include senior retired military advisers from the US, Japan and India. This ensures that the NT is receiving expert advice on how it can best support and enable the Australian Government’s strategic intent, as well as that of other allies and partners, including Quad members. The NT’s National Security Advisory Group now includes: LTGEN John Wissler USMC (Rtd); LTGEN Shigeki Muto, Japan Air Self-Defense Force (Rtd); and VADM Pradeep Chauhan, Indian Navy (Rtd). All have had highly distinguished careers in their respective forces and bring an unparalleled depth of expertise to the NT’s government’s strategic thinking and planning. The inaugural meeting of Quad leaders in the US demonstrates a significant step-up and signals that the Quad members are moving beyond rhetoric and towards action. This development, combined with closer cooperation between Australia, the US and the UK, represents a generational shift in Australia’s strategic posture – in fact the greatest shift since the ANZUS Treaty was signed 70 years ago. The NT’s strategic value to Australia, our allies and regional partners will grow in importance over the next decade and beyond.



www.northtracknt.com.au

26 Muramats Road, Berrimah NT

08 8947 2993

Delivering preventative maintenance and technical services to the Australian Defence Force North Track Machinery has grown to be the Northern Territory’s leading mechanical support services to land and sea forces. The team has a suite of unique technical services that cannot be delivered solely by another individual company in the Northern Territory. Their innovative approach, bespoke solutions and supply chain enable them to meet operational demands.

The expansion to a Marine and Specialised Services Hub (MaSSH) has supported the focus to strengthen their sovereign capabilities. Located in the marine precinct, the facility is equipped with modern infrastructure and cutting-edge technology. North Track Machinery is driven to succeed, create sustainable jobs, train and develop pathways, and build partnerships.

Technical Services

Maintenance & Repair

Supply Chain Development

Strengthening Capabilty

Shaft Alignment & Balancing

Storage & Warehousing

Apprenticeship Opportunities

Multiple OEM Marine & Industrial Dealers


COMMENTARY

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

THE TOP END: DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRY A STRATEGIC NECESSITY By LTGEN Mark Evans AO DSC (Rtd), Defence Envoy for the Northern Territory

Since the East Timor campaign, Operation Warden in 1999, our strategic environment has changed significantly and become much more complex. Even a cursory glance of the world map illuminates why the Northern Territory has growing geo-strategic importance. The NT provides a launchpad into the Indo-Pacific commercially and culturally and is also where several of our national security issues intersect.

The NT provides a launchpad into the Indo-Pacific commercially and culturally. It is also where several of our national security issues intersect.

A WarpSPEE3D 3D printer is seen deployed in the field during a trial conducted at Mount Bundey Training Area, NT. The trial, in close partnership with SPEE3D and Charles Darwin University, has seen soldiers of 1 CSSB learn the design software and physical printing technology through to the fabrication and testing of parts. © Department of Defence. Photographer: POIS Peter Thompson.

NORTHERN FORWARD OPERATING BASE Operation Warden demonstrated the need for selfreliance, the ability to operate in the region as part of a coalition, to respond to crises with speed and dexterity, and that in some parts of the region our allies might expect us to lead. It also underlined the criticality of the NT as a forward operating base from which to mount and conduct coalition and joint operations to the north. The key to success was always going to be logistics, sustainment, and defence industry support. When Prime Minister Scott Morrison launched

the 2020 Defence Strategic Update last year, he acknowledged that we have moved into a less benign security environment, saying “…responding credibly to threats doesn’t simply come down to the ADF. It’s about the system that surrounds it, supports it, the ecosystem that it is a part of...” This is recognised by the NT government and the security debate has moved on from counting numbers of ADF posted to Darwin as a measure of effectiveness. The issues now are much more focused on how the Territory can effectively contribute to real time coalition and ADF operational tempo to promote national security. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

175


COMMENTARY

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

r rrie Ba at Gre

Indian Ocean

R

ee

Northern Territory

Coral Sea f

QUEENSLAND

WESTERN AUSTRALIA SOUTH AUSTRALIA NEW SOUTH WALES Canberra

VICTORIA

Indian Ocean Tasman Sea TASMANIA

SMES & WORKFORCE Much has been done to enable defence industry as a key frontline actor, and nowhere is this more evident than in the NT. The alignment of purpose between the federal and territory governments, Defence, defence industry and the population of the NT to support national security has been fundamental. While much of the deep support to operations by primes may remain in the South of Australia, there is a growing requirement for more robust strategically positioned industry support in the NT. Indeed, NT SMEs and workforce are a critical plank to provide that first and second line of support to primes in enabling coalition and ADF operations. Similarly, there is a need and responsibility for primes to contribute to the development of a resilient permanent workforce in the NT, with a key line of operation being the training capacity for supporting trades in maritime, land, air, space and C4ISR.

A GROWING CAPABILITY The signs for developing defence industry in the NT are very positive and SMEs are taking up the challenge, as evidenced by these points: • Local companies are playing key roles in the major Defence projects currently underway in the NT, including in the Northern Territory Training Ranges Redevelopment, valued at $711m. NT

176

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

business Sitzler has been selected as the managing contractor for this program and is aiming to achieve 90% local industry participation. • The Larrakeyah Defence Precinct Redevelopment Program, being managed by Laing O’Rourke, has seen 89% of works packages to date awarded to NT businesses. • The RAAF Tindal Redevelopment, managed by Lendlease, has so far seen six of 10 works packages awarded to NT businesses. • NT industry has demonstrated experience in maritime sustainment and is preparing for the volume and complexity of work to increase in coming years with the introduction of the Royal Australian Navy’s Regional Maintenance Centre (RMC)North. • The NT also has growing capability in advanced manufacturing, with innovative companies such as Spee3D currently doing trials with the Australian Army and navy, and is also attracting the interest of international defence primes. To conclude, it really is a matter of geography and our strategic circumstance. There is an increasing requirement for defence industry to be engaged in the NT to support what is likely to be an increased operational and training tempo by coalition and ADF capabilities in the north.


Quantity Surveying & Construction Cost Consultants with over 30 years of offering extensive experience on a full range of construction cost advice to all sectors, across the Northern Territory, Adjacent States, East Timor, Asia and the Middle East.

QS Services - Where Construction Costs Count. Darwin N.T.

PHONE: 08 8941 0116 AS/NZS ISO 9002:1994

qsservices.com.au


I

N

T

E

R

N

A

T

I

O

N

A

L

The Engine Room Ventilation Specialists Yo u ma y n o t h a v e h e a r d o f u s , but y o ur c o m p e t i t o r s h a v e !

Providing engine room ventilation equipment for military applications since 2005. • Complimentary concept design service to architects, builders and designers • Over 3500 projects to date • Shipping globally from our Australian factory • Full 3 year warranty on all supplied equipment from the launch date of the vessel +61 428301700 |

www.marineairflow.com/demo


COMMENTARY

EASTERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT AND INDUSTRY SUPPORT EMERGING NEEDS OF DEFENCE By RADM Simon Cullen AM CSC (Rtd),

Strategic Defence Advisor for Maritime, Queensland Government

Western Australia, the Northern Territory and Queensland have a long and proud history of supporting Australia’s defence. In Queensland, defence industries are high-value, high-growth priority sectors. Queensland is home to more than a quarter of all ADF military personnel, with more than 23,000 uniformed and civilian positions and 14 significant defence facilities located across the state. Defence industries support around 6500 jobs in Queensland. More than 30 of the top defence suppliers are located within the state with the industry generating more than $6bn annually.

Australia’s first commercial drone flight testing centre at Cloncurry Queensland. © Cloncurry Mustering Company.


COMMENTARY

EASTERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

SOLID FOUNDATIONS

No other state has as many large regional centres; Cairns, Townsville, Rockhampton, Bundaberg and Gladstone all support a significant ADF presence nearby or provide port and freight access for defence. Queensland is also Australia’s portal to the Pacific with strong business and familial connections to the Southwest Pacific.

Queensland is uniquely placed to support defence by virtue of the state’s strong, geographically dispersed regional communities. No other state has as many large regional centres; Cairns, Townsville, Rockhampton, Bundaberg and Gladstone all support a significant ADF presence nearby or provide port and freight access for Defence. Queensland is also Australia’s portal to the Pacific with strong business and familial connections to the Southwest Pacific. The state’s defence capabilities are underpinned

by a strong and growing industrial base and worldclass capability in areas such as aviation and ship maintenance, repair and overhaul, heavy vehicle manufacture, support and upgrades, command and control systems, reconnaissance and surveillance systems, space systems, robotics, unmanned systems and artificial intelligence, and cyber security.

DEFENCE PROJECTS STRENGTHEN ECONOMY However, Queensland is not resting on its laurels. The Queensland Government has committed to growing the sector and making sure Queensland is the front line for Australia’s defence industries. Guided by a series of strategies and roadmaps that seek to strengthen and diversify its economy, the Queensland Government is investing heavily in growing the defence industry ecosystem. Projects underway north of the Tropic of Capricorn (26 Degrees North), include: • A major refurbishment of the HMAS Cairns naval base over the next 10-15 years. To complement

Survey trials of the AIMS-QUT WAM-V autonomous surface vessel on the ReefWorks tropical marine technology test range near Townsville. © G Page, courtesy of AIMS.

180

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


COMMENTARY

this, the Queensland Government is developing a business case that will inform the establishment of an adjacent Cairns Marine Precinct to improve industry’s ability to sustain navy and Australian Border Force capabilities. • Several initiatives are underway in Townsville, with its close proximity to large field training areas and its key role in mounting overseas operations. A major expansion of the Port of Townsville has commenced and dredging of the main shipping channel will start soon. The port authority is also working closely with Defence to accommodate future needs associated with army watercraft. • Queensland has established a flight test range at Cloncurry which is Australia’s first commercial drone flight testing centre and the largest of its kind in the Southern Hemisphere. The Queensland Government is also working with the Australian Institute of Marine Science at Cape Cleveland near Townsville to develop a test range for maritime unmanned and autonomous vehicles.

EASTERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

• As part of the Australia-Singapore Military Training Initiative, Queensland is supporting the establishment of a large new field training area at Greenvale. This will complement other training areas at Shoalwater Bay and the Townsville High Range. • The Queensland Port of Townsville is a critical northern gateway for trade and Government also investment. © Roslyn Budd. recently announced that Queensland is committed to a strategic assessment supporting Australia’s national defence would be undertaken to investigate a new range in support of munitions capabilities. Through careful strategic testing, storage, disposal, maintenance planning and targeted investments, and logistics. Queensland is helping our nation develop the infrastructure and technological edge TECHNOLOGICAL EDGE needed to enable the ADF to carry out its Queensland’s industry and state missions and support our communities in government are also supporting the times of crisis. Queensland and Western emerging and future needs of defence Australia both strongly contribute to with key strengths in the recently Australia’s defence and despite their announced new Sovereign Industrial geographic separation, collaborate in Capability Priorities, including robotics, many areas. hypersonics and space.

QueenslandGaskets EMI RFI Material Specialists Silicone gaskets that resist electromagnetic interference (EMI) & permit electrical conductivity.


Tasmanian defence industry and Australian Maritime College Delivering maritime expertise worldwide Tasmania’s niche defence industry and training facilities deliver world class solutions demanded by Australian and international defence forces. The Australian Maritime College (AMC) is globally recognised as a centre of excellence in delivery of specialist education, training, research and consultancy, and AMC counts Western Australian alumni amongst its high achieving graduates across naval and maritime specialisations. Specialist Tasmanian suppliers including Taylor Bros Marine, CBG Systems, Muir Engineering, PFG Group, Pivot Maritime International and Offshore Unlimited are already supplying niche products and expertise to the Western Australian defence and maritime sectors. To find out more about what Tasmanian defence industry has to offer, visit: stategrowth.tas.gov.au/defence


COMMENTARY

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

TASMANIA: AUSTRALIA’S MARITIME STATE AND GATEWAY TO THE SOUTH By Steve Gilmore AM CSC, RADM (Rtd), Tasmanian Defence Advocate

The Mount Pleasant Radio Observatory, owned and operated by University of Tasmania, is located 20 km east of Hobart in Cambridge. It is home to three radio astronomy antennas and the Grote Reber Museum. © UTAS.

Geography often has a significant part to play in the way a community evolves, lives, works and contributes to Australia and the world. Tasmania is most definitely blessed in its location and physical circumstance. This has in turn had a defining impact on life in Australia’s southernmost state.


COMMENTARY

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

UNIQUE GEOGRAPHY Two important aspects underpin Tasmania’s focus and subsequent expertise in regard to its contribution to the defence of our country. Firstly, as an island, Tasmania is Australia’s only ‘maritime state’. Tasmanians have had to develop a close association with the sea and master its use. The second defining outcome of Tasmania’s location is its ‘gateway status’ to the south. It is our nation’s most southerly landmass and as such acts as a natural base for activities that require proximity to the Southern Ocean, Antarctica and to the space over this vast region of the globe. Isolation has founded innovation and a cooperative approach to solve the numerous issues associated with living on an island. Blessed with an abundance of critical raw materials such as an array of native timbers (highly suitable for ship manufacture), various key minerals and an abundance of fine arable land, primary and manufacturing industry in Tasmania developed quickly – it simply had to in order to survive and then thrive!

MARITIME DOMAIN MASTERY It is therefore no surprise that Tasmanian companies and institutions are in fact now generating world-leading knowledge, products and services relating to the maritime domain. There is a notable concentration of many of Australia’s national marine science and research institutions in Tasmania, which clearly reflects the state’s competitive advantage in this domain. Tasmania is home to the Australian Maritime College, the University of Tasmania’s (UTAS) Defence and Maritime Innovation & Design Precinct (funded by the Department of Defence) and separate Institute of Marine and Antarctic Studies (IMAS), the Australian ‘Blue Economy’ Cooperative Research Centre (CRC), the Commonwealth Science and Industrial Research Organisation’s (CSIRO) Marine National Facility (including the homeporting of our national ocean research vessel the R/V Investigator) and the Oceans and Atmosphere centre, Headquarters of the Southern Ocean Observing System (SOOS) and the Integrated Maritime Observing System (IMOS), the Australian Antarctic Division (including homeporting of Australia’s new 25,000t national Icebreaker, Resupply and

Tasmania’s latitude places the state in an important position regarding our nation’s southern approaches. Whilst Tasmania provides a ‘launch pad’ for maritime related activities which focus on access to Antarctica and the vast Southern Ocean, the state is also ideally suited to space domain awareness - most notably for satellites and space debris which have polar orbits.

184

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Research Vessel RSV Nuyina), and the Centre for Antarctic, Remote and Maritime Medicine (CARMM). The French Navy’s Antarctic support vessel FS L’Astrolabe is also base ported from Hobart during the southern summer months. Many other nations which work in the Antarctic and the Southern Ocean also utilise Hobart for logistic support purposes.

SOVEREIGN CAPABILITY EXCELLENCE Founded on the knowledge and skills developed as Australia’s ‘maritime state’, several specialist companies have emerged and are providing often nationally unique solutions to Defence and primes nationally and internationally. Perhaps best known is Taylor Bros, which has grown significantly from its Hobart-based headquarters and production facilities. Taylor Bros has been involved in numerous ship construction projects for both the Royal Australian Navy and the Royal New Zealand Navy. This association with Defence began in 2004 when the company were contracted to provide accommodation related outfitting for the RNZN Protector-class Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) being constructed by BAE Systems (then Tenix) in Melbourne. Taylor Bros has made significant contributions to the Air Warfare Destroyer project, Canberra-class LHDs, Supply-class replenishment ships and is now as a partner company in the Arafuraclass OPV project. The company has established footprints in both SA and WA to meet these contracts with numerous locals employed from each of these states. Liferaft Systems Australia (LSA) is another example of Tasmanian maritime expertise which routinely contributes capability on the world stage. Pioneering the design and manufacture of Marine Escape Systems (MES) and large capacity liferafts in 1992, LSA are now global leaders (and Australia’s only manufacturer) in provision of this capability to both the defence and commercial sectors. The LSA’s MES is the only approved (self-supporting/independent) system in the world which evacuates personnel directly from the vessel into large capacity liferafts via an inclined slide. Pivot Maritime International (PMI) is yet another company on the international stage. As Australia’s only designer and manufacturer of bridge simulation systems (and one of only six in the world), PMI has more than 25 years’ experience and a range of systems that vary from full size to portable which can be located at the waterfront, or increasingly, onboard ships. PMI simulators are now used in 10 navies across the globe. CBG Systems is another example of specialist skills and capability which are an outcome of the maritime environment that reflects Tasmania. The company specialises in fire, thermal and acoustic insulation, specialist antenna systems and signature management. Adapting commercial maritime capability into the defence sector has seen CBG products grow in their application with their quite unique sovereign products now fitted to several RAN classes of ships.


COMMENTARY

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

AMC’s Towing Tank is the largest and only commercially operating facility of its type within Australasia. The Towing Tank is a fundamental tool utilised by naval architects and other engineering professionals for conducting physical model experiments within a controlled environment. © UTAS.

Similarly, Muir Engineering near Hobart, is a unique sovereign capability which provides its services to Australia and the world – both in the commercial and defence sectors. Exporting to over 50 countries their product has become standard equipment onboard numerous commercial vessels of up to 160m. Successfully adapting and evolving these products have seen Muir become a key Australian defence supplier with their systems fitted to Guardian, Armidale, Cape and Pacific-class patrol boats as well as Leeuwin-class hydrographic ships. Muir is a supplier to the Arafura-class OPVs project.

operate in the harshest of southern conditions, PFG Group is now a leading, multi-sector, multi-platform technology focussed manufacturing business. Its ‘flagship’ product is ‘The Sentinel’ which, because of its advanced polymer hull material - High Density Polyethylene or HDPE - and unique, highly adaptable design characteristics, combines to provide what is a ‘fifth generation’ tactical watercraft for Defence. Very few companies in Australia or across the globe are producing vessels underpinned by the multiple capability discriminators presented by HDPE.

With its genesis in the design and production of ‘durable products for harsh environments’, PFG Group is another extraordinary maritime company that has grown from the basis of its Tasmanian location. With local maritime operators across the aquaculture sector and marine police service requiring support vessels, landing craft, rescue boats and tactical watercraft that must

Tasmania’s latitude places the state in an important position regarding Australia’s southern approaches. Whilst Tasmania provides a ‘launch pad’ for maritime-related activities which focus on access to Antarctica and the vast Southern Ocean, the state is also ideally suited to space domain awareness - most notably for satellites and space debris which have polar orbits.

SPACE AMBITIONS

The recent formal partnership between the UTAS, Hensoldt Defence Australia, and the Tasmanian government has signalled the formation of the ‘Southern Guardian’ capability. For several decades, UTAS has been building an impressive array of space infrastructure and expertise. Their network of radio telescopes takes advantage of our southern geography, making Tasmania perfectly placed to observe and track near-earth objects such as satellites and space debris. Building on a memorandum or understanding between the Australian Space Agency and Tasmanian government in 2019, the new ‘Team Tasmania’ (comprising UTAS, Hensoldt Defence Australia and the state government) aims to capitalise on our southern location and provide another unique capability. This is a great example of the collaborative connection with other states in provision of national Defence capability with a southern focus. The UTAS owned system of arrays has sites in SA, WA and the NT, EDITION 4 • 2021-22

185


COMMENTARY

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

It is our nation’s most southerly landmass and as such acts as a natural base for activities that require proximity to the Southern Ocean, Antarctica and to the space over this vast region of the globe.

which together, will provide the network for this capability.

OPERATION SOUTHERN DISCOVERY Defence describes Operation Southern Discovery as “the Australian Defence Force contribution to the whole-ofgovernment, Department of Environment and Energy-led activity in the Antarctic Region - the Australian Antarctic

Program. It is an enduring peacetime activity in support of the Australian Antarctic Division. It includes Australia’s national interests, which are based on the region’s scientific, environmental, strategic and economic importance. Operation Southern Discovery covers approximately 7% of the world’s surface and includes Antarctic locations, the Southern Ocean south of 60 degrees, the internationally recognised Australian exclusive economic zone of Macquarie Island as well as the territory of Heard Island and McDonald Island (HIMI)”. Commander Australian Contingent (COMASC) for Operation Southern Discovery is permanently based in Hobart and is allocated to Commander No 29 SQN RAAF at Anglesea Barracks. Of the various ADF activities that are conducted within this operation, provision of a logistics air bridge to Antarctica is routinely conducted by RAAF C-17A Globemaster aircraft from Hobart International Airport. In recognition of this important

activity and its evolving nature, the 2020 Force Structure Plan allocates funding to expand and upgrade facilities at Hobart airport to support increased ADF and civilian long-range operations in the Southern Ocean.

PROMISING FUTURE Tasmania has in the past made an exceptional (albeit often unknown or unacknowledged) contribution to Defence. The focus has always been on what we do best and how to contribute to national efforts most effectively. The cooperative approach, quiet professional mastery, innovation and every evolving determination, is what leads me to conclude that Tassie is now ‘reporting for duty’ as Australia steps up to realise our national Defence capability ambitions. Based on the existing interactions, particularly in the shipbuilding and space domains, it is likely there is an increasing prospect of further Tasmania-Western Australia industry collaboration, as we seek to realise Defence capability requirements.

CSE Crosscom designs and delivers indsutry-leading maritime asset tracking systems. With experience spanning more than half a century and a workforce based wholly in Australia, our team is uniquely positioned to provide turnkey offerings for defence, port management and offshore operations. Our reputation is built on a solid track record of serviceability and scale. From single or multiple AIS base stations to radar arrays, CCTV offerings, comprehensive data management and realtime monitoring systems, we have the capacity to meet project requirements of any size in even the most challenging environments. Using collaborative data from AIS, Radar and CCTV systems, the Australian engineered IntelliPort software plots fleet and asset movements on vector based encrypted nautical charts (ENC) or digital satellite imagery, allowing for accurate geofencing, exclusion zone tracking and collision avoidance. Tailored automatic alerts and customised user security levels ensure total situational awareness and data security, keeping waterways safer and enhancing security.

www.cse-crosscom.com.au T: (03) 6323 8800 E: contacttas@cse-crosscom.com.au A: 47-49 McKenzie Street, Mowbray, TAS, 7248

186

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

By Andrea Dora Thomsen,

Contributing Research Associate

&

Serge DeSilvaRanasinghe, Managing Editor,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

KIM ELLIS: “PRESENCE AND RESEARCH IS PIVOTAL IN AUSTRALIA’S LEADERSHIP IN EAST ANTARCTICA AND THE SOUTHERN OCEAN.” Though often overlooked in the public consciousness, Antarctica is becoming increasingly important to Australian national interests. This is exemplified by the Australian Antarctic Strategy and 20 Year Action Plan, both of which predicate a vision for Australia’s future engagement in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean. In an exclusive interview, WA DEFENCE REVIEW spoke to Kim Ellis, Director of the Australian Antarctic Division (AAD), about Australia’s ongoing leadership role in maintaining Antarctica’s status as a natural reserve devoted to peace, science, and environmental protection.

Davis is the most southerly Australian Antarctic station. It is situated near the Vestfold Hills, on the Ingrid Christensen Coast of Princess Elizabeth Land. The station is about 20km from the edge of the continental ice sheet. © Australian Antarctic Division. Photographer: Greg Stone.


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

To begin with can you explain the role of the AAD and its key activities?

Australia maintains three year-round research stations in Antarctica — Casey, Davis and Mawson — and one on sub-Antarctic Macquarie Island. Remote field bases operate during the summer research season, supporting coastal, inland and traverse operations. The planning, scheduling and support for these operations is done in our head office in Kingston and much of the material, supplies and logistics is sourced from Tasmania.

The AAD is part of the Australian Government Department of Agriculture, Water and the Environment, and is based in Kingston, Tasmania where it leads, coordinates and delivers the Australian Antarctic Program (AAP). We are very fortunate to be located right near Hobart, one of the world’s premier Antarctic gateways. Our program is highly collaborative, with partnerships across government and more than 150 national and international research institutions. Australia also works with other countries’ Antarctic programs to run joint international scientific and logistical operations.

Australia maintains three year-round research stations in Antarctica — Casey, Davis and Mawson — and one on sub-Antarctic Macquarie Island. Remote field bases operate during the summer research season, supporting coastal, inland and traverse operations. The planning, scheduling and support for these operations is done in our head office in Kingston and much of the material, supplies and logistics is sourced from Tasmania.

Kim Ellis, Director of the Australia Antartic Division.

The population at each station ranges between 40 and 100 expeditioners over summer, and 15 to 20 over the winter months. Each season around 500 expeditioners travel south with the AAP. The advent of COVID-19 has made that an especially complex

operation and the health and wellbeing of our people deployed south remains our top priority. Each station is like a small town and we have a diverse and dedicated workforce. There are station leaders, tradespeople, scientists, doctors, chefs and communications experts. We also have a team of people supporting our shipping and aviation activities.

Could you describe Australia’s mission in Antarctica and why the continent is important, not only to Australia, but to global commons? The whole-of-government Australian Antarctic Strategy and 20 Year Action Plan sets out Australia’s national Antarctic interests and our vision for Australia’s future engagement. It recognises Australia’s interests in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, and identifies actions to support these. The governance of the region though the agreements of the ATS, and the status of Antarctica as a natural reserve devoted to peace, science, and environmental protection, represent an unparalleled example of successful international cooperation. Antarctica plays a key role in global climate, weather, oceanographic, and ecological systems. Antarctic research is critical to understanding the past and present global climate, and the nature, extent and consequences of climate change. The AAD is principally a science organisation and our research is critical to support evidence-based decision making for Australian and global issues. We work closely with other Australian agencies like the Bureau of Meteorology, Geoscience Australia, Australian Border Force, Australian Defence Force, and CSIRO to find answers to the big challenges facing our communities. The development of new capabilities and support for our presence in Antarctica will allow us to deliver more relevant, impactful and valuable science. It will improve our ability to work with other nations to develop shared understanding of our changing natural world and ensure longer-term sustainability for human activities in the Southern Ocean and Antarctica.

Australia has a history of association with Antarctica stretching back 100 years and has played a disproportionately large international leadership role in pioneering exploration and scientific research endeavours. Could you provide an overview of Australia’s legacy and its implications? Australia has one of the world’s leading polar programs and has been a leader in Antarctic and Southern Ocean science since the heroic era of Antarctic exploration. This long-term presence and research in Antarctica has created some of the world’s most important longitudinal data about this region; environmental, atmospheric,


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

geological and human. This important science asset is pivotal in Australia’s leadership in the management of East Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, our ability to preserve and protect these regions and our ongoing contribution to emerging opportunities like our space programs. This leadership is active today, to protect and advance Australia’s national interests. Our Antarctic Science Program focuses on world-class research with global benefits, and conducts science to understand and protect Antarctica, support Australia’s responsibilities in managing Antarctic activities, understand Antarctica’s influence on Australia particularly its impacts on the wellbeing of Australians - and support Australia’s role in the ATS. Research focused on Antarctica’s place in global systems is fundamental to understanding and predicting Australia’s weather and future climate.

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

continue to play a leading role in the international governance of the Antarctic region, including the management of activities, and protection of the Antarctic environment.

In recent years, the Australian Government has enhanced its commitment to the AAP. What has driven this revitalisation and intensification in focus towards Antarctica, and how will the AAD’s upscaled activities ultimately benefit Australian interests in the short and long term? The strategy and action plan sets out Australia’s national Antarctic interests and vision for Australia’s future engagement in Antarctica.

2021/22 Australian Antarctic Program These national interests are: (a) Operational OverviewMaintain Antarctica’s freedom from

strategic and/or political confrontation; Our operational capabilities, including (b) Preserve our sovereignty over the our permanent stations, transport, and Australian Antarctic Territory, including science support resources underpin and commission RSV NUYINA - Transition our sovereign rights over adjacent our Antarctic science, environmental x2 Cargo ships offshore areas; (c) Support a strong and management, and cooperation with effective Antarctic Treaty System; (d) x1 Icebreaker other nations in the framework of Conduct world-class scientific research the ATS. These activities ensure we consistent with national priorities; (e)

CONTINGENT SHIPPING

Protect the Antarctic environment, having regard to its special qualities and effects on our region; (f) Be informed about and able to influence developments in a region geographically proximate to Australia; and (g) Foster economic opportunities arising from Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, consistent with our ATS obligations, including the ban on mining and oil drilling. The strategy and action plan represents a significant package of cohesive measures developed to support Australia’s role as a leader in Antarctica. It provides new operational funding and contributes to the modernisation of the AAP. Under the strategy and action plan, Australia will continue its strong support for the ATS, deliver world-class science, and run Antarctic operations safely and efficiently. The 2016 Australian Antarctic Strategy and Action Plan delivers a $2.8bn investment, including: (a) $1.9bn for construction and operation of a new icebreaker RSV Nuyina; (b) $52m over 10 years for overland traverse capabilities; (c) $200m in additional funding for AAD operations; (d) More than $450m over 10 years to upgrade Antarctic research stations and supporting infrastructure;

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

189


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

Use of Autonomous Underwater Vehicles (AUVs) play a key role in AAD’s scientific operations to monitor the Southern Ocean. © Australian Antarctic Division.

2021/22 Australian Antarctic Program Operational Overview

20

PROJECTS 190

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

500 EXPEDITIONERS


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

The AAD work in concert with the RAAF for logistical purposes as part of Operation Southern Discovery. Seen here, a C-17A Globemaster landed at Wilkins Aerodrome, Antarctica, to deliver specialised cargo and equipment crucial to sustaining AAD missions. In the upcoming 2021/22 expeditionary season the RAAF are earmarked to conduct up to six C-17 flights to Antarctica. © RAAF. Photographer: David Said.

(e) $77m to advance the design and environmental assessments for Davis Aerodrome Project, and (f) $50 million for Macquarie Island The strategy and action plan acknowledges Australia’s role as a leader

The whole-of-government Australian Antarctic Strategy and 20 Year Action Plan sets out Australia’s national Antarctic interests and our vision for Australia’s future engagement. It recognises Australia’s interests in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, and identifies actions to support these.

in Antarctic operations and the need to continue to invest in capabilities to deliver our science and to maintain our presence. It also reinforces two very important national imperatives: continued support and participation in the ATS, and our ability to deploy throughout the Southern Ocean and the Australian Antarctic Territory. The strategy and action plan is currently undergoing a five-year review to ensure that it continues to meet Australia’s national interests into the future.

Can you describe the AAD’s existing and planned infrastructure, capabilities and resources, and how they will be utilised? As mentioned, Australia has three year-round Antarctic research stations (Casey, Davis and Mawson), an Antarctic ice runway (Wilkins) and a year-round station on sub-Antarctic Macquarie Island. Australia’s new icebreaker, the RSV

Nuyina, arrived in Hobart in October. We are currently working on a fiveyear plan for our operations, including voyage planning for RSV Nuyina. Serco Asia Pacific, who have recently established offices here in Hobart, will operate the RSV Nuyina. The new operating contract - along with RSV Nuyina’s capabilities gives us an extended season in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean. It will give us the ability to visit remote areas we have not managed to get to for some time, including Heard Island and McDonald Island. It will allow us improve our presence in the Southern Ocean and our knowledge and understanding of the oceans and Antarctica. A new traverse capability will enable the establishment of temporary inland stations to support scientific research, including the retrieval of a million-year ice core. This reinstates an Australian capability lost in the 1980s and will allow us to deploy to remote areas of the Australian Antarctic Territory, to EDITION 4 • 2021-22

191


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

A typical season for the AAD involves around 500 expeditioners, 20 projects, delivery of 1500t of cargo and three million litres of fuel. People and equipment get to Antarctica through four voyages, 20 A319 flights and six C-17A flights. This is a huge logistic effort and we greatly value the support provided by the ADF through Operation Southern Discovery.

undertake collaborative science and extend our leadership in Antarctica. Our annual operations are significant and require considerable logistics, planning and resources. We cannot do this alone and we continue to rely on support from the Australian Defence force and shared assets with other nations. We also work with commercial partners to provide shipping and aviation and we rely on the skill and commitment of the businesses of Tasmania to provide the food, fuel and equipment for the season.

A typical season for the AAD involves around 500 expeditioners, 20 projects, delivery of 1500t of cargo and three million litres of fuel. People and equipment get to Antarctica through four voyages, 20 A319 flights and six C-17A flights. This is a huge logistic effort and we greatly value the support provided by the ADF through Operation Southern Discovery.

To what extent does Tasmania serve as an Antarctic gateway for AAD operations and how is your agency supported by Tasmanian industry? Further, how does the Commonwealth envisage Tasmania’s future role in facilitating Australia’s ambitions in Antarctica? There are five gateways to Antarctica: Hobart, Christchurch, Cape Town, Punta Arenas and Ushuaia. Hobart is the closest and best equipped of the ports for use by the AAP and the Australian Government continues to support Hobart as the premier gateway to East Antarctica. Hobart has a world-leading Antarctic industry sector which supplies equipment and goods to the AAP and other Antarctic programs. The French Antarctic program uses Hobart as a summer port for its Antarctic vessel L’Astrolabe and Japanese, US and Chinese vessels have used Hobart as a jumping off point over the past five years. Recent years have also seen Hobart Airport as an entry point for French and Italian expeditions and our programs frequently share resources for the summer resupply operations. Hobart is home to the largest concentration of Antarctic science in the world. Investment by public sector institutions and employment continues to increase. The Australian Government works to develop and promote Tasmania as the leading international Antarctic research hub and logistics gateway for East Antarctica, including through collaboration with the Tasmanian government and industry. Over the past few years, we have established key collaborations with Hobart-based polar experts to support this gateway city. The Centre for Antarctic Remote and Maritime Medicine (CARMM) brings together the AAD, the University of

192

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

In October 2021, Australia’s new Antarctic icebreaker RSV Nuyina arrived at its new home port of Hobart, Tasmania. This ship is the most powerful multi-purposes research vessel in the world and will support the cutting-edge science of the Australian Antarctic Program for the next 30 years. © Australian Antarctic Division. Photographer: Flying Focus.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

193


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

2021/22 Australian Antarctic Program Operational Overview

3M FUEL

LITRES

1500 TONS CARGO SOUTH

1000 TONS CARGO NORTH

194

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

There are five gateways to Antarctica: Hobart, Christchurch, Cape Town, Punta Arenas and Ushuaia. Hobart is the closest and best equipped of the ports for use by the AAP and the Australian Government continues to support Hobart as the premier gateway to East Antarctica. Hobart has a world-leading Antarctic industry sector which supplies equipment and goods to the AAP and other Antarctic programs.

Tasmania (UTAS) and Royal Hobart Hospital to provide a world leading polar medicine capability. The Centre for Antarctic and Southern Oceans Technology (CAST) combines the polar and ocean technology capabilities of the AAD, UTAS and CSIRO to deliver science and operational technology for the future. Nowhere else in the world can provide this level of collaborative research and technology support for Antarctic operations.

We have been able to source a significant amount of our equipment and infrastructure here in Tasmania and the polar industry concentration in Hobart has been a great benefit to the program. Taylor Bros in Hobart have built the barges and science containers, integral to the operations of the RSV Nuyina. William Adams have modified our tractors that will tow the 500t traverse mobile station for polar operations and Elphinstone Engineering at Triabunna designed and built the sleds. Taylor Bros also built the science and accommodation vans for this traverse. Tasmania has continued to provide the world’s best food, consumables, building materials and skilled personnel to support our program and the programs of other nations. This is how you build Antarctic leadership – through excellence in design, supply, operations and science.

Given that the Antarctic region is inter-connected with the Indian, Pacific and Atlantic oceans, and considering the important role of Antarctica in global Earth cycles, could you describe what the AAD is doing, or planning to do, to integrate its programs with current and future southern hemisphere oceanic research programs? The Australian Antarctic Science Program is a collaborative and multi-disciplinary program that draws together researchers from across Australia and the world to understand Antarctic and Southern Ocean systems and processes. Our Southern Ocean research includes climate and ecosystem science with a particular focus on environmental change. Our understanding of how Antarctica and the Southern Ocean influence Australia’s climate future is a critical part of our research into the ocean, ice and atmosphere of Antarctica.

The Australian territory of Heard Island in the remote southern Indian Ocean/ Southern Ocean is a pristine habitat that sustains colonies of King Penguins. © Australian Antarctic Division. Photographer: Matt Curnock.

Marine conservation and management research provides the evidence to ensure the conservation of marine bio-diversity, including iconic Antarctic wildlife such as penguins, whales and seals, and ecologically sustainable management of Southern Ocean fisheries, including toothfish and krill. The Australian Antarctic EDITION 4 • 2021-22

195


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

Science Program operates a range of science projects utilising state of the art oceanographic, cryospheric and atmospheric equipment and techniques. The program incorporates partnerships with national and international ocean observing programs, global observing networks and both government and university led research. The arrival of Australia’s new icebreaker, RSV Nuyina, represents a major enhancement in our marine science capabilities. It will provide opportunities for innovative research to further our understanding of Southern Ocean processes and global climate systems. The RSV Nuyina will allow for better, more extensive and higher quality ocean research in the Southern Ocean and will extend the reach and leadership of Australia in our areas of influence. We are also seeing a greater emphasis on our digital support for research and operations in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean. The RSV Nuyina will bring significant improvements in our ability to gather scientific information and we are developing new technology that will allow us to integrate the data from numerous research projects. Increasingly, the focus of our research will be on a connected, highspeed and secure digital network that supports our

understanding of the oceans and Antarctica.

Though often overlooked, what role does the AAD play in the southern Indian Ocean, particularly in overseeing administration of Heard Island and Macdonald Islands, a remote Australian external territory? The AAD administers the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands and the Heard Island and McDonald Islands Marine Reserve, including all activities, and conducts substantial marine scientific research in the Southern Ocean including the southern Indian Ocean region. In addition, the AAD plays a significant role in the conservation and management of marine living resources, including fisheries science in that area. The AAD is active in the area through cooperation with other agencies, industry, and other nations, and science and management activities as part of the broader AAP. RSV Nuyina and its extended operating season will give us the opportunity to undertake more visits to Heard Island and McDonald Islands. It will also give us the capability to work in conjunction with other Australian and international organisations


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

to extend our ocean research and presence. We are now planning for the next five years of voyages and working with our key science partners to ensure that we do the right research, in the right place, to support Australia’s national interests.

opportunities and systems for information exchange. This engagement has supported ongoing operational interactions including emergency evacuations, shared resources and commonality in search and rescue planning. Australia has leadership roles in COMNAP.

How would you describe the status of Australia’s relations with Antarctica’s 12 claimant countries? What practical mechanisms are in place to foster enduring collaboration, and are they working?

Australia also has leadership roles on the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meetings and related forums. This leadership relies on our ongoing engagement with nations that share our interest in conservation of the Southern Ocean, and the maintenance of Antarctica as a place of peace, science, and international cooperation.

Australia maintains close relations with other Antarctic nations in direct bilateral contacts, in groups, and within the forums of the ATS. We have direct cooperation with nations that operate in the region where we are active, and we work with many nations on policy and management, environmental protection, and maintaining and supporting the ATS. A range of mechanisms supports Australia’s collaborative engagement with other nations, including formal bilateral and multilateral agreements and meetings. Our engagement is whole-ofgovernment, recognising that many departments and agencies contribute to, and have an interest in, the AAP. Our relationships are based on a shared interest in furthering scientific research and we have a long history of joint science programs. COVID-19 has limited our ability to deploy together and recent emphasis has been on digital and virtual connections. We also have a strong operational relationship with all Antarctic nations through the Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP). COMNAP consists of 31 National Antarctic Program members who work together to facilitate and promote international partnerships and provide

The advent of a rapidly altering global balance of power with the re-emergence or rise of new powers is clearly placing pressure on the international rulesbased order. Indeed, there is growing scepticism about the future sustainability of the Antarctic Treaty System which is due for renewal in 2048. For instance, there are more countries seeking to ‘jostle’ for influence in Antarctica than previously, which is adding another layer of complexity. Is it inevitable that the situation unfolding in the Arctic is also likely to befall the Antarctic? What are the likely future challenges that may be encountered and how can Australia ensure that it plays a constructive role in preserving the future integrity of the Antarctic Treaty System?

Collaboration is key to the AADs mandate, particularly in relation to multinational scientific engagement with countries from around the world. The photo here depicts a multinational summer research camp at the Aurora Basin North is about 550km from Australia’s Casey station. © Australian Antarctic Division. Photographer: Mana Inoue.


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN SECURITY

The ATS is a stable and enduring international system of agreements, and has evolved and responded to developments and challenges over time. It has been one of the world’s most effective international agreements and has stood the test of time through conflict and global change. While the ‘consensus’ approach of the ATS can at times make it challenging or slow to make progress on initiatives, it ensures robust decision and agreement by all participants, and Australia remains committed to supporting and enhancing the system. The agreements of the ATS are indefinite – they do not have end dates, nor do they require renewal. The parties to the Antarctic Treaty have regularly re-stated their commitment to the agreements of the ATS, including most recently through the Paris Declaration on the 60th anniversary of the entry into force of the Antarctic Treaty and the 30th anniversary of the signing of the Madrid Protocol. Australia was a leader in adopting the agreements of the ATS. Australia will continue to provide

leadership within the ATS to guarantee its role as the appropriate international governance and management framework for the region, as well as to further the objectives of those agreements consistent with Australia’s interests. This requires us to maintain our capability to contribute to the international forums of the ATS, to undertake meaningful scientific research and to undertake operations that meet the high environmental and safety standards established within the ATS. It also means that we need to continue to undertake treaty inspections to ensure that other nations are meeting the requirements for peaceful use, scientific activities, and environmental management. In 2020, I travelled across East Antarctica with an Australian inspection team to undertake the most comprehensive inspection tour ever undertaken by Australia, visiting 12 international stations and conducting six formal inspections. This reinforces our commitment to upholding the ATS as an effective means of maintaining the integrity of the system.

2021/22 Australian Antarctic Program Operational Overview

800 TONS DELIVERY OF MILLION

YEAR ICE CORE (MYIC) TRAVERSE EQUIPMENT

The Australian Antarctic Program’s traverse capability (which is a 500t mobile research station) enables AAD operations across the entirety of the Antarctic continent. Seen here, in 2013 the AAD conducted their last traverse operation to the Aurora Basin North to conduct field research. © Australian Antarctic Division.

198

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


Creating Global Relationships STRATEGY + SYNERGY = SUCCESS Specialising in project and business development, where strategic communications and planning is essential to successful market entry and positioning – GREENWICH HOUSE can respond to the most complex and discrete strategic projects both in Australia and internationally. Our organisation distinguishes itself not by its size, but by our global cross-cultural strategic reach and influence as an international Communications and Public Relations specialist. We understand that our Clients have many market alternatives to their business development and that a multilateral, dedicated approach will secure their outcome. Through its extensive international, professional networks – developed over 30years – Greenwich House serves an impressive, diverse client base that is predominantly, but not limited to; the international defence, naval, space, aerospace, scientific and resources sector. Typically our Clients are seeking commercial, industrial and institutional relationships in Australia and other Global regions where our partners and Associates have experience in. Our Regions of influence include – Australia, ASEAN, India, Middle East, UK, Europe. International references provided at discretion.

Greenwich House is an Australian and international strategic business consultancy which specialises in: • International Business Representation and Advisory Services • Business intelligence and Board Advisory services • International trade development; business and diplomatic delegations • Registered Australian Lobbyists & Communications Advisors • International Government Institutional Representation • Corporate, Public, Media & Governmental Relations & Advocacy • Project and Business Development • Procurement Services • Investment Identification • Marketing, Market Entry & Positioning • Specialist Research Commissions, Feasibility Analyses and Reporting • Event & Conference Development & Marketing Services

www.greenwich-house.com.au


COMMENTARY

OCEANIA SECURITY

NEW ZEALAND DEFENCE UPDATE: DISRUPTION AND CONTINUITY By Nicholas Dynon,

Chief Editor, Line of Defence Magazine

Like much of the rest of the world, New Zealand has been profoundly impacted upon by COVID-19, and Defence has not been spared. But so far, continuity is trumping disruption. The 2020 national election saw the Labour Party returned with an overwhelming mandate, and in December the new Defence Minister, Peeni Henare, announced the reappointment of the Chief of Defence Force and service chiefs out to mid-2024. The Ministry of Defence continues to be led by talented and respected secretary Andrew Bridgman.

NEW ZEALAND STRATEGIC OUTLOOK

Defence Industry engagement has adapted to the COVID-19 new normal. Projects that might otherwise have been affected by closed borders have found virtual workarounds, and official international engagement has benefitted from the convenience and informality of virtual formats. The Minister and Secretary have both signalled that Defence projects have avoided the chop, but timetables may be set back.

Despite its not infrequent characterisation in some international media as the soft - even rogue - underbelly of the Five Eyes, both New Zealand’s post-SDPS strategic outlook and its recent big ticket Defence purchases… provide ample evidence that Wellington is indeed keenly focused on alignment and interoperability with its ‘traditional partners’.

There is also no apparent change to the values-based lens on international security that New Zealand laid out under former Defence Minister Ron Mark in the Strategic Defence Policy Statement 2018 (SDPS). Although we await the release of a new Defence assessment, recent statements from the Foreign Affairs Minister indicate that the government’s strategic outlook remains profoundly concerned with an eroding international rulesbased order.

Despite its not infrequent characterisation in some international media as the soft - even rogue - underbelly of the Five Eyes, both New Zealand’s post-SDPS strategic outlook and its recent big ticket Defence purchases (C-130J, P-8A Poseidon and Bushmaster Protected Mobility Vehicle) provide ample evidence that Wellington is indeed keenly focused on alignment and interoperability with its ‘traditional partners’.

THE ‘GREY ZONE’ But nowhere is this alignment more emphatically demonstrated than in the development of the New

200

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Zealand Information Domain. Acknowledging the increasing problem posed by state competition in the ‘grey zone’, New Zealand Defence Force (NZDF) Information Warfare Domain Director GPCAPT Pete Franken stated last November that the future NZDF “will need to be relevant to times of peace, as well as times of competition, and remain relevant in times of conflict.” It is in the Defence Capability Plan 2019 that Defence first mooted its concept of the ‘information domain’, and while the awaited Defence assessment will shed light on what to expect, there has already been significant early engagement with industry. The identification of the new domain and associated ‘Information Domain’ directors in both the Ministry of Defence and the NZDF will not involve the standing up of a new service, but it will constitute a more targeted integration of capabilities across intelligence, Cyber Electromagnetic Activities (CEMA), C4, and information activities.

URGENCY OF MARTIME SECURITY While the new information domain is a new and unfolding story, it is nevertheless one dwarfed by the continued preponderance of New Zealand’s maritime domain. The country’s 30m km2 area of responsibility covers one of the world’s largest search and rescue areas, and it takes in New Zealand’s strategically important Pacific Island neighbourhood. The reasons for its importance are urgent and many, headlined by escalating great power competition in the Pacific, trade connectivity, climate change challenges, disaster response, marine resource management, transnational crime, and border security. A Maritime Security Strategy released by the Ministry of Transport in December 2020 emphasises these challenges and aligns itself explicitly with the aforementioned SDPS. The P-8A Poseidon maritime patrol aircraft and the planned complementary investment in maritime situational awareness reflect the importance of getting


COMMENTARY

OCEANIA SECURITY

Entering into service in July 2020, the HMNZS Aotearoa is a Polar-class sustainment and replenishment vessel and is the largest ship in the Royal New Zealand Navy fleet. © NZDF.

North Island

TASMAN SEA Wellington

New Zealand

South Island

As a small power, New Zealand faces unique issues of resourcing and scale, and it requires a defence force focused specifically on the list of threats it faces.”

the maritime domain right. But big capability question marks remain with development of a Southern Ocean Patrol Vessel capability and replacements for the Maritime Helicopters, Protector-class Offshore Patrol Vessels, ANZAC-class frigates and the dive and hydrographic support ship HMNZS Manawanui all needing to be considered over the next decade and beyond.

A CLEAR FOCUS As a small power, New Zealand faces unique issues of resourcing and scale, and it requires a defence force focused Vector Maps.com specifically on the list of Copyright threats ©itFree faces. For this reason, it also requires a defence force focused on maintaining its ability to deploy effectively with traditional partners and - most importantly - with its key regional ally, Australia. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

201


COMMENTARY

By Andrew Ford, Chair, New Zealand Defence Industry Association

OCEANIA SECURITY

NEW ZEALAND DEFENCE INDUSTRY: RELATIONSHIPS TRUMP CONTRACTS & COLLABORATION BEATS ISOLATION In the 2020 briefing to incoming Minister of Defence (Hon Peeni Henare), defence industry was described as “a key partner and a fundamental input in the successful delivery and support of military capability”. The current MoD Defence Capability Plan outlines up to $20bn of capital investment out to 2030. Many of the capabilities have been or are in the process of build and delivery, including C-130J Hercules and P-8A Poseidon aircraft, frigate combat systems upgrade, ice-strengthened tanker, protected mobility vehicles and network-enabled land communications systems.

TRANS-TASMAN OPPORTUNITIES

Although most of its key capability is sourced overseas, there remains significant opportunity for New Zealand and Australian companies to cooperate and collaborate in the through-life support of these and future capabilities as governments seek to strengthen sovereign capability and regional supply chains in the wake of COVID-19 disruption. The size of the New Zealand’s domestic economy drives diversification for industry, bringing the benefit of other market experience to the services and supplies procured by Defence, and commercial experience in relationship-based procurement and partnership. The majority of New Zealand suppliers therefore have Defence as an important and significant client among many other markets and clients. There are some notable exceptions to this, including the major sustainment primes Airbus, Babcock and Lockheed Martin, and a few SME companies who have specialised in the provision of niche defence-specific products.

Although the majority of major capability is sourced overseas, there remains significant opportunity for New Zealand and Australian companies to cooperate and collaborate in the through-life support of these and future capabilities as Governments seek to strengthen sovereign capability and regional supply chains in the wake of COVID-19 disruption.

202

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

ROLE OF DEFENCE INDUSTRY ASSOCATION The New Zealand Defence Industry Association (NZDIA) was established in 1993 to promote New Zealand industry

involvement in the trans-Tasman ANZAC-class frigate build program. It is now an industry membership association with the purpose of “Connecting Industry with Defence and national security agencies for the benefit of New Zealand”. It is made up of some 160-plus domestic and international members that meet regularly with Defence and industry stakeholders to explore areas of opportunity in new capability, existing infrastructure and supply chains. The NZDIA provides a voice for industry participation in Defence procurement, to advocate for smaller New Zealand companies, and to connect all industry participants to collaborative solutions for Defence and national security clients in New Zealand and overseas. Our membership comprises niche equipment manufacturers, logistics, maintenance and engineering providers, technology and security companies, professional and advisory services consultants, overseas defence, maritime and aerospace primes, facilities and infrastructure construction and maintenance providers. While focus on domestic markets may sustain New Zealand companies, the majority need to look to international markets for growth. New Zealand Trade and Enterprise (NZTE) has recognised the growing regional investment in defence and national security markets and has established a team to focus on export opportunities in the Australian ship build program and other major Defence investments. NZDIA are available to connect Australian suppliers to New Zealand member companies for domestic and international opportunities, and to assist in connecting companies to industry market engagement leads in NZDF, MoD, NZTE and other stakeholder government agencies.


COMMENTARY

OCEANIA SECURITY

Credit: Envato Elements

DISRUPTION LEADS TO COLLABORATION The last years have taught us that relationships trump contracts and collaboration beats isolation. It is our clients’ experience that international supply chains have been and will continue to be significantly disrupted, and that access to international expertise is similarly restricted. Innovation in social networking and online meeting has provided a virtual response, but reliable

products and services on the ground in New Zealand and Australia requires industry to collaborate with remote expertise for local delivery. The annual New Zealand Minister of Defence Awards of Excellence to Industry have, over the past three years, seen consortia of international and domestic suppliers being recognised in each category of award, demonstrating that our clients are looking for solutions through industry-led collaboration. They are looking for the best of international

capability underpinned by reliability of local delivery and support. Though the borders may be closed, the doors are open to building relationships of mutual benefit. Inter-dependence of domestic industry capacity and capability in times of crisis has provided a new appreciation for sovereign and regional supply chains. Our challenge as defence industries is to communicate, connect, and collaborate.

Integral to the Royal New Zealand Air Force’s inventory are eight NH90 medium utility helicopters that are used for a variety of tasks and operations. © NZDF.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

203



         


COMMENTARY

INNOVATION & DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

DEFENCE INDUSTRY PARTNERSHIPS KEY TO ACHIEVING SCALE By Dr Jens Goennemann,

Managing Director, Advanced Manufacturing Growth Centre

Australia’s defence sector and manufacturing industry share a defining feature - a large number of small firms. However, the goal of developing scale remains elusive. Too many smaller companies are not taking up the opportunity to collaborate with other industry partners, or research institutions, on clever ideas with global relevance.

INDUSTRIAL BASE GROWTH One important positive step was the release of the Department of Industry, Science, Energy and Resources’ Modern Manufacturing Strategy, and its focus on six specific verticals within manufacturing defence being one of them. As part of the strategy, the National Manufacturing Priorities deliver roadmaps on the nation’s ambition to develop scale, resilience, and competitiveness in these core verticals.

The Defence National Manufacturing Priority Road Map points out that increasing our sovereignty and self-reliance cannot be achieved “without a robust, resilient and internationally competitive defence industrial base in Australia.” That industrial base is wide-ranging, taking in everything from micro machine shops manufacturing small components through to global defence primes leading the build and sustainment of frigates, for example.

What a defence manufacturer is working on today might have a civilian use tomorrow, and vice versa - the opportunity is looking beyond one area and scaling into another to meet a market need. Your product or services may have broader implications if you just lift your eyeline above the horizon.

Suppliers seeking work in Defence are encouraged to understand what is happening, and to not limit themselves. Manufacturers will also see that Defence comes with its own challenges, such as cybersecurity and a lengthy tender processes. We continue to champion manufacturing as a ‘capability’ that cuts across most of Australia’s sectors or verticals. Anything being made requires manufacturing. As such, manufacturers working in industries adjacent to defence might seek to mitigate risk by broadening their customer base.

CASE STUDIES IN INNOVATION I would like to introduce three projects the

206

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Advanced Manufacturing Growth Centre (AMGC) is supporting. Each project illustrates the value of collaborating within the Defence ecosystem while also achieving innovation and scale. The projects involve a company with Defence research origins, one that has had Defence as an early partner for development purposes, and another that could enable a newer element of national sovereignty. 1 MILLIKELVIN is the licensee of imaging technology developed at Defence Science and Technology Group’s (DSTG) labs at Fishermans Bend, Victoria, since the mid-2000s. Its compact thermoelastic stress analysis tool is currently being advanced from Technology Readiness Level (TRL) 3 to 7, through a collaboration between 1 MILLIKELVIN, DSTG, RMIT University, and design firm Outerspace. Its infrared camera-based device can detect tiny changes in heat caused by stress in an object and was developed to monitor and maintain aerospace structures. After targeting research customers, 1 MILLIKELVIN has identified further potential in monitoring the structural health of civil infrastructure and other assets. Chiron Global Technologies has developed body armour for training that is lighter, easier to move in, and safer than any other solution on the global market. Chiron’s technology combines carbon fibre composite plates and harnesses which allow its wearers to move freely and naturally. Sparring opponents can ‘train as they fight’ so that they can ‘fight as they train’ in genuine combat. Prototypes have been trialled by the Royal New Zealand Navy, Australian Defence Force, state police and others. Chiron’s project with D + I, University of Melbourne, Workwear Group, and Kinetic Fighting will bring its Chiron-X1 suit from TRL 4 to TRL 8. Chiron sees a healthy local and international market from Defence and other customers who will be able to train more realistically (or just get a good bashing!) Black Sky Aerospace was established in 2018 to develop propellants, solid rocket motors, and launch vehicles for a small-sized satellite launch market that is growing at an astonishing rate. Black Sky has come


COMMENTARY

INNOVATION & DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

Developed in Australia, 1mK’s technology can detect and display material stress visually in real time. © 1mK via AMGC.

a long way, and in February 2021 blasted off their first rocket powered by locally made rocket fuel. Its project progresses the manufacture of solid rocket motors from TRL 3/4 to TRL 8/9, automating the casting of fuel, and links them with CSIRO, Hypersonix, and Australian Rocketry. Sovereign production of fuel and rockets removes the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) difficulties for importing rockets from our otherwise good friends, and its homegrown capability could lead to another win, including growing our local supply chain. Black Sky recently emerged as part of the Australian Missile Corporation-

led consortium, aiming for selection in the $1bn Sovereign Guided Weapons Enterprise for the ADF. The selected industry partner will manufacture these weapons locally and “ensure we have adequate supply of weapon stock holdings to sustain combat operations if global supply chains are disrupted,” as the industry puts it.

CIVILIAN & DEFENCE SYNERGIES There are many other thriving manufacturers, such as REDARC Electronics, a company with civilian origins that have looked to defence as part of its growth process. Others, such as the aforementioned 1 MILLIKELVIN, have

both a Defence origin and a usefulness to civilian customers. What a defence manufacturer is working on today might have a civilian use tomorrow, and vice versa - the opportunity is looking beyond one area and scaling into another to meet a market need. Your product or services may have broader implications if you just lift your eyeline above the horizon. Speaking of which, we then move into the domain of space - a whole other opportunity for manufacturers. We do have a space agency, but we do not have a properly formed space industry… yet. That capability will have to be drawn from adjacent industries. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

207


This November. The FX20 will be the biggest, fastest and most sophisticated 3D printer Markforged has ever produced. mf.sfdesign.com.au

Get In Contact 07 5619 6852 sales@sfdesign.com.au

SFDesign is a privately owned, multi-disciplinary engineering and design house headquartered in Western Australia. Our team has dedicated designers who specialise in Design for Additive Manufacturing (DfAM), providing crucial assistance and oversight from design through to the production of your parts and Solutions Experts to match your organisation with the right equipment for your needs.


A CUT ABOVE THE REST HD Plasma & Laser Cutting Services is a purpose built, multi-function, steel processing business located in Bibra Lake, Western Australia. Delivering innovative solutions and a dynamic service, we are at the forefront of the steel cutting industry in Australia. In our process of system and service development, our key advantage is to constantly update and keep abreast of the latest technology allowing us to deliver the best product on time and on budget. HD Plasma & Laser Cutting Services servicing the industry with tomorrows technology today.

PHONE: +61 08 9418 8462 www.hdplasmacutting.com.au

SERVICES

LASER CUTTING

PLASMA CUTTING

OXY CUTTING

DRILLING/ C-SINKING/TAPPING

CAD/ CAM

PRESSING

ANCILLARY SERVICES

STEEL PLATE

81 Discovery Drive, Bibra Lake WA 6163 Email: sales@hdplasmacutting.com.au

Cutting edge fabrication specialists Fully equipped workshops catering for all fabrication capabilities

Leading the way in WA

Facilities incorporating three workshops utilising 4 overhead cranes with a 20 tonne capacity capable of handling fabrication such as: PLATEWORK STORAGE TANKS CONVEYORS OFFSHORE STRUCTURES SUBSEA STRUCTURES

archengineering.com.au 9 Rivers St, Bibra Lake WA 6163 P: 08 9418 5088 E: admin@archeng.com.au


COMMENTARY

By Dr Colin McIvor,

Cluster Manager, The Subsea Innovation Cluster of Australia

INNOVATION & DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

SUBSEA INNOVATION CLUSTER AUSTRALIA: SYNERGIES BETWEEN DEFENCE AND THE ENERGY SECTOR The Subsea Innovation Cluster of Australia (SICA) was formed in Perth from the natural cluster of expertise and capabilities that have developed from the growth of the oil and gas industry. The formation of SICA provides a valuable focal point to engage with the defence industry to apply best practices from oil and gas and foster the development of new, and innovative solutions.

Typhoon 23, installed on the Ocean Monarch at anchor just off Perth, ready to head out for its next campaign. The Typhoon Mk2 150hp Work Class ROVs were all designed and built by TMT in Perth, and are all currently deployed offshore, around the globe. © TMT.

210

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


COMMENTARY

INNOVATION & DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

and high consequence of unplanned downtime. Due to the particularly harsh environment, the subsea industry has tended to be an early adopter and developer of new technologies, in particular those that will eliminate the need to have the most vulnerable defence target present - people. Key focal areas for oil and gas subsea technology development that are directly applicable to Defence include asset monitoring, management and maintenance. Subsea facilities are difficult to access and any scenario that would lead to equipment failure will lead to lengthy and costly delays. This has led to the development of deep expertise in materials science, so that complex material and coating combinations can withstand the harsh environmental, biological and chemical conditions in which they must operate.

MMA Subsea AUV in launch position to be used to map the seabed for proposed pipeline route using multibeam bathymetry and side-scan sonar. © MMA Subsea.

DEPTH OF TALENT There is now a significant talent pool of subsea scientists, engineers and innovators, along with the associated research facilities, courses and highly specialised manufacturing infrastructure necessary to service the growing number of subsea facilities in region. Additionally, there is significant crossover with the autonomous and remote sensing technology being developed in the mining sector. Building on this, SICA comprises a group of

The unique nature of the marine environment in Western Australia and the large distances involved compared with other regions has led to significant local innovation.

SMEs, research institutions, and oil and gas companies with a shared mission to enable the growth of Australia’s subsea economy by providing an innovation focused, multi-disciplined, collaborative and sustainable environment. SICA acts to coordinate and facilitate collaborative efforts between industry and members, aligning capabilities to suit the requirements of the challenge at hand. To date this work has been performed both in response to clear operational needs, in addition to facilitating forward planning sessions which ensure that industry procurement strategies evolve to match the growing capabilities of local industry.

COMPLEX ENVIRONMENTS The unique nature of the marine environment in Western Australia and the large distances involved compared with other regions has led to significant local innovation. There are considerable synergies between the subsea oil and gas and the defence sector as both seek to operate complex assets efficiently with high availability requirements

In particular, the understanding of corrosion mechanisms in marine environments and integrity management at welds have proven to be critical areas. Recent advances in computational capacity and data management techniques have enabled corrosion and weld integrity to be incorporated into automated digital twins so that detailed engineering assessments can be performed rapidly.

AUTOMATION & AI This though needs to be combined with ongoing inspection and repair regimes to maintain and guarantee this integrity. Initially, the inspection side of this was carried out by divers which required significant infrastructure, and much more so if carried out at any significant depth. The subsea industry has probably seen the fastest and most sophisticated adoption of Remotely Operated Vehicles (ROVs) and Autonomous Underwater Vehicles (AUVs). These allow for inspection in the most harsh and dangerous conditions with no operator danger. These vehicles range in size from small almost disposable inspection robots to very large robots capable of significant payload capabilities. In fact, a WA company has recently developed, and is exporting, a robot capable of operating at an incredible and bone-crushing 6km underwater. These robots are now being enhanced with significant Artificial Intelligence capabilities allowing them to autonomously carry out inspections EDITION 4 • 2021-22

211


COMMENTARY

INNOVATION & DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

Due to the particularly harsh environment, the subsea industry has tended to be an early adopter and developer of new technologies, in particular those that will eliminate the need to have the most vulnerable defence target present - people.

and make decisions on areas that require further attention. A task that would previously have taken human operators days inspecting video footage can now be done in seconds. Additionally, with the development of newer power and battery systems some of these remote systems can be deployed and left in situ for months at a time ‘waking up’ when required to perform a task.

PIONEERING TECHNOLOGY

The important maintenance of very complex and costly systems, which are in many instances beginning to operate well beyond their design life, benefit from significant engineering effort to understand the active degradation mechanisms so that maintenance efforts can be targeted at critical areas. Asset managers who value decision speed and confidence are finding the benefits of adopting a digital engineering strategy with automation at its core by constructing automated digital twins that represent their assets. A detailed asset model designed to enable automated engineering enables a deep understanding of critical systems and can deliver rapid insight on asset condition during inspection and operation.

The approaches developed in the pursuit of optimal management of high-value hydrocarbon assets are readily transferred to critical systems elsewhere – whether floating, subsea, onshore or near-shore – that share the same characteristics of cost, complexity, remote or isolated operations and consequences of downtime. The expertise to guide the adoption of a digital integrity management exists locally in SICA, with member companies at the forefront of pioneering the technology and constructing automated digital twins that are now used for the majority of critical subsea assets in Australia.

DEFENCE SECTOR SYNERGIES Additionally, working with the existing capability and knowledge base in industry will enhance a key element of the role of national security - to guarantee critical and sovereign supply chains - such as oil and gas for Australia’s economy. The exposure of critical oil and gas infrastructure to intentional acts of sabotage requires a coordinated and concerted effort. Having a strong understanding of these assets is key to developing an appropriate defence strategy. According to the defence industry advocacy group, Henderson Alliance, around 75% of local defence SMEs are, to varying capacities, already engaged in work within the resources sector. Conversely, however, there appear to be comparatively fewer resources sector companies that are involved in the defence sector. However, in the case of SICA over a third of our members are involved in the defence sector to varying degrees and there is a push to significantly increase this through appropriate upskilling and prequalification.

Vessel launch of a Blue Ocean Marine Services AUV to carry out subsea pipeline inspection with bathymetry, side-scan sonar and digital imagery payloads. © Blue Ocean Marine Services.

212

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


Next Generation Undersea Situational Awareness The Marine Tech Systems (MTS) vision is to revolutionize undersea intelligence gathering, surveillance and survey capabilities through the development, enhancement, and operation of remote uncrewed technology solutions and advanced control, data fusion and analytics systems. The benefits offered by remote uncrewed undersea vehicles (UUVs) in enhancing data quality, coverage, persistence and geographic reach whilst simultaneously reducing detectability, cost, risk (both operational and to personnel) and logistics requirements are beginning to and will continue to revolutionise the undersea battlespace. At MTS we consistently push the boundaries of what is achievable with remote UUVs & autonomous systems. Our experienced R&D team has the vision and expertise to maintain our position at the leading edge of the undersea domain, ranging from modification and enhancement of existing systems and novel sensor integration to complete product & solution development to meet specific end user requirements. The MTS team has a strong track record and unrivalled experience in the provision of operational, training, capability demonstration and R&D services. Our end-to-end operational services as well as our maintenance and service capability mean we are well placed to help you achieve your objectives. Systems can be rapidly deployed to provide months of high-level situational awareness, vital for rapid assessment and effective decision making. MTS also provides cost effective training, mission planning, service, and maintenance, and 24/7 monitoring, control and operational support. We work with global partners to maximise tactical advantage, minimise risk, increase efficiency and reduce environmental impact through the use of cuttingedge technologies.

AUSTRALIA 13 Aspiration Circuit Bibra Lake, WA 6163 T: +61 6102 6510 info@marinetechsystems.com.au

UK Unit 1 & 2 Endurance Court, Vivid Approach, Oceansgate Plymouth, PL1 4RW T: +44 2380 016440 info@marinetechsystems.co.uk

marinetechsystems.com.au


C O M M I TT E D T O E X C E L L E N C E Alaris is a boutique commercial legal practice. Founder, Nick Foulkes is experienced in defence matters both in Australia and internationally. Nick has advised on some of the world’s most complex and iconic defence projects involving submarines, warships and communications technology. Focus areas: • Naval projects - shipbuilding and sustainment • Aviation / aerospace • Emerging technologies • Construction • Commercial and contracts, including tenders, • ASDEFCONs and supply chains • Corporate governance, risk and compliance

www.alaris.consulting | + 61 414 144 929 | Follow us on Client-focused | Commercial | Insightful | Defence | Aerospace | Maritime


THE IP SENTINELS

IP Strategists for Western Australia’s Defence Innovators Golja Haines & Friend are committed to providing high

West Australian and particularly focused in assisting both

quality intellectual property services that are cost effective

local companies that are starting-up, and those already

and commercially relevant to our clients. We are proudly

thriving in our unique business environment.

Intellectual Property | Patents | Designs | Trade Marks

Suite 3, Level 1 23 Richardson Street South Perth, Western Australia 6151, Australia mailroom@ghfip.com.au +61 8 6468 0932 www.ghfip.com.au


COMMENTARY

By Kate Devitt,

Chief Scientist, Trusted Autonomous Systems CRC

INNOVATION & DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

DOES AUSTRALIA’S COMMITMENT TO ETHICAL AI GIVE OUR ADVERSARIES THE EDGE? Smart autonomous systems have captured the imagination of Defence. Robotic platforms can lighten the load by supporting logistics and completing dangerous jobs. Human operators can govern the actions of drone swarms to produce surprising effects in line with commanders’ intent and achieving asymmetric advantage. Fleets of resilient, self-repairing, self-maintaining autonomous vessels can patrol our waters and keep Australia safe.

MORAL RESPONSIBILITY

TEAMING TECHNOLOGY & PEOPLE

As Chief Defence Scientist, Tanya Monro notes, “AI technologies offer many benefits such as saving lives by removing humans from high-threat environments and improving Australian advantage by providing more in-depth and faster situational awareness. Upfront engagement on AI technologies, and consideration of ethical aspects needs to occur in parallel with technology development.”

Professor Jason Scholz, who is the CEO, Trusted Autonomous Systems Defence CRC, acknowledges that there are concerns from the public and the defence sector that “our ethical standards may be quite different from our potential adversaries” and that this “might create concerns that we are ethically conservative and put our defence force at a disadvantage.” However, he believes that an ethical approach will not see the ADF lose its advantage if Australia gets the systems, processes, and policies right.

Building ethical approaches and tools are a vital part of advancing these technologies, but this poses a question: will Australia making ethical autonomous systems enable and embolden adversaries, giving an advantage to those with potentially different ethical standards?

Defence wants cuttingedge, safe, reliable, and effective technologies that work alongside Australian operators. Building ethical approaches and tools are a vital part of advancing these technologies, but this poses a question: in building ethical autonomous systems will Australia enable and embolden adversaries, giving an advantage to those with potentially different ethical standards? Discussion on the ethics of warfare is as old as war itself. Decisions in war are made under uncertainty. Knowing or doing what is right and what is good is not easy. Each military provides guidance on ethical behaviour through diverse means such as commitment to Defence values, doctrine, education and training, mentorship, experience, demonstrated practice, individual effort to be ethical, and in the way that actions are rewarded, lauded, and punished. Human-machine teams must behave in accordance with existing and emerging ethical frameworks to empower human agency, enhance action, and ensure moral responsibility.

216

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

MAJGEN Mick Ryan, Commander, Australian Defence College recently said that “technology is never a silver bullet in any military institution. It really is about the ideas, the new organisations, and the people who use these new technologies.” He noted it was important to think about how “we team these things with people in a way that makes us more likely to be successful in our missions” from warfighting through to humanitarian missions and disaster relief, and “do it in a way that accords with the values of our country first, and foremost, and then our institutional values as well.” WGCDR Michael Gan, the Royal Australian Air Force’s Artificial Intelligence and Autonomous Processing Lead at Plan Jericho said that “because a lot of AI users some sort of autonomous reasoning to make decisions, we have to make sure that we have a connection with the decisions that are being made, whether it is in the building phase, whether it is in the training phase, whether it is in the data, which underpins the systems”. To that end, in 2021 Defence Science in A Method for Ethical AI in Defence technical report identified five facets of ethical AI to drive the development of trusted autonomous systems: responsibility (who is responsible for AI?), governance (how is AI controlled?), trust (how can AI be trusted), law (how can AI be used lawfully?), and traceability (how are


COMMENTARY

INNOVATION & DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

The Athena Battle Room is a battlefield management concept created by Australian SME Athena AI. The concept integrates decision support products, such as vision and geo-spatial AI, with decision support algorithms to optimise human-centred decisions that also incorporate ethical and legal compliance. © AthenaAI.

Documentation for ethical risks ensures developers identify, acknowledge, and attempt to mitigate ethical risks early in the design process and throughout testing and evaluation of AI.

the actions of AI recorded?) aligned with existing and emerging best practise frameworks internationally. Australia’s practical approach includes three tools: an AI Checklist for the development of ethical AI systems, an ‘Ethical AI Risk Matrix’ to describe

identified risks and proposed treatment, and – for larger programs – a Data Item Descriptor (DID) for contractors to develop a formal Legal, Ethical and Assurance Program Plan (LEAPP) for project documentation of AI programs where an ethical risk assessment is above a certain threshold.

AUSTRALIAN APPROACH These tools align with current requirements for developers who must already produce risk documentation for technical issues. Documentation for ethical risks ensures developers identify, acknowledge, and attempt to mitigate ethical risks early in the design process and throughout testing and evaluation of AI. A 2021 Centre for Security and Emerging Technology report Responsible and Ethical Military AI Allies and Allied

Perspectives says that the Australian “method is the clearest articulation of ethical AI for defence among the Indo-Pacific allies” and is “one of the most concrete practices that US allies have thus far developed for AI ethics implementation in defence”. AVM Cath Roberts, Head of Air Force Capability said “artificial intelligence and human-machine teaming will play a pivotal role for air and space power into the future… We need to ensure that ethical, moral and legal issues are resolved at the same pace as the technology is developed.” AI and human-machine teaming will be a key capability in the future of Australian Defence systems. The method for ethical AI allows Defence to access the many benefits of increasing AI and autonomous systems capabilities considerate of ethical aspects. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

217


Agile Project Management R&D Tax Incentive Facilitation We focus on service and process improvement to achieve positive outcomes for our clients.

www.abandh.com.au russell.ascott@abandh.com.au +61 413 819 715


FINANCE FOR THE DEFENCE INDUSTRY Is your business ready to be a part of this momentous time of growth and development? We help businesses in the defence industry access market-leading loans and services to help you succeed

OUR SERVICES INCLUDE:

Purchasing equipment and vehicles

Buying commercial property

Funding cash flow

Financing trade for importing and exporting

CALL OR EMAIL US TO TALK THROUGH THE POSSIBILITIES financeagency.com.au 1300 035 804 info@financeagency.com.au

Australian Credit License number 389087 / ACN: 642475367 Australian Finance and Development Corporation

Investing in your operations to take advantage of the current market growth

Scan here for more information


be physically destro magnetic field throu This technology, tru Physical destruction can't be wiped using

ADVERTORIAL

By Terry Booth, Special Correspondent,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

TOTAL GREEN RECYCLING: ELIMINATING DATA LEAKAGE WITH AN EYE ON THE Where to next? ENVIRONMENT

Total Green Recycling is yet another West Australian company that came into existence through the sheer entrepreneurial spirit of ordinary people. It began when the Coghill brothers, Michael and James, started collecting e-waste left on the verge for council removal, and found ways to make money from it. This alerted them to the potential for a more sophisticated operation and so, in 2008, Total Green Recycling was born. Total Green eliminates the risk of data leakage by permanently destroying the data they hold, to United States military-grade standards. What’s more, they have specialist expertise in finding the best way to dispose of the assets to produce a cash return while preserving our increasingly fragile environment. “Data destruction technology tends to move faster than organisations update their IT protection policies,” says company Director Michael Coghill. “Total Green offers a consulting service to help update policies to take best advantage of what is now available.” The company can bring its state-of-the-art equipment to any site to destroy data, totally eliminating any risk of devices ‘falling off the back of a truck’. Alternatively, for those who need everything removed from their premises, they can also receive it at their two Perth recycling centres, at Canning Vale and Welshpool. Their US-sourced National Security Agency degausser equipment provides a detailed, verifiable record of each and every hard drive eliminated, together with a certificate of data destruction. It generates a powerful charge in just 15 seconds and sends a strong magnetic field through the drive, making data both unreadable and unrecoverable. The physical NSA destroyer unit then physically breaks the drive. But for those who wish to destroy data but retain their devices, the company offers Blancco data erasure software that is certified to industry standards. This completely erases data while keeping the drive itself operable. This method can also be used to safely onsell equipment - the highest and best environmental solution, reducing consumption of new product. Total Green is adept at repairing or upgrading equipment to meet the market’s needs.

220

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Electronics can eith materials. Or it can refurbished and the

In a time when Australian organisations are under hack-attack from state sponsored players, there has never been a more urgent need to secure one’s systems. But what about superseded, neglected and forgotten data left lying around on countless devices, hard drives and discs, in offices and back rooms around the country?

Test, audit & Rep

When an item enter process to determin Beyond this level of recycling, they move to the and ready for a clea materials recovery stage, where devices are mechanically separated on a production line, and the diverse materials are hand-sorted into categories. A vast of metals orrange a battery replace is thus recovered, including ferrous metals, aluminium, copper, brass and precious metals such as gold, silver, When a full repair is platinum and palladium. The company cooperates with Mitsubishi to smelt and recover these materials. In to other co new life their bulk form they may find their way back into new Recycling team operating picking line in Total Green’s E-waste Recycling Plant – Welshpool. © Total Green Recycling. Photographer: Louise Coghill.

electronic components, or into uses far removed from IT, such as Olympic medals and jewellery.

Certification

Aside from metals, the recycling process recovers leaded and unleaded glass, paper, cardboard, batteries, plastics, ink and toner, wood and fluorescent light globes – all materials that can be put back into meeting the world’s needs while minimising their carbon footprint. On that score, every client of Total Green receives a final report showing the estimated carbon reduction figure they have achieved by choosing to recycle.

At the end of this pr data destruction ha Companies Company records show that in Blancco. a 12-month period, Total Green recycled around 2500t of e-waste and recovered 5.6kg of gold, 60kg of silver, 1.7kg of happened to their it platinum and 20t of copper from circuit boards. Mind boggling!

Time for re-use

“But there is still a long way to go in spreading the recycling culture,” comments Michael Coghill. “While 80% of the world’s steel comes from recycling, only 20% of electronics is thus produced.” Total Green Recycling serves as both a challenge and a solution to WA industry – to care for Earth’s fragile environment, while completely eliminating risk from data leakage and generating income from recycling. A win-win-win situation like that is a rare thing, but exists today in WA.

Finally the item is s sustainable world.

totalgreenrecycling.com.au

www.totalgreenrecycling.com.au


oyed using our degausser and data destroyer. It sends a strong For 13 unrecoverable. years Total Green Recycling has been ugh the drive, making data completely unreadable and leading the charge in solving the e-waste WA. usted by the US navy, can then crush the device forproblem extrainassurance. Operating out of our own state of the art licensed recycling facility in Canning Vale, our the drive n is an ideal solution for old or broken electronics where experienced team refurbishes valuable assets that would have otherwise ended up in landfill, g non physical data destruction.

E–WASTE RECYCLING & SECURE DATA DESTRUCTION

giving them a second life. One of the barriers to recycling and re-using electronics is the uncertainty associated with data security. That’s why Total Green Recycling offers many different avenues for data destruction, both physical and non-physical. All of our data destruction techniques are certified to erase ALL data on your devices, so they can be safely recycled or refurbished and reused. The types of devices we work with to remove sensitive information includes: • Hard Drives - ICE, SATA, SAS and Solid State (SSD) • Computers and laptops • Servers and HDD storage arrays • Large SAN Systems (including onsite erasure solutions) • Mobile phones and PDAs • Smart phones and tablets • USB thumb drives and external hard drives Dealing with sensitive data can of course be nerve wracking for the consumer, but at Total Green Recycling we are certified with ISO 14001 and AS/NZS 5377 accreditation, ensuring we always comply with best practice standards. Our data destruction services also come with full certification and accreditation. So you can rest assured your privacy is safe with us.

her go on to our recycling facility to have it broken down into its base go on to our asset recovery facility where the device can be fixed, en reused.

pairs

rs our asset recovery facility, it goes through the testing and auditing ne what needs to happen next. Some items are completely healthy an and resale. Others need repairs, such as installing a new hard drive ement, or more complex repairs, such as a screen replacement. s not possible, the item can still serve as a viable part donor to give omputers. This is where many of our replacement parts come from.

rocess the customer can receive certification showing safe and secure as occurred, with pictures or a serial number that can be verified with s and organisations can also receive a report outlining what has What is were data refurbished destruction tems, which and which were recycled.

and asset recovery all about? • • • • •

Non Physical Data Destruction Physical Data Destruction Test, audit & Repairs Certification Re-use

sent onto its second life. And together we are working towards a more

u

Extensive information is also covered in our educational video series. To watch it, scan the QR code here

www.totalgreenrecycling.com.au (08) 9258 6009 • reception@totalgreenrecycling.com.au


INTERVIEW

RSM AUSTRALIA: AN INTEGRAL PARTNER TO AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE INDUSTRY By Thomas Hage,

Defence Writer,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

WA DEFENCE REVIEW spoke with RSM Australia’s West Australian defence industry team - Simon Harcombe, Tom Huberli and Riaan Bronkhorst - to explore the trends they are seeing across the sector, and to talk about the services RSM offers the defence sector. Tell us about RSM and what your company can offer defence businesses? Tom: Firstly, RSM is a people business. When you’ve been around almost 100 years, outside of expecting a letter from Her Majesty, you’d also expect to have developed a pretty good and comprehensive service line, which we have. Services we can provide include the expected financial

to be really clear and succinct on what you can offer. We can help you piece this together as part of your business case or plan, as well as line you up with the right people to take you further on that journey. Simon: RSM as a large mid-tier firm has also developed the specialist capabilities that you would typically only see in the larger firms. We recognise the value adds that these specialist areas can bring to our clients and include R&D tax and grants, risk, IT, and cyber security as part of the service. The ability to scale service offerings and bring in the specialists to ensure the right service is delivered at the right time, we believe, is of critical value.

How does RSM differ from other accounting firms? Tom: We love working with SMEs, be family run businesses or larger groups. If we get a feel for what you’re doing in your business, we’ll be of more value to you and that’s why we like doing it that way. We translate financial information in an understandable manner, hence RSM’s tagline, ‘The Power of Being Understood’. That’s not just a slogan, we live it. Why wouldn’t we? With a large network of professionals from other services all over the country - not to mention our international RSM member firms - you can expect local and global expertise delivered hands-on, at your doorstep.

What led you to become interested in delivering services to the defence industry?

RSM Australia has over 30 offices nationally including in Perth, Rockingham, Wagga Wagga, Canberra and Albury. © RSM Australia.

reporting, tax and other regulatory reporting compliance requirements. However, we also get in at ground-level to help with your data processing day-to-day, cloud data solutions, as well as the management reporting and dashboarding that comes from that. This along with budgeting and planning support helps you keep clear sight on your performance and helps you stay compliant. To be a part of Defence’s supply chain, you need

222

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Tom: It’s going to sound funny and a bit contradictory, but I am Swiss by birth, and despite Switzerland being a famously neutral country, they invest a lot of time and money into their armed forces. They have a compulsory military service for all males found to be suitable from age 19 to 34, and later if desired. It’s a bit genderist unfortunately, females can play too, but only on a voluntary basis. Conscription and volunteers make up the majority of the Swiss armed forces, so most of the adult males in my family’s history, as with any Swiss family, have military service experience, whether they liked it or not! I missed out on this as my family migrated to Australia in 1980 when I was just three years old. Hence I’m trying to make up for it by consulting to defence-related businesses with RSM instead!


INTERVIEW

RSM Australia can help you navigate R&D tax incentives and government grants including the Modern Manufacturing Initiative. © RSM Australia.

Simon: I have worked in policy and strategic areas previously and understand that Australia is in a period where it’s facing some real risks for the first time in a long time. Assisting Australian defence technology companies to access the benefits available to them to best develop their sovereign capabilities is my interest and also my way of contributing. Also, the types of projects and technologies that can be developed in Australia is impressive, improving and something that I believe we all should be proud of.

Could you give an example of how defence businesses can utilise government grants? Simon: We have a dedicated national R&D tax incentives and grants specialist team. Many of our WA-based clients are from technology industries including defence, cyber security, and software development. Typically, a defence technology business that’s undertaking R&D in developing its products will look to access the R&D tax incentive, the government’s flagship program to support R&D in Australia. In comparison to similar programs worldwide it’s a very generous program that provides significant support. As the R&D tax incentive is accessed through the tax system it’s something that can be considered on an annual basis, where the defence technology company continues to undertake eligible R&D. There are a range of grants available from different organisations whether through the Centre for Defence Industry Capability, Defence West, or AusIndustry, with grants available such as the Modern Manufacturing Initiative.

We’re happy to assist companies apply for grants but are also able to use our network to connect companies with government grant advisors who are able to have an initial discussion with the company and give them an indication of the availability of funding and likelihood of success. Essentially, we assist companies with grant applications where they are seeking this service, but also want the company to have an honest understanding of the program, availability of funding and competitiveness before an application is made.

What should SMEs do to ensure that they are Defence ready? Tom: First of all, good clean and consistent data. Being financially transparent allows you to prove your viability to potential partners but also it gives you a far better idea on where you’ve been and where you’re heading for strategic planning. If you have picked up a defence contract or are angling for one, you need to know your cost structure to work out how you’ll make money but be competitive at the same time. Second, eligible financial reports. Forecasts and budgets rely on clean and consistent data. If you’re sitting next to your advisor wondering why your monthly reports look wildly different to the prior months when nothing has actually changed, nine times out of 10 it’s probably due to inconsistencies in the way processing has been done. Third, being up-to-date with your lodgements and payments to the ATO, ASIC and any other regulatory body is just a fundamental requirement. If we can’t

get that right, it’s a pretty clear indicator that there might be other issues with the business or its operators. Lastly, planning - again, understand your cost structure and how this fits in with dayto-day operations. Cash flow forecasting and monitoring is, at least, a monthly exercise. So having a nimble and clear business plan with a rolling cashflow is vital.

What are the key trends that your cyber security team are seeing in the defence industry? Riaan: We provide a range of different services across many sectors and the team also have a healthy mix of skills and experience. This gives us a unique umbrella viewpoint of the ever-changing cyber threat landscape which in turn means we can pull from that experience to offer the best solutions available. Current trends we’re seeing include: artificial intelligence and integration with cyber security, mobile and remote security, cloud and potential security concerns, Internet of Things and integration within IT infrastructure, targeted ransomware and insider threats, and state-sponsored cyber warfare and espionage. For further information please contact: • Simon Harcombe (Principal, R&D Tax): simon.harcombe@rsm.com.au • Tom Huberli (Principal, Business Advisory): tom.huberli@rsm.com.au • Riaan Bronkhorst (Senior Manager, Security & Privacy): riaan.bronkhorst@rsm.com.au

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

223


ENHANCING AUSTRALIA’S DEFENCE INFRASTRUCTURE

ENGINEERING DURATEC.COM.AU

CONSTRUCTION

REMEDI


DIATION

17

Defence Partner Since

2014

National Branches 700+

Employees

2000+

Total Workforce

52+

Current Defence Bases

190+ Projects To Date

160 Defence Team Members


COMMENTARY

CYBER & INFORMATION WARFARE

ACSC: FOCUSED ON CYBER SECURITY AND CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE By Abigail Bradshaw CSC, Head Australian Cyber Security Centre

What does your crisis response plan tell you to do if you couldn’t access your systems? Or, worse, if you lost control of your systems entirely and someone else started using them? Unfortunately, this is one of the chilling possibilities you must confront and prepare for in the defence industry.

AN EVOLVING THREAT Since the Australian Cyber Security Centre’s (ACSC) last contribution to this publication in 2019-20, the cyber threats to Australia have continued to evolve. This includes an increase in sophisticated ransomware attacks, online fraud incidents, business email compromises, and data breaches. And this is just from the cyber criminals. The defence industry and the businesses that support it are also prime targets for state-based actors who continue their drive to access our systems to build intelligence and steal intellectual property. The ACSC’s latest Annual Cyber Threat Report shines a light on how cybercriminals and adversaries have taken advantage of the COVID-19 pandemic

226

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

to target Australian households and businesses, including through persistent scams and destructive ransomware attacks. The pace and scale of cybercrime and cyber incidents is truly astounding. The report shows the ACSC received a cybercrime report around every eight minutes, and Australian victims of cybercrime self-reported losses topping a massive $33bn in the 2020-21 financial year. That is real money coming out of the economy and your business. Cybercrime undermines our prosperity, national sovereignty and strategic vision for our region. As the head of the ACSC, a key focus is the protection of critical infrastructure, the defence industry and the essential

The ACSC’s latest Annual Cyber Threat Report shows the ACSC received a cybercrime report around every eight minutes, and Australian victims of cybercrime selfreported losses topping a massive $33bn in the 2020-21 financial year.

services all Australians rely on. This applies equally across the Defence


COMMENTARY

CYBER & INFORMATION WARFARE

The Australian Cyber Security Centre operates 24/7 to help make Australia the most secure place to connect online. © ACSC 2021.

sector, including the small-to-medium enterprises that make up the defence supply chain.

WHAT’S AT STAKE You and your organisations hold petabytes of sensitive data relating to everything from boots to bombs, fighter jets to submarines. These assets are vital to the defence of the nation. The data behind them is highly valuable and of significant interest to cyber criminals. My message to you is cyber risks are real. You must plan for the inevitability of a cyberattack and how you will respond. Cyber threats to the defence industry that compromise or threaten the essential functioning of Australia’s critical infrastructure are threats to our national security. When it comes to critical infrastructure, the potential impacts of an attack go beyond simply not being able to access files and do business - they could be catastrophic, even deadly. That is why the Security Legislation Amendment (Critical Infrastructure) Bill 2020, currently before Parliament, enhances protections and the preparedness of critical infrastructure assets.

The legislation is a significant step in protecting the vital infrastructure that delivers the goods and services we need and rely on. It has been designed to lift the cyber resilience of our critical infrastructure while facilitating the delivery of the capabilities we need. It also complements the Defence Industry Security Program, which sets out very important requirements to minimise security risks. This helps you protect the sensitive and classified information you hold. At the ACSC, we are here to assist defence industry. We have a range tools in our arsenal to do this. The best thing you can do if you’ve been impacted by a cyber incident is to voluntarily report it to the ACSC at cyber.gov.au. I cannot reiterate enough how important it is to report cyber incidents early as it enables us to help you, and others.

WORKING TOGETHER Engaging with the ACSC as soon as possible allows us to share anonymised information with our partners that can potentially stop them falling victim to the same attacks. Of course, your

confidentiality is as much a priority for us as it is for your business. As I often say, cyber security is a team sport, and the best offence is a good defence. A simple way to strengthen your defences is to join the ACSC Partnership Program, which ensures you receive our latest advice and alerts. By becoming a partner, you can engage with the ACSC and fellow partners, receive tailored advice and technical expertise, and draw on collective understanding of the latest threats. The ACSC website (cyber.gov.au) also has free step-by-step guides to prevent and respond to ransomware attacks, a Cyber Security Assessment Tool, and information on implementing our Essential Eight Maturity Model. We want defence industry to be secure, by applying strong technical and cyber security practices. Do not wait for a cyber incident before you decide to lift your cyber defences. The time to act is now. The ACSC can be contacted 24/7 via asd.assist@defence.gov.au and 1300CYBER1. More information is available at cyber.gov.au

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

227


COMMENTARY

CYBER & INFORMATION WARFARE

Edith Cowan University Defence Research and Engagement

CS200737 MAY21

Western Australia is home to cutting edge defence innovation research and development capability. ECU is delivering fundamental inputs to Australia’s defence capability in partnership with the Australian Defence Force, state and federal governments and industry partners. Our world class research transcends medical practice, driving health outcomes and quality of life. It leverages our unique geographical location, tying the natural environment to the built. It’s also at the forefront of shaping our digital future, addressing the challenges of the digital revolution. And it shapes the culturally rich society we live in today, informing and protecting communities. Our diverse defence research work focuses on four priority themes that recognise both our collective expertise and our progressive view of the world. Health • Prevention, detection and management of disease and injury. Research covers areas such as routine “eccentric” exercises to maintain health and fitness, musculoskeletal injury epidemiology in military Special Operations Forces, and Lower-body injury risk stratification in female and male recruits through muscle-bone imaging. Natural and Built Environments • Understanding, harnessing, building, and protecting environments for sustaining people, place and planet. Research includes resilient, high-speed, energy-efficient and secured underwater wireless communication, and enhanced tele-operation for improved control of Autonomous Field Robots in Challenging Environments. Securing Digital Futures • Enabling a safe, secure, productive, and enterprising digital environment. Research across the opportunities and challenges posed by disruptive and converging information technologies for Australia’s future defence capabilities (Cyber, IoT), the design and development of Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning solutions for complex defence applications, to Virtual-Reality in enhanced advanced tactical parachute training. Society and Culture • Impacting and supporting societal change. Research includes scenario methodology for assessing defence capability against information warfare threats, a collaborative project exploring mass influencing organisations, and strategies for countering disinformation harmful to Australia’s interests. Connect with us We’re keen to work with emerging and established defence sector organisations via consultative, collaborative, and bespoke relationships.

Contact: Tony Marceddo Defence Research & Engagement Phone: 08 6304 5194 Email: defence.research@ecu.edu.au


COMMENTARY

CYBER & INFORMATION WARFARE

CSCRC: KEY PLAYER IN AUSTRALIA’S CYBER SECURITY ECOSYSTEM By Rachael Falk, CEO Cyber Security Cooperative Research Centre

Almost every part of our lives is touched by the internet – it is central to the way we live, the way we work and, at a larger scale, the economic prosperity and national security of Australia. Consequently, cyber security is also pivotal to our way of life.

Credit: Envato Elements.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

229


COMMENTARY

CYBER & INFORMATION WARFARE

The CSCRC’s participants come from a diverse range of sectors from right across Australia, with our research headquarters located at Edith Cowan University’s Joondalup campus in Western Australia. At the helm is Research Director, Professor Helge Janicke, one of the world’s most respected experts on critical infrastructure cyber security.

CROSS-SECTOR COLLABORATION Established in 2018, the Cyber Security Cooperative Research Centre (CSCRC) is dedicated to fostering the next generation of Australian cyber security talent, developing innovative projects to strengthen our nation’s security capabilities.

We build effective collaborations between industry, government and researchers, creating real-world solutions for pressing cyber-related problems. We achieve this by identifying, funding and supporting research projects that build Australia’s cyber security capacity and address issues across the cyber spectrum, both technology and policy related. The CSCRC’s participants come from a diverse range of sectors from right across Australia, with our research headquarters located at Edith Cowan University’s Joondalup campus in Western Australia. At the helm is Research Director, Professor Helge

230

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Janicke, one of the world’s most respected experts on critical infrastructure cyber security. Our researchers strive to produce evidence-based solutions to critical cyber security problems, with realworld applications to help governments, businesses and individuals. This is underpinned by collaboration – the centre does not operate in a silo. Rather, we work with industry partners and universities to produce research with academic rigour and tangible results. By engaging in relevant projects aimed at enhancing Australia’s sovereign capabilities, building our nation’s cyber capacity and helping to ensure policy and law keep pace with technology, the CSCRC is a key player in Australia’s cyber security ecosystem. The CSCRC also undertakes a key public role in cyber security advocacy, providing evidence-based commentary around relevant cyber security issues.

ROLE OF COOPERATIVE RESEARCH CENTRES Cooperative Research Centres (CRCs) are collaborations between industry, government and academia. They offer a unique opportunity for participants to bridge the gap between research and real-world applications, creating material solutions for


COMMENTARY

CYBER & INFORMATION WARFARE

By engaging in relevant projects aimed at enhancing Australia’s sovereign capabilities, building our nation’s cyber capacity and helping to ensure policy and law keep pace with technology, the CSCRC is a key player in Australia’s cyber security ecosystem.

sector-specific problems. CRCs drive innovation and help build Australia’s capability and capacity for the future. The scheme was established in 1991 under the Hawke government and remains an integral driver of research innovation and collaboration in Australia. There are currently 24 active CRCs. In 2018 the CSCRC was awarded $50m in Commonwealth funding over seven years. This funding is supplemented by contributions from industry, university and government agency participants.

RESEARCH DELIVERS SOLUTIONS The CSCRC has two core research themes: Critical Infrastructure Security and Cyber Security Solution as a Service. Critical Infrastructure Security is focused on protecting core systems vital for Australian businesses and governments to function efficiently and provide essential services. Through this theme the CSCRC delivers cyber security solutions that improve the security and reliability of Australia’s critical infrastructure, helping ensure Australia remains a safe and trusted place to do business.

The Cyber Security Solution is a service theme aimed at bolstering organisational cyber resilience via the delivery of rigorous and cost-effective solutions. The CSCRC delivers solutions that promote and enhance cyber resilience for large and small-tomedium enterprise so they can do business safely in a connected world. In addition to these more ‘technical’ areas, the CSCRC also has a law and policy theme, which focuses keenly on the nexus between cyberspace and cyber security and its legal, policy and regulatory impacts. The objective of the theme is to develop and inform legal and public policy analysis and legislative guidance with respect to domestic and international cyber security challenges. Through this theme the CSCRC is enhancing the capacity of the Australian Government and industry to develop consistent, robust legal and regulatory approaches to strategy and policy across government, business and civil society. The CSCRC welcomes engagement and collaboration with stakeholders and organisations from both the private and public sectors. Crosssector cooperation is our strength and a key pillar in bolstering Australia’s cyber security.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

231


ADVERTORIAL

By Cecily Rawlinson,

DIRECTOR, WA AustCyber Innovation Hub

AUSTCYBER: WORKING WITH SMES TO DEFEND SUPPLY CHAINS We face shortages that affect our daily lives, in everything from cars to computer chips. The current global situation has highlighted challenges to our ability to rely on ourselves in times of crisis. This can be viewed as one of the negative consequences of entrenched globalisation. It’s no wonder that over the last 18 months the term ‘supply chains’ has entered our daily vernacular. In 2020, the Australian Government issued a defence strategy update acknowledging national vulnerabilities stemming from a reliance on global supply chains. It called for greater security, including in sovereign industrial capability supporting Defence. The importance of being able to sufficiently meet our own needs has arguably never been more critical. There is no doubt cyber security sovereignty will shape our future security and resilience. Cyber security was a notable inclusion in the announcement of the AUKUS partnership, highlighting its importance domestically and with Australia’s allies, who have placed faith in its capabilities. This represents an opportunity for Defence, industry and related supply chains in Western Australia. Businesses of all sizes must be ready to demonstrate their cyber-resilience to key customers. It is the role of the WA AustCyber Innovation Hub (WAACIH) to raise awareness of local and national cyber commercial capabilities and promotes job creation in the sector. There is an immediate opportunity for contractors and third-party providers to WA, and Australian defence contracts, to benefit from the Hub’s expertise and connections. Research has found SMEs are the most vulnerable to cyber security attacks and cybercrime. About one quarter of cyber incidents reported to the Australian Cyber Security Centre in the last 12 months were associated with Australia’s critical infrastructure or essential services. WA’s risk is heightened by the increasing use of, and connectivity to, systems like Operational Technology. This vulnerability leads to an increase in attacks on OT assets that impact critical infrastructure. Supply chains – particularly software and services – continue to be targeted by malicious actors to gain access to vendors’ customers. A significant cyber risk threat arises from the inability to control security measures adopted by supply chain partners. A global study found two-thirds of IT decision-makers say their organisations experienced a software supply chain attack. Virus insertion can arise at any stage in the supply chain. Supply chain management, at the hardware or software or communications level, must be a priority. SMEs are the most vulnerable sector of Australian businesses to cyberattack. Supply chains are of strategic

232

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

value to, and therefore targeted by, malicious actors. Current policy settings and legislation do not adequately address cyber risk in supply chains. Urgent action is needed to help SMEs and all businesses involved in the defence industry supply chain to protect themselves. This is where WAACIH comes in. As the only neutral and impartial West Australian adviser on, and connector of, experts in the cyber risk and security landscape, AustCyber believes a strong domestic or sovereign cyber security industry can and should play a vital role in protecting the economy and industries. This will enable growth through informed uptake of trusted digital technologies. Having a national capability as a prominent and strategic part of the cyber security sector overall is fundamental to Australia’s interests. There is no reason to consider Australian software suppliers fundamentally more exposed or riskier than overseas suppliers. From an ongoing supply chain and sovereignty perspective, local suppliers may be less risky - particularly in critical infrastructure and defence industry supply chains. The NSW government’s example of committing to a target of 30% of its total ICT spend on SMEs is a public policy example to be commended. It disrupts ‘business as usual’ and gives local Australian SMEs a chance to develop their customer and knowledge base, and human capital. It fosters local innovation in ICT and cyber security. Australian-owned businesses are also clear of external influences that might fetter the ADF’s access to supply during times of need. Through use of sovereign cyber security solutions, and by upskilling SMEs Australia can limit cyber risks in strategic industries. WAACIH offers expert advice on how best to mitigate, minimise and defend against these risks in an evolving landscape. Cyber security sovereignty will shape our future security and resilience. The question is, will your business and supply chain be ready, and will you be able to demonstrate cyber resilience to key customers?

wacyberhub.org


Western Australia

www.wacyberhub.org

Driving Growth and Innovation in the Western Australian Cyber Security Sector

The Western Australian AustCyber Innovation Hub (WAACIH) engages across multiple sectors in WA, including mining, oil and gas, agriculture, freight and logistics, defence, and technology transfer opportunities with digitally focused small and medium-sized enterprises. WAACIH is part of the AustCyber National Network of Cyber Security Innovation nodes, a series of bilateral partnerships between AustCyber and Australia’s State and Territory governments, which fosters and accelerates cyber capability development, innovation, and commercialisation across Australia. The three themes of the Hub are; Critical Infrastructure, Cybercrime and Big Data.

PARTNER

BUILD

COMMERCIALISE

Create and foster partnerships across industry, academia and government.

Grow current and future cyber capabilities in WA.

Catalyse commercialisation opportunities.


COMMENTARY

CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

DEFENCE CAN PLAY LEADING ROLE IN ENERGY TRANSITION By Miranda Taylor,

CEO, National Energy Resources Australia

The Australian defence sector currently accounts for 70% of the Australian Government’s energy consumption. At the same time, the pace of change across the entire energy landscape is accelerating and the uptake of renewable energy is growing faster than any other fuel in history, driven in part by technological developments, scale and decreasing costs, but also by overwhelming evidence of the risks, costs and impacts of climate change.

CHANGING LANDSCAPE Globally, financiers are increasingly factoring carbon risk into their investment decisions, and nations, industries and individual businesses are pursuing a vast range of new energy and technology initiatives to achieve net zero targets. There are major implications from all this for the defence sector and for Australia’s sovereign capabilities and security. Much of the current debate around how to manage and accelerate the decarbonisation of entire economies is playing out in political, economic and technical arenas. The need to address critically important and strategic issues for Australia such as maintaining security and reliability in the supply of energy resources – is all essential in the context of maintaining Australia’s sovereign and defence capabilities. In addition, every industry sector, including Defence, will need to identify and navigate their optimum path through the energy transition, both on the demand side by reducing energy consumption, improving operational efficiencies and deploying smart technologies, and on the supply side through access to a diverse range of secure, clean, reliable and affordable energy solutions.

ENERGY & DEFENCE SYMBIOSIS

Globally, financiers are increasingly factoring carbon risk into their investment decisions, and nations, industries and individual businesses are pursuing a vast range of new energy and technology initiatives to achieve net zero targets.

234

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Indeed, 100% reliability of energy supply is vital for Defence computer systems, control centres and increasing automation. There are major implications for the defence sector across all military activities, infrastructure, equipment (including transport) and the range of operational environments and locations. Given the multiple locations, infrastructure, assets and activities across the

defence sector, energy solutions will not be ‘one size fits all’ but rather ‘designed for specific needs’. Globally, the defence sector has been a major driving force in the development of many technologies that are helping transform the energy system. Military technology has long delivered positive (and sometimes negative) benefits to civilian life; computers, the internet, radar and microwaves, GPS, jet engines, night vision, UAVs, space technologies can all trace roots back to defence investment. As the energy transition continues it seems reasonable that this symbiosis will continue, with technologies flowing in both directions. Cross sector collaboration will be key. The energy transition is already, and will continue to be, supported by significant advances in technologies. For example, there have been rapid developments in the components and technologies underpinning batteries and electric vehicles. With many nations also moving to ban the sale of hydrocarbon vehicles over the next decade and introducing strategies for decarbonising their transport sectors, the uptake of electric and hydrogen fuel cell transport is growing. However, ongoing technological advancements, commercial scale and decreasing costs will be the critical factors in making them competitive and driving their market penetration and domination. The design and operation of the energy networks and grids are also being influenced by technology, and by the need to manage the integration of increasing amounts of renewable/intermittent energy into the energy system. The reliable, affordable and secure delivery of clean energy will be dependent on the successful deployment and inter-operability of smart/ digital technologies that efficiently and effectively manage supply and demand. Smart technologies are facilitating a number of other significant developments. Smart technology enables improvements in operational efficiencies and minimisation of energy waste and puts control into the hands of the consumer, enabling demand management. Growth of Distributed Energy systems (DES), built around fully integrated energy systems that include the deployment of local microgrids,


COMMENTARY

CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

At the APPEA 2021 expo in Perth, NERA hosted a three-day H2 Technology Zone, offering SMEs working in the hydrogen sector the chance to showcase their technology as part of the industry’s effort to solve the ‘H2 under $2’ challenge. © NERA.

depending on location, can be combined with onshore or offshore wind, solar, hydrogen, desalination, batteries and digital technologies. DES will play a significant role in delivering regional, localised and flexible energy solutions, including in remote locations. The central role that digital technology will increasingly play across entire energy networks brings with it one major strategic challenge – the need for rigorous cyber security protection measures to be developed, implemented and maintained to prevent cyber-attacks on vital energy assets. In recent times, we have witnessed some deeply concerning cyber-attacks related to the energy sector, with (in at least one instance) oil and gas network operators essentially being locked out of their systems pending ransom demands. The potential for the malicious attack on, and destruction of, a critical power facility means the energy and defence sector leaders must proactively engage and partner with industry to address this major risk.

ROLE OF FUTURE FUELS & REMOTE POWER SYSTEMS While the future role, potential uses, customers, scale of production and export of future fuels - including LNG, hybrid,

synthetic, hydrogen and bio - are still being determined both within Australia and globally (alongside the issue of the scaling and deployment of the enabling technologies) they are likely to be a game changer in some important ways. The defence industry could be a catalyst for technology deployment in key areas, for example: • Fuel aircraft, ships and vehicles. Fuel consumption represents a large proportion of total ADF energy use. The Department of Defence relies on petroleum for approximately 77% of its energy needs. Future fuel for defence transport and mobility is likely to be a mix e.g. LNG, hybrid, biofuels, hydrogen, and is driving research collaboration and technology developments in areas such as electrolysers and fuel cells, to enable the transition. • Remote Area Power Systems (RAPS). The defence sector has already invested in solar, battery and microgrid projects, and renewable driven RAPS have been deployed successfully around the world. Traditional dieselbased RAPS have a high cost due to the need to import fuel via truck to remote locations, and carry a high carbon footprint. With reductions in the cost of hydrogen and the fuel cells needed

to generate electricity, renewable energy and hydrogen-based RAPS could be commercially competitive with diesel equivalents. The economics can be improved if hydrogen can have multiple uses on a single defence site, exemplified by transport, heat and wastewater management. • Storage. Storage of hydrogen could also be cost competitive if delivered in a localised way close to point of need. Technologies include compression, liquification, materials carriers.

OPPORTUNITY & RISK The urgency and reality of climate change impact coupled with the advancement of digital/smart technology and a need to build Australia’s sovereign security and resilience are driving new partnerships across industry sectors that weren’t imaginable a decade ago. The technologies used to power our economy and entire industry sectors, as well as move our populations, are rapidly changing, opening a range of opportunities - the potential for economic growth and future prosperity - but also major risks that must be understood and addressed. The defence industry has a leading role to play in helping Australia navigate the road through this complex but exciting future. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

235


ANALYSIS

CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

AUSTRALIA’S PERILOUS OVER-DEPENDENCE ON IMPORTED FUEL By John Blackburn, AO, AVM (Rtd),

Chair, Institute for Integrated Economic Research - Australia


ANALYSIS

CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

When it comes to fuel, Australia does not have a forward-thinking national security and resilience strategy. Successive governments have therefore largely reacted to impending crises rather than prepare for foreseeable system failures. Australia is the only International Energy Agency (IEA) member country that is a net oil importer which fails to meet its IEA member stockholding obligations. We currently import over 90% of our transport fuels and this will only increase with our remaining refineries likely to close in the 2020s.

SCALE OF THE PROBLEM Over the last decade, concerns regarding growing energy security risks have been downplayed by successive governments due to the costs involved in stepping away from sole reliance on the global energy market. In contrast, the 2018 IEA review of Australia’s energy policies concluded that “It is less clear how the country would respond in the event of a serious oil supply disruption leading to market failure.” In 2018, the Australian Government finally responded to the IEA stockholding shortfall and committed to meeting our obligations by 2026, by using the purchase of ‘tickets’ (options to purchase oil for release to the market) with the US and Europe. This will do little to improve our domestic energy security and resilience. The stocks would not be held in Australia and any stocks shipped here would have to come on foreign-owned and flagged ships that would not be under our control. In 2020, faced with the impending closure of the last four oil refineries in Australia, the government

finally reacted. In mid-September, Prime Minister Scott Morrison declared, “Fuel security underpins our entire economy. Not only does it keep Australia moving, the industry supports thousands of people across the country… the events of 2020 have reminded us that we cannot be complacent. We need a sovereign fuel supply to shield us from potential shocks in the future.” Unfortunately, the action appears to be too little and too late as only two of the four refineries agreed to the government’s support plan and contracted to remain open until 2027. The government may have moved the issue off the agenda for the short-term, but there are real concerns about our fuel security after 2027. Compounding this situation are several other problems: •

We do not have a current National Energy Security Assessment (NESA). The last NESA was conducted in 2011 - a full decade ago. Repeated government commitments to produce an updated NESA have not been met.


ANALYSIS

CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Australia is sleep walking into a future fuel supply crisis. WA is travelling that road ahead of the rest of the country given the state’s impending 100% refined fuel import dependency and the inability to easily move fuel from neighbouring states and territories.

In March 2018, the Parliamentary Joint Committee on Intelligence and Security published an advisory report recommending that the government review and develop measures to ensure that Australia has a continuous supply of fuel to meet its national security priorities - within 6 months. In April 2019, the Liquid Fuel Security Review Interim Report was released; however, a

Credit: Adobe Stock.

further 24 months later no final report has been published.

IMPLICATIONS FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA So, what does this mean for Western Australia? With the announcement of the closure of the former BP-operated Kwinana Oil Refinery near Perth, which was the largest oil refinery in the country, West Australians are becoming 100% dependent on foreign controlled fuel supplies, imported on foreign controlled ships. This does not seem to accord with the PM’s statement that “We need a sovereign fuel supply to shield us from potential shocks in the future.” Or is there one set of principles for WA and one for the rest of Australia? Keeping in mind that current national stocks of diesel, for example, are reported to average only 21 days’ consumption, any significant interruption to the fuel supply chain could potentially see WA grind to a halt within weeks. While oil company lobbyists will reassure the public that there is diversity in the supply chains, if you are in WA you no longer have the diversity afforded

by being able to use Australian sourced oil or imported oil for transport fuels, in addition to importing refined fuels from Asia. Despite having the largest proven oil reserves of any state or territory, any oil produced in WA will need to be exported for refining before it could be reimported for use in the state. So, what is the WA government’s plan to manage a fuel supply disruption? The August 2019 State Hazard Plan for Liquid Fuel Supply Disruption for liquid fuel supply disruption contained several interesting observations. It stated that no government or industry can guarantee that disruptions will not affect their local populaces. The plan appeared to restrict the state’s responsibilities by stating that “strategies to prevent and mitigate liquid fuel supply disruptions relate primarily to the regulation of safety… This is because risks associated with safety are (unlike geo-political and industrial dispute) able to be identified and either removed or reduced to acceptable levels.” This was reinforced by the advice that, “As with all energy resources, it is not possible to guarantee continuity of liquid fuel supply at all times. Industries,


ANALYSIS

Despite having the largest proven oil reserves of any state or territory, any oil produced in WA will need to be exported for refining before it could be reimported for use in the state.

businesses, government, and residential consumers reliant on liquid fuels should be aware of their potential exposure to a shortage of energy as a result of a liquid fuel supply disruption. It is advisable that they assess their own risks and have contingencies in place to manage them is such an event [emphasis added].” With regard to residential consumers, many West Australians may recall that this ‘advice’ proved highly contentious when it was recommended by a minister in the UK government during a fuel supply shortage in 2012. The December 2020 update, State Hazard Plan: Energy Supply Disruption contained the same focus on safety as the

only factor that state governments can control. Preparedness analysis is now based on the assumption of “shortage of one or more primary fuel types affecting both metropolitan and regional areas of the state for up to two weeks. Severe shortage of one primary fuel type for up to one week.” This assumption is based on a historical fuel supply interruption event that occurred in WA in 2014 - not exactly a forward-looking analysis that acknowledges the changing regional security situation. The other assumption made in the 2020 plan is that “During supply outages, it is expected that in the majority of short-term instances, business continuity/industry incident response plans enacted will be sufficient to limit the more severe consequences of a disruption.” Thankfully, the implication that residential consumers should have contingencies in place to manage a fuel supply disruption has been deleted, possibly as a result of concerns raised to WA politicians that the previous advice was potentially dangerous. So, what is the advice for residential consumers today? It’s not readily apparent in the update.

DIFFICULT & LENGTHY TRANSITION

CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

fuel supply crisis. WA is travelling that road ahead of the rest of the country given the state’s impending 100% refined fuel import dependency and the inability to easily move fuel from neighbouring states and territories. The WA government has acknowledged that latter reality with the plan noting that given the geographical isolation of WA’s fuel supply network, assistance from or to other jurisdictions in relation to the disruption of liquid fuel supply is likely to be limited to logistical support in exceptional circumstances. My advice to West Australians - to all Australians for that matter - is to not rely solely on the Australian Government to guarantee their fuel supply. Like other states, WA needs to examine how it can grasp the energy transformation challenge opportunity and to drive a significant proportion of its transport, logistics and industry dependence away from imported fuels as soon as feasible, to reduce the scale of import dependence risks. For Australia more broadly, it will be a difficult and lengthy transition, but it must be done if we are to remain an independent sovereign nation.

Australia is sleep walking into a future

Credit: Adobe Stock.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

239


ADVERTORIAL

By Linda Smith, Contributing Defence Writer

ONETIDE SURGES AHEAD WITH INVENTIVE ENGINEERING Maritime logistics play a significant role in Defence, enabling rapid operational response. Onetide Modular Systems, in partnership with defence prime Ventia, designed its Shore Power Cable & Fuel Hose Management System to address just that issue at Fleet Base West on Garden Island, reducing the task of supplying shore power cable to vessels from a two-hour, 20 person job per cable, down to a two-person job taking mere minutes. Working in collaboration with Ventia this innovative technology gained national awards from both Defence and Australian Workplace Health and Safety in its first year. Constructed of lightweight, sturdy thermoplastics, the new system enables rafting across up to four vessels utilising Onetide’s machine mounting system (patent pending). Onetide products are designed and manufactured using a seamless, creative flow by owners and innovators, Roy Mitchell and Rebekah Manley, who apply a laser focus to achieving dramatic improvements in operational efficiency, HSER and considerable reductions in civil and logistic requirements.

The Onetide team preparing for ultra-remote power, water, communications, and drone surveillance field trials. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: David Nicolson.

Their six decades of collective expertise in the resources and energy sectors provides a unique, pioneering edge to producing efficient, full-cycle-carbon optimisation solutions in defence, resources and marine applications. Another of Onetide’s marine logistics product suite is Mission Deck a world first no-weld sea-fastening system that secures any equipment to all ‘vessels of opportunity’, eliminating costly mobilisation. Mission Deck removes the requirement for task specific vessels, cutting project timelines by having equipment ready to sail from the time of docking, in ‘one tide’. It also functions as a worksite, powered by the Onetide Mobile-Microgrid. The innovative Mobile-Microgrid is a fully scalable, portable power supply and is the lynch pin of all of Onetide’s product family. Variants include waterpurification, data-room, drone charging-garage for automated surveillance, mobile hydrogen/EV refuelling and a transmitter/receiver station. A Onetide air deployable solar farm, with energy storage and microdiesel generator backup, generates power. MobileMicrogrid applications include covert command posts, remote coastal-surveillance, remote exploration and mining operations, communication stations and disaster relief power and water supply. Referring to the recent devastation caused by Cyclone Seroja, Rebekah Manley notes, “Our equipment could have supplied 130 homes with power and water in a day.” Roy and Rebekah contract exclusively to West Australian SMEs for componentry manufacturing, with any sensitive technology created in their own facility in Perth. Working only with highly vetted WA firms provides for enhanced sovereign capability. “Our experience in the energy sector means that our products and solutions

240

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

specifications meet the highest level,” said Roy. “We work closely with all our manufacturers to ensure they have the capacity to meet Defence standards.” Onetide’s advanced technologies have been utilised for the KTS Cockatoo Island supply base, supporting Fugro operations toward a much needed deep-water port and rapid island basing in the region. This includes another Onetide product that requires minimal civil works, Onetide’s Universal Remote Area Power Supply, which supports navigation-beacon, radar, coastal monitoring, communications, and drone detection applications. Onetide is also part of an exciting alliance with the Australian Ocean Energy Group (AOEG) and Precision Technic Defence. AOEG and Onetide are exploring potential development of wave and tidal energy systems as microgrid infrastructure for various locations, including Albany, Garden Island, and northwest Australia. Other partnerships include a long-time relationship with R&D Solutions, providing decommissioning products and services, and recently with C3 Systems to showcase their products in WA. With Precision Technic Defence, Onetide is field trialling its ground-breaking TRL5 Thermal-cloak that masks heat signatures from large scale machinery. Additional capabilities like EMP/ECM protection and EMI/RFI shielding are being developed. With a constant stream of leading innovations, Onetide is a growing player in Australian sovereign capability across the energy, defence and resources sectors, supplying innovative, rapid deployment engineering solutions in power, water, communications, logistics and essential infrastructure to remote locations.

onetide.com.au


Innovative Engineering Onetide is a 100% Australian owned and operated engineering innovation company. We design and deliver engineering solutions for efficiency and safety optimisation through championing sovereign capability and support of Veterans Employment Commitment (VEC) and local SME’s.

Capabilities •

ADVISORY AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Advisory and engineering services ‛Technical limit’ concept design, prototyping and production Efficient, on time and on budget engineering solutions 3D concept modeling and additive manufacturing Remote site operations optimisation

Our core patented products MISSION DECK TM No weld seafastening system for rapid logistics on vessels of opportunity in “one tide”.

We apply our ‛technical limit’ engineering design expertise and sovereign advanced additive manufacturing capabilities to design and deliver innovative, practical, and safe solutions to the Defence, Mining, Oil and Gas, Marine Logistics, Disaster Relief, and Renewable Energy sectors.

MOBILE MICROGRID TM Scalable, mobile, grid quality, hybrid renewable power supply.

RAPID REEL TM UNIVERSAL SPOOLER TM Cable spool deployment, retrieval and storage system expediting shore power cable and flat fuel hose handling.

THERMAL CLOAK TM Signal protection, IR cloak, EMP/ECM protection, EMI/ RFI shielding.

w w w.on eti et ide.co de .com.a m .auu

SCAN QR CODE TO ACCESS ONETIDE WEBSITE

Award Winning Innovations Onetide AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE INDUSTRY AWARDS SME OF THE YEAR – METROPOLITAN | FINALIST 2020 TM Onetide Partner Ventia for Rapid ReelTM AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE INDUSTRY AWARDS DEFENCE INNOVATOR OF THE YEAR | WINNER 2020 TM Onetide Partner Ventia for Rapid ReelTM AUSTRALIAN WORKPLACE HEALTH & SAFETY AWARD LARGE ENTERPRISE NEW INITIATIVE AWARDS | WINNER 2021

2021 WINNER


ADVERTORIAL

HYDRAULIC ENERGY AUSTRALIA: A REPUTATION FOR EXCELLENCE BUILT ON INTEGRITY By Valerie Latimour,

Contributing Defence Writer

Hydraulic Energy Australia is a full-service hydraulic company committed to the values of safety, quality, customer, ‘one team’, integrity and accountability. With extensive experience in the mining, oil and gas, and marine sectors, as well as the defence supply chain, they are well placed to support your company’s requirements. From their purpose-built, state of the art facility in Beckenham, Western Australia, HEA attend to all aspects of their customers’ requirements, be they in sales, service, hire or engineering solutions. Simply put, HEA designs and builds bespoke equipment and then transports, installs and commissions on-site to customer specifications. But it does not end there - HEA also offers after-sales service support and maintenance programs - locally, remotely or offshore. Some of the many services available include HEA hosts one of two purpose-built facilities centrally located in Beckenham, scheduled and preventative maintenance, Perth, WA. © HEA. Photographer: Davide Sirolli. troubleshooting and fault finding, repairs and testing, short or long term storage, grow organically through satisfied customers providing pressure testing and flushing. These service capabilities repeat and new business. can be provided either at their purpose-built facility or on-site. Whatever your service requirements, HEA will For over a decade, HEA have developed a reputation fulfil them to the highest standard. for excellence and integrity. Customers trust HEA to deliver what they promise; to work with customers to HEA has a wide range of OEM parts available from many manufacturers, including pumps, valves, cylinders, ascertain their needs and provide the perfect solution. In the complex world of hydraulic engineering this often fittings, hoses, protective wrap and all hydraulic requires innovative thinking, and HEA is no stranger accessories. With a network of logistics partners around to thinking outside the square when an off-the-shelf the world, HEA can arrange delivery and customs solution is not fit for purpose. Their experience and clearance for imported parts and equipment. The expertise mean they are always proactive in anticipating current COVID-19 related restrictions and their effect the customer’s requirements. on the movement of goods have seen the company’s engineering and building capabilities truly come to Compliance certification and accreditation are the fore. If issues arise on an existing build, HEA can essential in every industry, and customers can rest provide engineered solutions such as duplicating assured that HEA are scrupulous in meeting all current required parts and equipment, or updating systems to regulations. Environmental certification, health and improve safety and productivity. safety, and quality assurance are all carefully controlled to ensure that risks are minimised and that performance If looking to hire rather than buy, HEA has a fleet and efficiency is maximised. HEA have ISO 9001, ISO of equipment ready to be mobilised. Air operated 14001 and ISO 45001 management systems in place or electric hydraulic power units, hazardous area to ensure that their clients receive quality products equipment, nitrogen boosters, fluid transfer equipment, and services along with all required quality assurance flushing and pressure testing equipment, calibrated documentation. pressure gauges and data recorders are just a sample of the kit available for hire. The equipment can be A huge part of HEA’s success is its people. The mobilised the same day, and prepared according company cultivates a positive workplace atmosphere to project specifications. Trained and experienced and culture, empowering employees to do their best and operators can also be provided, and all required take pride in a job well done. Low staff turnover through technical documentation is included with each rental. the years is testament to this. HEA is incredibly proud of a workforce that lives up to the ethos of providing value HEA’s major point of difference in the marketplace for money and old-fashioned service, in a cutting-edge is their ability to respond much faster and with greater technical business. agility than larger companies. This flexibility and responsiveness, combined with excellent customer hydraulicenergy.com.au service and project outcomes, has seen the company

242

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


SOLUTIONS THROUGH INNOVATION

Hydraulic Energy Australia is a full-service hydraulic company offering innovative fluid solutions for the oil and gas, mining, defence and marine industries. With a reputation to match our range of world class products, Hydraulic Energy delivers a custom service offering extensive and expert advice from off the shelf sales to equipment repairs, contract maintenance, onsite services and fully engineered project solutions. Our services include design, manufacture, installation, commissioning, and servicing & testing of hydraulic systems across a wide range of industries.

KEY SERVICE AREAS Hydraulic Service Overview Engineered Solutions and Project Management Hydraulic Parts Sales Hydraulic Equipment Hire

In-house Hydraulic Services In our modern and well-equipped workshop situated in Beckenham, Perth, we offer the following extensive range of services including:

5 Landrail Ct, Beckenham WA 6107 +61 8 9351 8080 info@hydraulicenergy.com.au hydraulicenergy.com.au MINING | OIL | GAS | MARINE | DEFENCE

• Water glycol & mineral oil-based hydraulic systems • Pneumatic & electrical powered systems • Pressure testing up to 65,000 psi • Flushing up to 2,600 lpm • Fluid analysis and reporting • Bespoke designed clean room • Test and tag pressure relief valves • Large cylinder strip down and testing • Accumulator internal and external inspection • Pressure testing and flushing of bladder and piston accumulators • Hose supply & manufacture • Hose survey, register and maintenance programs


SHAPING THE FUTURE The Experts in Manufacturing, Laser Cutting & Metal Fabrication in WA

Based in the Peel Region; Kanayna Engineering is known for it’s innovation and is widely regarded as a pioneer in high precision laser cutting and metal fabrication. With it’s commitment to excellence, continual investment in the latest automated and robotic equipment available, Kanayna Engineering ensures quality control whilst delivering to the highest standards.

CAPABILITIES Fully automated workshop operating the most advanced MRP/ERP management solution software ensuring your projects pass the most stringint testing. Stainless steel, aluminium, mild steel and speciality steels. Specialists in componentry and proto type runs to complete assemblies. Laser Cutting, CNC automated pressing, rolling, polishing and welding. 2D & 3D CAD and Design capabilties. Simple to complex welding and fabrication can be easily handled by our 1st Class, Coded and Qualified Engineering Staff.

+61895816770 22 Fitzgerald Rd, Greenfields WA 6210 sales@kanyanaengineering.com kanyanaengineering.com.au

COMMERCIAL | DEFENCE | MINING


COMMENTARY

By Hon Sue Ellery BA MLC, Minister for Education and Training, Government of Western Australia

TRAINING & SIMULATION

GROWING A SMART AND TECHNOLOGICALLY SAVVY DEFENCE INDUSTRY WORKFORCE The impact of COVID-19, record low unemployment and a strong economy have seen demand for skilled workers hit an all-time high. The McGowan government remains committed to growing Western Australia’s defence industry workforce, recognising its vital importance for economic diversification and job creation. Key to this is our work with the defence industry and tertiary education providers to create a pipeline of skilled workers for the sector.

INCENTIVISING GROWTH As part of our commitment we invested $18.34m to continue building WA’s defence ‘blue collar’ manufacturing workforce and launched a campaign to attract workers to careers in WA’s defence industry. The state is also positioning itself to grow its professional and technical workforce and develop its capability and STEM skills to address the high-tech requirements of the industry. The package will enhance WA’s capacity to secure future Defence work and includes $8.5m towards $20,000 incentives for defence manufacturing industry employers to train apprentices in key trades, $2.85m to create an additional 335 apprenticeships in nominated trades, and scholarships for women and Defence veterans. The sophistication of our nation’s Defence assets and systems means that the defence industry workforce which builds and sustains them must have the technological skills and innovative approaches to keep Australia’s Defence capabilities at the leading edge - particularly in a global environment that is uncertain, complex and competitive.

SMART WORKFORCE HUB Successful local WA companies like R. Moore & Sons are set to benefit from training and skilling programs that will attract the workers the defence industry needs. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW.

The rapid push to remote, automated and digital solutions during the pandemic has also highlighted an opportunity for all EDITION 4 • 2021-22

245


COMMENTARY

TRAINING & SIMULATION

As part of our commitment we invested $18.34m to continue building WA’s defence ‘blue collar’ manufacturing workforce and launched a campaign to attract workers to careers in WA’s defence industry.

246

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

SM TAFE offers tailored training programs to meet defence industry skilling and training requirements. © SM TAFE.

industries, including the defence industry, to streamline operations and build future capability. To this end, the WA government is seizing the opportunity to position WA as a ‘smart’ defence workforce hub, leveraging the high-tech strengths of the WA labour market and linking world class capabilities across a range of industry areas. This focus on building a

high-tech future workforce is supported by WA’s world-class universities and training institutions, which have demonstrated in the past that they can meet the surges in workforce demand when needed. For example, South Metropolitan TAFE has been working with Defence to develop a bespoke training program to attract and support new entrants to


COMMENTARY

TRAINING & SIMULATION

…the WA government is seizing the opportunity to position WA as a ‘smart’ defence workforce hub, leveraging the high-tech strengths of the WA labour market and linking world class capabilities across a range of industry areas.

Credit: Envato Elements.

the industry. The Defence Industry Pathways Program (DIPP) offers participants a taste of the defence industry to help them decide on a career pathway.

Developing and futureproofing our workforce is high on the agenda. It is why four of WA’s universities (Curtin, Edith Cowan, Murdoch and the University of WA) are collaborating on defence-related research and education as ‘Team WA’, a concept unique to our state. And it is why the McGowan government is investing heavily in TAFE and our schools to build the pipeline of technologically skilled workers to meet the defence industry’s future needs.

DEEPER COOPERATION Through the Western Australian Defence and Defence Industries Strategic Plan, we have set our objectives to align with the future of Defence. Growth in Australia’s defence manufacturing capabilities will have benefits for the broader economy and will lead to increased capability for other national manufacturing priorities, and vice versa. This is particularly the case as Defence capability and broader technology evolves and adopts

Industry 4.0 technologies, which could deliver significant benefits in terms of building agility and tailored customer-centric products. This emphasis is being supported by the work of the Department of Training and Workforce Development, Western Australian Defence Industry Workforce Office and the Department of Jobs, Tourism, Science and Innovation in their facilitation, policy and planning roles. This demonstrates the deep collaborative approach being taken here in WA between industry, education and training, and the government. This is absolutely vital, supporting local businesses to grow, and win more defence contracts over time. Work is also underway to develop workforce plans for the other four Defence capability domains of air, land, space, cyber and information, with an industry survey being recently deployed in collaboration with Defence West, 4th Harmonic and Industry Capability Network WA. Again, the high-tech nature of workforce needs in these areas is expected to be prominent. It is vitally important that WA continues to build on its collaborative approach, focusing on growing a smart and technologically savvy defence industry workforce. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

247


COMMENTARY

By Terry Durant, Managing Director, South Metropolitan TAFE

TRAINING & SIMULATION

SOUTH METROPOLITAN TAFE: PREPARING THE NEXT GENERATION OF SKILLED DEFENCE INDUSTRY WORKERS One of the most exciting parts of running a large training organisation is seeing how our state economy evolves while providing training to emerging industries. It’s also one of our ongoing challenges: training for now as well as the future - for emerging industries as well as established ones. South Metropolitan TAFE is Western Australia’s leading provider of defence industry training and works closely with defence industry to deliver a pipeline of skilled workers to meet emerging demand.

SM TAFE provides new training to upskill qualified trade workers to transition into the defence industry across CNC operations, welding and fluid power. © SM TAFE.

248

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


COMMENTARY

TRAINING & SIMULATION

The Training Cyber Security Operations Centre provides advanced cyber security training. © SM TAFE.

RESPONSIVE TO EVOLVING NEEDS When SM TAFE formed in 2016, it was clear to us that our positioning in the state meant we would need to respond to the needs of the developing defence sector in WA. We’ve worked hard to align this with our broader strategic focus on what we call ‘future skills,’ which are progressively becoming the competencies of today. Hallmarks of Industry 4.0, namely automation and robotics, is increasingly becoming part of our training for jobs that exist in industry now. The benefits of training for the defence sector is the acquisition of complementary skills that span

industries with growing significance for our economy. Training in cyber security is one key example. SM TAFE is forging a path as one of Australia’s leading providers of cyber security training in Australia with advanced training capability, including WA’s Training Cyber Security Operations Centre (TCSOC) at Murdoch Campus. The TCSOC provides advanced cyber security training, including opportunities for industry to simulate a range of workplace scenarios. The 109th Signal Squadron, 8th Signal Regiment co-located at 13th Brigade of the Australian Army Reserve, recently utilised the TCSOC as part of their workforce cyber upskilling program.

SM TAFE is Western Australia’s leading provider of defence industry training and works closely with the defence industry to deliver a pipeline of skilled workers to meet the emerging needs of this industry. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

249


COMMENTARY

TRAINING & SIMULATION

Responding to new technologies and advancements in the maritime defence industry, SM TAFE is introducing a new training landscape with the installation of a suite of maritime training simulators at our maritime training centre in Fremantle.

NEW TECHNOLOGIES IN TRAINING Defence also presents an opportunity to trial innovative technologies in our training. SM TAFE recently acquired a suite of Soldamatic augmented reality welding simulators for our Naval Base training facility that will improve the quality, safety and efficiency of our training. This technology ensures the future defence sector workforce is equipped for the rapid scale-up of defence and shipbuilding projects.

Responding to new technologies and advancements in the maritime area of the defence sector, SM TAFE is introducing a new training landscape with the installation of a suite of maritime training simulators at our maritime training centre in Fremantle. These advanced facilities will provide opportunities to deliver new innovative maritime short courses and micro-credentials to address advanced training requirements in the maritime sector as Industry 4.0 technologies are introduced and on-board systems become digitalised. Advanced training offered by these facilities will promote improvements in operational efficiencies, crew safety and address ship-to-shore connectivity, fuel efficiency and advanced navigation skills. Our recent work with the Sultanate of Oman, Royal Oman Police (ROP) Coast Guard Division highlights our capacity to provide highly specialised maritime training. Planning is underway to transform Munster campus, home of the renowned ACEPT facility, into an Automation Hub to provide skilling in emerging technologies. SM TAFE recently featured in the World Federation of Colleges and Polytechnics’ World Best Practice Guide for our work in automation with Rio Tinto, we are committed to positioning the college as a national leader in this field. The SM TAFE has recently introduced drone training to equip participants with skills to design and build programable drones and other autonomous robotic technology. The hub will maximise training potential across the TAFE’s delivery and geographical footprint and drive the repositioning of its training portfolios most exposed to Industry 4.0 changes. Further, SM TAFE is leading the first WA pilot of the Diploma of Applied Technologies Industry 4.0-focused qualification that prepares individuals to undertake para-professional technical roles within advanced manufacturing and engineering environments. Students complete their training using advanced facilities at our Munster campus, including new ArmPi Intelligent Visual Robotic Arms procured for the Automation Hub.

250

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

PATHWAYS TO DEFENCE The reskilling and upskilling of existing defence workers, veterans and staff from associated industries is crucial to ensuring WA is defence ready. Our TAFE is playing a key role in ensuring a pipeline of skilled tradespeople for the defence industry. In consultation with industry and the WA government, SM TAFE has developed a $3.3m package of seven new maritime defence industry ‘skill sets’ designed to give qualified trade workers the skills required to transition into the defence industry across CNC operations, welding and fluid power. The successful Women in the Defence Industry scholarship program is delivered by SM TAFE to promote diversity in the industry and encourage women to pursue a stable career pathways, with ample long-term opportunities. This program offers six months of free technical engineering and electronics training designed to prepare participants for employment in the industry and 20 scholarships are being offered annually until 2024. With the increasing demand for workers in the shipbuilding industry in Western Australia DIPP offers participants a ‘taster’ of the defence industry to assist in the selection of a career pathway into the defence industry. The nationally recognised Certificate III in Defence Industry Pathways qualification will be delivered as part of this 12-month traineeship. Launched in June by Minister for Defence Industry the Hon. Melissa Price MP, the first cohort will commence in July 2021 with industry partners in the Henderson shipbuilding precinct. The program will see the supervision mentoring and on-thejob training for 120 participants by mid-2022. Focussing on youth engagement, SM TAFE offers dedicated defence programs creating seamless pathways between schools, TAFE colleges, higher education, and the defence sector. Year 11 and 12 students can commence defence industry careers through VET Delivered to Secondary Students (VETDSS) programs, which include shipbuilding, logistics and warehousing, submarine maintenance, defence trades, engineering and maritime studies. Striving to be positioned for all future defencerelated training, SM TAFE continues to collaborate with organisations positioned at the forefront of the industry and consults extensively with industry stakeholders to ensure a whole-of-workforce development approach. There are many exciting opportunities for West Australians to develop their ‘future skills’ for a career in an advanced and growing defence industry.


COMMENTARY

TRAINING & SIMULATION

SM TAFE encourages women to pursue a stable career in the defence sector as part of its mandate to work closely with the defence industry to deliver a pipeline of skilled workers. © SM TAFE.


COMMENTARY

By Geoff Crittenden,

CEO, Weld Australia

TRAINING & SIMULATION

ADVANCED WELDER TRAINING CENTRES HELP DEFENCE BUILD SOVEREIGN MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES Following the announcement of the SEA 1000, SEA 5000 and Land 400 projects, Weld Australia commenced planning for the manufacturing phase. Extensive collaboration with defence industry primes revealed several key issues: lack of an internationally recognised standards-based framework for welder qualification and certification, outdated and under-funded welder training infrastructure at TAFEs, and a significant risk of being unable to attract and retain sufficient welders to complete projects.

LOOMING WORKFORCE CRISIS Prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, Australian industry was already facing a looming workforce crisis, including a severe shortage of skilled, qualified welders. According to a recent employment outlook survey in Australia, skilled trades workers such as welders, engineers, and technicians are scarce. This skills shortage is compounded by a rapidly ageing welding workforce, with approximately 30% of Australia’s existing welding workforce aged 45 years or over. This heavy proportion of older skilled trade workers, particularly welders, puts into focus the looming issues that sectors such as defence are likely to face when Baby Boomers finally reach retirement age. Welding positions will simply become impossible to fill, particularly given the projected increased demand with several largescale, high-value projects on the horizon.

The augmented reality technology underpinning the AWTCs is efficient and effective, with 34% more welders certified in 56% less time. It is very affordable, reducing training costs by 68%, and very safe, reducing accidents by 84%. It is student-focused, allowing individuals to progress at their own pace

252

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

To help overcome these issues, Weld Australia developed the Advanced Welder Training Centres (AWTCs) concept and, after securing over $5m in government funding established more than 10 AWTCs across the nation, including one at South Metropolitan TAFE in Western Australia. The AWTCs use augmented reality welding simulators to up-skill qualified welders and train transitionary workers according to AS/NZS

ISO 9606.1 - qualification testing of welders - fusion welding. In 2017, Weld Australia’s research indicated that only 38 people in Australia held this qualification. Australia’s lack of ISO 9606-1 qualified welders meant that in order to fulfil their ADF contractual obligations, defence primes and their supply chains would be required to engage overseas workers. This workforce strategy would not align with the Australian Government’s Sovereign Industrial Capability Priorities, which aim to provide the ADF with costeffective, cutting-edge capability while maximising Australian industry involvement.

NEW STANDARDS FRAMEWORK Working with defence industry primes, Weld Australia introduced ISO 9606-1 into the Australian Standards framework as AS/NZS ISO 9606.1. ISO 9606-1 is the only standard in the world accepted in both Europe and America, and is the minimum requirement for Defence, rolling stock, infrastructure, pressure equipment projects. ISO 9606-1 utilises a simple test that assesses welding competency according to specific weld procedure. It can be used to test the competency of a welder for a variety of procedures, positions, processes and materials. Once Weld Australia introduced ISO 9606-1, we developed web-based software to manage qualification and certification compliance, hosted on the Australian Welder Certification Register. We then worked closely with TAFEs to undertake gap analysis and curriculum review, and then lobbied state governments for funding to establish AWTCs across the nation.

IMPROVED TRAINING & OUTCOMES The augmented reality technology underpinning the AWTCs is efficient and effective, with 34% more


COMMENTARY

TRAINING & SIMULATION

The use of augmented reality technology is central to AWTCs successfully training and skilling increasingly larger numbers of qualified welders to meet the growing demand within defence industry. © Seabery via Weld Australia.

welders certified in 56% less time. It is very affordable, reducing training costs by 68%, and very safe, reducing accidents by 84%. It is student-focused, allowing individuals to progress at their own pace. Welding apprentices learn and understand procedures and techniques through a more interactive training method, gaining hands-on experience in a controlled, safe environment. With zero risks involved, apprentices can respond to realistic scenarios without

pressure or fear of injury. Augmented reality training is enabling future welders to acquire the skills and the selfconfidence they need before moving into real-world Defence workshops. Through Weld Australia’s Defence Industry Group, the AWTCs have received positive feedback from the likes of Austal, EMICoL, the Henderson Alliance, and the Naval Shipbuilding College. It’s little wonder that the initiative has

garnered such positive feedback from the WA defence industry. The AWTCs are already playing a vital role in ensuring that local welders are ready to meet the huge demand that will be created by the various defence industry projects on the horizon. Since the introduction of the AWTCs and AWCR, over 260 qualified welders have registered on the AWCR, representing a 584% increase on the 38 people in Australia who held this qualification back in 2017. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

253


A WORLD CLASS SIMULATION AND TRAINING FACILITY FOR THE DEFENCE AND MARINE INDUSTRY Virtual Prototyping with Digital Twin led training on client specific assets. Fully integrated bridge, engine room, crane and personnel stations. The only Nautical Institute accredited DP training centre in Australia.

CAPABILITIES AND USE

Planning and execution of procedures in a safe and repeatable training environment. Vessel Resource Management and Bridge Resource Management. Integrated bridges, engine room, cranes and personnel stations. RHIB and Daughter Craft can be added. Flexible software allows incorporation of additional topography and assets. Dynamic Positioning training for Officers and Engineers. Position Reference Systems/Vessel Manouvering.

Virtual Prototyping: Validation and optimisation of planned operations

in a safe and repeatable environment.

For more details visit us at

www.perthsim.com


ANALYSIS

By Dr Peter Layton,

Senior Correspondent,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

&

Simon Louie, Defence Writer,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

TRAINING & SIMULATION

SIMULATION SYSTEMS IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA: VIRTUAL TRAINING FOR REAL WORLD READINESS Military training has traditionally involved personnel conducting field exercises in preparation for possible warfare, however, as the nature of conflict alters, the mechanisms by which training is conducted must also change. Just as computers and the virtual realm have become a part of everyday life, so too has simulation become vital to the Australian Defence Force’s training. In addition to the training and simulation activities that have been initiated by and which support the ADF, there is real potential in Western Australia for leading-edge expertise and technology in the state’s mining and university sectors to flow into Defence training activities and simulation systems.

On the 22 August 2019, Royal Thai Navy Deputy Chief of Staff (Operations) Vice Admiral Gesorn Graisri visited HMAS Collins and the Submarine Training and Systems Centre at HMAS Stirling, Western Australia. The purpose of his visit was to enable discussion on submarine safety systems and logistics management in order to inform Thai submarine capability development. © Department of Defence. Photographer: LSIS Kylie Jagiello.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

255


ANALYSIS

TRAINING & SIMULATION

Perth Simulation Centre has in its repertoire ‘Real’ simulation in 360° dome bridges, integrated with engine rooms, personnel stations, launch and recovery systems and other vessels © Perth Simulation Centre. Photographer: Martin Price.

SNAPSHOT OF DEFENCE SIMULATION CAPABILITIES As per the 2020 Force Structure Plan, the ADF has been striving to maintain its world-class training standards, including through the adoption and ongoing upgrade of simulation technologies. The army, air force and navy have all made simulation a key component of their training programs at their WA facilities. The results speak for themselves. In WA, the Australian Army has stateof-the-art Weapons Training Simulation Systems (WTSS) installed at Irwin and Campbell Barracks. The WTSS involves soldiers firing battery powered weapons at a three-screened, cinema-sized wall projection, while standing up to 10m away. The weapons are modified laserbased simulations of those used by the army. The simulation includes computer generated targets and scenarios, wind machines and light effects to provide a realistic and dynamic training environment. Instructors are able to play back the exercise to trainees and provide feedback on accuracy and technique. The WTSS allows the indoor replication of live-fire scenarios before trainees experience their first live ammunition shoots on the range. Under the ‘Hardened & Networked Army’ Enhanced Land Force Phase 3 project, the WTSS was recently upgraded

256

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

to allow training using 60mm and 81mm mortars, 0.50 calibre heavy machine guns, BlueFire equipped Browning 9mm pistols, and 84mm Carl Gustav anti-tank weapons with new ammunition types. The Bluefire system uses blue-tooth technology to replace older tethered systems and is now also fitted to Australian-made EF-88 assault rifles to make training with them even more true-to-life. Importantly, the Phase 3 project upgrade added collective training to the existing individual marksmanship training capabilities. There are two simulation systems at RAAF Base Pearce. The first is the simulator for the Hawk Mk127 lead-infighter aircraft used by the RAAF’s 79 Squadron for initial fast jet training. This is a full-mission simulator that includes a high-fidelity replica of the Hawk cockpit surrounded by a 3.4m dome display onto which a synthetic environment is projected. CAE provides the necessary maintenance and support services. This simulator was installed in 2017 as part of a capability program that aimed to keep Hawk training relevant and viable to at least the late 2020s. The second simulator is the new PC-21 based Pilot Training System now used by the No.2 Flying Training School for advanced flying training of new pilots. This features two flight training devices to reduce the reliance on, and the cost of, aircraft flying hours. The devices include

a functional replica of the PC-21’s front cockpit, a dome with a near full fieldof-view visual system and an instructor operator station which incorporates advanced display and control technology to support instructor demonstration, direction and monitoring of training sequences. The system is supported and maintained by Lockheed Martin partnering with Pilatus and Hawker Pacific. Australia’s largest naval base, HMAS Stirling, has several simulation systems. The most complex is the Collins submarine Platform Training Simulator (PTS) which includes a propulsion control simulator and a submarine control simulator. The PTS is used to provide individual and group training on a range of critical submarine systems, including propulsion, manoeuvring, power conversion, power distribution and auxiliary systems. The PTS first entered service in 1993, but has been continually upgraded to match the evolution of the navy’s six Collins-class submarines. A recent upgrade featured improvements to the computing input/output system, enhanced instructor facilities, an integrated ship control management and monitoring system, audio systems and installation of the latest Thales C2000-X simulation technology. A recording system was also fitted to provide instant replay capability at the trainee consoles


ANALYSIS

with minimal input from instructors. In the final stage of the upgrade, the Defence Science and Technology Group supported the incorporation of realistic submarine controls and performance models. The PTS is a large and expensive system. A quite different concept is the Submarine Virtual Walkthrough (known as Boat 7) which offers a first person, 3D model of a Collins class submarine built on a commercial game engine. It allows trainees to learn compartment layouts, equipment locations, and how to undertake safety rounds – the three minimum competencies required of all crew members when joining. Boat 7 has reduced the need to have a real submarine available and has standardised the learning and assessment environment for submariners. Use of such simulations within the initial submariner training process has led to a noticeable increase in the number of those graduating annually. For the navy’s surface training at HMAS Stirling, a suite of Kongberg K-Sim navigation-ready ship’s bridge simulators have been recently installed. Mimicking highly realistic real-world scenarios, these are used to train bridge teams, and in particular bridge officers, in ship navigation and handling techniques. Such simulators mean training is less constrained by ship availability or weather conditions, reducing the time spent completing qualifications. Importantly, individuals and teams can now safely and regularly rehearse complex, high-risk missions.

TERTIARY EDUCATION SECTOR COLLABORATION Perth has a relatively large tertiary education sector for a city its size. Several providers are deeply connected to Defence activities in WA, especially through the large naval presence and growing naval shipbuilding sector. South Metropolitan TAFE (SM TAFE), Murdoch University, University of Western Australia (UWA) and Edith Cowan University (ECU) all have capabilities important to general or specific education, skills training and simulation. SM TAFE is the largest trade college in WA and covers a range of defence and shipbuilding related skills in engineering, logistics, naval construction, submarine maintenance, and trades. Much of this is undertaken at SM TAFE’s Naval Base Campus, which opened in 2019 and is co-located with the Australian Government’s Naval Shipbuilding College. SM TAFE’s maritime training integrates Kongsberg simulator technology, a fleet of three vessels, biological and computing laboratories, along with engineering, seamanship and aquaculture workshops. The college is updating this infrastructure with the installation of a suite of maritime training simulators at their centre in Fremantle. These facilities can be used to deliver maritime short courses and microcredentials to address training requirements as Industry 4.0 technologies are introduced and onboard systems become digitalised. Advanced training offered by these facilities aims to improve operational efficiencies, crew safety and address ship-to-shore connectivity, fuel efficiency and navigation skills. SM TAFE has recently worked with the Sultanate of

TRAINING & SIMULATION

Australia’s largest naval base, HMAS Stirling, has several simulation systems. The most complex is the Collins submarine Platform Training Simulator (PTS) which includes a propulsion control simulator and a submarine control simulator. The PTS is used to provide individual and group training on a range of critical submarine systems, including propulsion, manoeuvring, power conversion, power distribution and auxiliary systems. The PTS first entered service in 1993, but has been continually upgraded to match the evolution of the navy’s six Collins-class submarines.

Oman, Royal Oman Police Coast Guard Division to provide highly specialised maritime training. SM TAFE has also recently acquired 16 augmented reality welding simulators from Spanish company Soldamatic for the naval base training facility. The simulator uses 3D objects and computer-generated image overlays, creating a safe learning environment for students before they are skilled enough to move into a real workshop. This technology ensures the future defence industry workforce is equipped to manage the rapid scale up of defence and shipbuilding projects. In the cyber security area SM TAFE has become one of Australia’s leading education providers with an advanced training capability that includes a state-ofthe-art Training Cyber Security Operations Centre (TCSOC) at its Murdoch Campus. The TCSOC provides advanced cyber security training, including opportunities for industry to simulate a range of workplace scenarios. Adjacent to SM TAFE’s Murdoch Campus, Murdoch University features the Murdoch Virtual Centre for Simulation that uses virtual reality and simulation technology both in the classroom and as the classroom. This spans a range of disciplines including nursing, engineering, IT, gaming, education, business and forensics. On the other side of the Swan River is UWA, which supports the naval shipbuilding industry with strengths in marine engineering, automation and sensing. UWA has twice won the Defence Science and Technology Group sponsored Eureka Prize for Outstanding Science. UWA recently installed the Control Room Use Simulation Environment (CRUSE) EDITION 4 • 2021-22

257


ANALYSIS

TRAINING & SIMULATION

While simulation is only a small part of the WA defence sector today, it is wellestablished and will continue to expand as platform operating costs rise and the need for high-quality training increases. There are obvious opportunities for mining and tertiary sector simulation capabilities to flow into the defence sector.

to research how people work in submarine control rooms - a particularly stressful and complex environment. CRUSE allows testing of aspects of psychology and team dynamics that can impact submarine crew team performance, in the context of information sharing, automation and artificial intelligence.

North of the Perth CBD, ECU features a Health Simulation Centre that includes three self-contained simulation suites. Each simulation suite has full recording and interactive audio-visual facilities with their own debriefing rooms and observation areas. Simulation suites can be configured to provide appropriate training in a range of different settings, including an operating theatre, emergency department, intensive care and mock ward. The Health Simulation Centre is also active in simulation and immersive digital technology research.

INDUSTRY TRAINING & SIMULATION CAPABILITIES WA is also home to a small but flourishing training and simulation sector that mostly supports general industry, but also has current and potential defence applications. Companies operating in this domain include Calytrix Technologies, ERGT Australia, Citadel Medical, Perth Simulation Centre, HR Wallingford, Broome Maritime Simulation Centre, Immersive Technologies and Sentient. Calytrix Technologies develops and delivers integrated training that combines live, virtual and constructive simulation environments with subject matter expertise. The company is the prime contractor for the delivery of technical, planning and support services to the Australian Defence Simulation and Training Centre in Canberra. Calytrix recently celebrated 15 years of support to ADF Joint Collective Training through Headquarters Joint Operations Command at Bungendore. Now working with Lockheed Martin Australia and NEC Australia, Calytrix is in the final stages of standing up a 40-person team to help deliver the ADF’s JP9711-1 Core Simulation Capability program. The company will provide personnel to support simulation, C4I integration and technical planning as well as software integrated into the new ADF Simulation Federation. The firm employs more than 60 full-time staff in Australia and United States with offices in Perth, Canberra, Brisbane, and Orlando, with their software development team mainly resident in Perth. In Orlando, it is partnered with Bohemia Interactive

258

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Simulations as a service provider to the US Army’s ‘Games for Training’ simulator. The Orlando office and Perth facilities are now supplying its Titan realworld terrain modelling system further afield to the Austrian armed forces. The system will offer combined arms capabilities with its integration with eSim Games Steel Beast, and an upgrade to an air defence simulator. ERGT Australia provides specialised safety and emergency training courses to Defence and the offshore and maritime industries at its flagship facility at Jandakot. The Safety Training Centre, the largest of its type in Australia, includes classrooms, a threestorey production platform, raised helideck complete with Sikorsky S-76A helicopter, sea survival pool for Helicopter Underwater Escape Training (HUET) and a state-of-the-art fire ground for firefighting training. In late 2020 an annex was opened at Rous Head in Fremantle to undertake lifeboat training in a purposebuilt facility. Also combining simulation and training is TraumaSim, a leading global supplier of medicallyaccurate trauma simulation products and moulage (mock injuries) solutions for personnel training and assessment. Their products have been used in over 20,000 casualty simulations with the company selling to the ADF and several Middle Eastern countries. It also recently acquired US company Military Moulage to grow US market sales. Many ADF personnel deploying to the Middle East had TraumaSim training which, because of its extraordinary realism, notably contributed to the quality of in-the-field casualty first response. Also in the medical domain and providing onsite medical and health services to the mining and construction industry, is Citadel Medical. The company uses leading edge technologies and systems, including tele-medicine to connect in-field paramedics to specialists in Perth. Citadel Medical has its own in-house training facility that uses simulation for medic training. in December 2018, Citadel Medical was awarded the Paramedical Services contract for Rio Tinto’s West Angelas Deposit C & D Project, the first mine with autonomous haulage and drilling, and remote mining operation control. During the pandemic, Citadel has also provided Rio with rapid response COVID-19 screening clinics.

POTENTIAL OF CIVILIAN TECH There are also two ship simulation facilities in Perth that, while focussed on civilian needs, have potential naval training value. The Perth Simulation Centre at Bibra Lake provides high quality training and assessment services, including Australasia’s only Nautical Institute accredited dynamic positioning courses, alongside dedicated offshore topside and subsea crane training, engine room and dynamic positioning maintenance, anchor handling and winch training. The company also offers state-of-the-art digital asset simulation, allowing virtual prototyping, digital twinning and rapid testing in a safe and repeatable environment.


ANALYSIS

TRAINING & SIMULATION

ERGT operates a state-of-the-art training pool with a Helicopter Underwater Escape Training (HUET) module located at Jandakot. © ERGT.


ANALYSIS

TRAINING & SIMULATION

Nearby at Fremantle, HR Wallingford’s simulation centre specialises in all aspects of ship navigation simulation. The five full bridge simulators and single vessel traffic service simulator are used for port design and development projects, and pilot and tug master familiarisation training. Usefully complementing these various bridge simulators is the North Regional TAFE’s Broome Maritime Simulation Centre (BMSC). This unique facility specialises in maritime simulation services for the research and design phases of new port development, to the operational procedures for existing ports. The facility runs a Transas NTPRO5000 simulator that conforms to International Maritime Organisation Class A standards and is certified by Det Norske Veritas. The Transas system makes the BMSC facility a world-class simulation centre. It consists of two ship bridges, which can be configured as a full mission ship bridge and a tug bridge, or, two tug bridges. The bridges contain real ship controls and gauges as well as additional soft panels and controls on the conning station. There are also world-leading simulation capabilities within the mining sector. Perth-based digital technology developer Immersive Technologies is the world’s largest supplier of mining equipment simulators and supports major mining operations, mining contractors, training schools and equipment manufacturers in more than 45 countries. Rio Tinto uses simulators developed by Immersive Technologies to up-skill staff in the handling of CAT excavators,

dozers and graders. Immersive Technologies Haul Pak driver simulator can mimic fires, rollovers and bench collapses, teaching trainees to deal with crisis situations in a safe and controlled environment. Also working in WA’s mining sector is Sentient, a software development company specialising in Virtual and Augmented Reality Training, 3D real-time data visualisations and digital twinning. At the Resources Technology Showcase 2021, Sentient highlighted the use of gaming technology to improve mining sector training. Online and virtual reality training packages can help personnel learn processes, familiarise themselves with facilities and equipment, and practise responding to emergency scenarios. Such advanced, leading-edge capabilities have direct applicability to ADF training across air, land, sea and space domains.

EXCITING DEVELOPMENTS AHEAD There are two groups in particular with potential to develop WA’s training simulation space. One is the resources sector, which has its own on-going productivity demands and the capital needed to invest in leading-edge training and simulation technologies. The other is the state government, which is making a determined push to foster innovation in technology in areas such as defence. The state’s Minister for Defence Industry, Paul Papalia, has noted that, “Western Australia’s worldleading resources industry gives WA unmatched capability among other states to undertake defence projects, with the two sectors having considerable

Murdoch SimLab is an adjusted reality training program using Mursion software. It is designed to allow practical application of specific skillsets and targeted outcomes in a safe, controlled environment for any communication based training. The responses are instantaneous due to ‘human in the loop’ technology produced by an Interactor (actor, role playing, puppeteering specialists) creating a subjective learning experience. © Murdoch University.

260

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


ANALYSIS

TRAINING & SIMULATION

Participant of the Air Force Flight Camp for Young Women, Irene Roda, observes trainee pilot of No. 79 Squadron, Pilot Officer Jack Leavesley, operating the Hawk 127 Flight Simulator held at RAAF Base Pearce. © Department of Defence. Photographer: CPL Shanno McCarthy.

WA is also home to a small but flourishing training and simulation sector that mostly supports general industry, but also has current and potential defence applications. Companies operating in this domain include Calytrix Technologies, ERGT Australia, Citadel Medical, Perth Simulation Centre, HR Wallingford, Broome Maritime Simulation Centre, Immersive Technologies and Sentient.

similarities.” Western Australia’s mining sector is now funding considerable work in automating the state’s mines with use of digital technology, including autonomous vehicles. The application of digital technology to these projects commonly involves creating digital twins that have an inherent side benefit of making very realistic models of the equipment and facilities in operation. Such models underpin the sue of digital technology for training and simulation. This approach can be readily transferred to other sectors like Defence to enhance the fidelity of military training, while lowering the cost of acquiring and maintaining simulation systems through gaining economies of scale from widespread use. Fortescue Metals Group, for example, is expected to become the first mining company to operate a fully autonomous mining fleet from the mid-2020s. Today it has 147 driverless trucks, which have driven some 37m kms without incident. The Fortescue Hive, an integrated operations centre based at the company’s

East Perth headquarters, brings together the entire supply chain in a way that delivers enhanced safety, productivity, efficiency and commercial benefits, and which underpins the future use of technology, including artificial intelligence and robotics. Such extensive digitisation at the tactical and at the operational command and control level echoes Defence’s emerging approach to combat operations. Paralleling and complementing this, Woodside’s FutureLab in Perth, Mia Yellagonga, collaborates with Monash University, UWA and Curtin University on leading edge research into high-end digital technology applications. FutureLab applies a 40:20:40 approach to its innovation process of ‘think big, prototype small, scale fast’ to ensure effort is invested in the right areas to expedite high value ideas into useable outcomes. Combining the mining sectors experience of extensive automation with such innovation methodologies could move new training and simulation EDITION 4 • 2021-22

261


ANALYSIS

TRAINING & SIMULATION

Perth-based Calytrix Technologies is Australia’s largest sovereign simulation company and delivers virtual reality, augmented reality and dome simulations to the ADF. © Calytrix Technologies.

technologies into Defence use quickly, efficiently and at a large scale, leveraging the state government’s innovation drive. The WA Defence Science Centre’s (DSC) Collaborative Research Grant was established to help drive collaborations between universities, industry and government, and provides seed funding ranging from $50,000 to $150,000. So far almost $2.5m has been allocated to 18 research projects. This program has clear potential to develop innovative training and simulation programs and technology. As the Defence Industry Minister Paul Papalia noted, “Collaboration is key to growing the defence sector in Western Australia… By investing in innovative technologies, we are helping to strengthen WA’s defence industry capabilities, commercialise emerging technologies and diversify the state’s economy.” On a larger scale, the state government and Curtin University funded WA Data Science Innovation Hub aims to help WA remain up to date in the ongoing digital revolution. The hub is focused on increasing the uptake, education, training and awareness of data science in the state. Simulation systems rely heavily on data to function and the hub could become a key enabling facility for this. In another initiative, the Australian Automation and Robotics Precinct being built at Neerabup

262

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

is expected to become a major centre for testing and research into automation, remote operation and robotic systems. A broad range of industries, including mining and resources, defence, oil and gas, agriculture, space, logistics, construction, advanced manufacturing, and the education sector are all expected to use the precinct. This facility will potentially be another enabler of the state’s training and simulation sector. As Lands Minister Tony Buti has stated, the precinct “will provide exciting opportunities for a diverse range of WA industries to collaborate, share skills and expertise, and undertake joint ventures.” Although it can never be a complete substitute for real-world training there are significant advantages to using simulation. While simulation is only a small part of the WA defence sector today, it is wellestablished and will continue to expand as platform operating costs rise and the need for high-quality training increases. There are obvious opportunities for mining and tertiary sector simulation capabilities to flow into the defence sector. With new opportunities always emerging, such as Defence’s interest in a jointforces battle laboratory for example, it is clear that simulation technology in the west has a promising future.


SAFETY DIRECT SOLUTIONS Looking for a career change and need to upskill? SDS supports a wide range of industries by providing highly skilled and experienced training, medical, emergency response and security operations personnel. SDS is committed to supporting defence personnel transitioning to civilian employment allowing veterans to use their skill sets within our scope of operations. To support the variety of roles including emergency service officers, security operations officers and site medics we provide specialist training to secure you with a new employment pathway. Em er gen c y Resp o n se an d In d u str ial c o u r ses RII30719 Certificate III in Emergency Response & Rescue • Vertical Rescue • Road Crash Rescue • Confined Space Rescue • Operating BA • Work Safely at Heights • Hazmat • Fire Warden • Chief Warden • Fire Attack Firefighting •

For more information contact us today.

M ed ic al co u r ses HLT51015 Diploma in Paramedical Science • HLT41115 Certificate IV in Health Care • HLT21015 Certificate II in Medical Services First Response • First Aid • Advance First Aid • Occupational First Aid • Remote First Aid •

1300 955 097 admi n@sdsaus. com. au www. sdsaus. com. au Western Operations (Perth HO) 143 Balcatta Road, Balcatta WA 6021 Eastern Operations (Sydney) 3/7 Jullian Close, Banksmeadow NSW 2019 Northern Operations (Darwin) 5/124 Coonawarra Road, Winnellie NT 0801

Sec u r ity Op er atio n s co u r ses

RTO #51632 SDS-A65-DOC-378 v1.1 20/09/2021

CONTACT US 1800 001 001 info@smtafe.wa.edu.au southmetrotafe.wa.edu.au SMT072-21 WA-Defence-Review-half-horiz-P-r.indd 1

28/7/21 4:30 pm


COMMENTARY DEFENCE &WA INDIGENOUS ENGAGEMENT Reconciliation members

turn good intentions into meaningful change. Members are supported in their reconciliation journey with exclusive events, RAP programs, cultural engagement opportunities, and more. Together, we can enable greater social, cultural and economic opportunities for all Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples. Be part of the movement.

Become a member today. recwa.org.au/membership Untitled-1 1

Coaching

27/8/21 13:33

Mentoring

Amazing Challenge Event

Youth Boot Camp

Advanced Youth Camp

CULTURE COMPETENCY AND AWARENESS

A unique suite of programs designed to empower adults and young people to reach their potential TRYP Programs can be tailored to suit the specific requirements of corporations, businesses, communities, sporting groups and schools. Participants undertake a variety of physically and mentally challenging activities in a controlled environment to develop leadership, teamwork, confidence, foundational life-skills and respect for culture and diversity. Contact us today to find out how we can help you and your people reach their potential

T 0425 326 677 | E trypconsultancy@hotmail.com | www.trypconsultancy.com.au

TO REACH YOUR POTENTIAL leadership | team building | culture


COMMENTARY

DEFENCE & INDIGENOUS ENGAGEMENT

BUILDING INDIGENOUS BUSINESS TO ENHANCE SOVEREIGN CAPABILITY By Adam Goodes, CEO, Indigenous Defence & Infrastructure Consortium

Much like the rest of the world, Australia faces uncertain times as we continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, with fractured supply chains, international political uncertainty and strained trade relations. Despite all of this, a number of positives and opportunities have come out of the last 18 months in Australia. Many individuals are now spending more time with family and close loved ones, taking the opportunity to spend more time enjoying and exploring our beautiful country. From a business and political perspective though, lessening our reliance on international solutions and supply chains – building sovereign capability - is back on the agenda.

DISRUPTION & OPPORTUNITY Over the last 12 months there has been a number of announcements and policy initiatives that directly encourage Defence prime contractors to look locally and reach out to support Australian business develop capability within our shores. It demonstrates the Australian Government is keenly aware of the need for a defence force underpinned and supported by Australian sovereign capability. As we look to better cultivate the skills, build the capability and capacity in the Australian defence industry locally, I ask: what could be more sovereign than building the capability of Australia’s network of Indigenous businesses? Disruption will lead to opportunity. As our industry focuses on the future of defence, I see the opportunity and importance of Indigenous businesses playing a bigger role. But it will take partnership across the defence industry ecosystem. Without trusted relationships and real commitment at all levels of the supply chain, the Indigenous business sector will hover at a transactional service provider level, and not make the valuable inroads required to provide to a more meaningful contribution. We already understand the benefit of Australian industry capability. From a security perspective, Australian capability is critical to building a self-reliant defence industry that isn’t dependant on overseas supply chains. As the recession starts to bite, investing in defence capability is

not only a way to boost small business growth, but to keep Australian Government funding onshore.

ACTION, NOT TALK Engaging and helping build capability of Indigenous businesses is a winwin for the broader defence industry too. Most large companies have a Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) policy, diversity and iDiC core team and directors. © iDiC. inclusion teams or even Reconciliation cost benefit analysis by Supply Nation The Action Plans. These Sleeping Giant report found that for every are all steps in the right direction, but dollar that was invested in an Indigenous the biggest way companies can make a business, an average of $4.41 was returned difference to the Indigenous community in economic and social value. You won’t isn’t talk – it’s action. find a better return on investment Typically, Defence contracts are a anywhere. The iDiC has now been trading long-running proposition. Acquisition in the defence sector since 2016 and in and sustainment programs can run for that short time we have, via our direct 20-30 years. For small businesses, this is supply chain, contributed over $110m in life changing. For Indigenous businesses, economic and social value to Indigenous it can reshape generational wealth. businesses, people and communities. Of the 100 Indigenous-owned and controlled businesses we work with at the Indigenous Defence & Infrastructure Consortium (iDiC), we estimate 63% of their staff are Indigenous too. Further, a

We are not about charity or a handout. In business, you’re only as good as your last project. With our Indigenous Consortium partners, we offer over 500

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

265


COMMENTARY

DEFENCE & INDIGENOUS ENGAGEMENT

different services spanning professional services, engineering, logistics, construction, ICT goods and services, cyber security services, facility services, training and development, education and creative services – our businesses hold their own in very competitive fields. Investing in these businesses not only provides better Australian capability, but it opens defence contractors up to the vast talent in these networks. Better partnership based on relationships not transactional is required to achieve this and help Indigenous businesses get a foot in the door. If you’ve never worked on a defence project or aren’t on a particular procurement panel, often you are automatically ruled out whether your capabilities match or not. Without a pre-existing relationship with a prime contractor, an Indigenous business won’t get a look in. That is why at iDiC we only work with organisations that share our values, and it starts at the top. We only have 12 strategic clients and as CEO I sign a strategic agreement which clearly outlines intent, commitments and objectives with the CEO of each company before we start working together.

As we look to better cultivate the skills, build the capability and capacity in the Australian defence industry locally, I ask: what could be more sovereign than building the capability of Australia’s network of Indigenous businesses?

TRUST & UNDERSTANDING A good example of this is Boeing Australia. We have been working with Boeing Defence Australia (BDA) since 2016 and last month signed a Relational Agreement - a world-first for an Indigenous business - which will see both companies operate as one. The agreement is based upon a shared vision of delivering ‘Black Excellence’, relational objectives, guiding principles and intended behaviours. This will ensure the engagement of Indigenous-owned businesses is elevated from a transactional procurement driven relationship to

266

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Scott Carpendale Vice President Boeing Defence Australia and Adam Goodes CEO & Director iDiC signing 5 year Relational Head Contract. © iDiC.

that of a true strategic partnership. The groundbreaking, five-year relational head agreement will make it easier for all of Boeing’s Australian subsidiaries to engage Indigenous small and medium enterprises. Our new agreement with Boeing has already started to reap benefits for Indigenous businesses we have already commenced delivering a longterm Integrated Facilities and Asset Management contract with our partners at Zancott Knight with over 70% of the services now being delivered by Indigenous businesses like Fields Group Security. We are not only working on Indirect services, but have been engaged by BDA on campaigns like JP9102 SATCOMS where we are delivering design and planning services with our partners at PSG Holdings as a managing contractor, and cyber security services on BDA programs with our partners at Willyama Services. Relational agreements are designed to focus on the relationship between the businesses – defining the principles for ethical interactions which are advantageous to both parties. The primary challenge to engaging Indigenous businesses is fear of the unknown. Many large defence contractors haven’t worked with Indigenous businesses before. In a world where the environment is volatile and trust is in short supply, additional uncertainty can be a step too far. This is why relationships are important. The benefits of working with an Indigenous business aren’t something that can be quantified by procurement departments. Nor is it CSR. It’s about doing good business - smart business. It’s

about building networks that endure and further Australia’s capability.

A VIBRANT SECTOR At iDiC we predict, with the uncertainty in the world today, that trusted brands and relationships will outweigh ‘price and cost’ policy determinations. A reliable network of the right local skillsets will be key to moving forward. Good policy is important. It means Australia is fair dinkum about sovereign capability. However, giving Indigenous businesses the opportunity to add value requires more than regulation and policy – we need the right partnership with industry, and for this to be recognised and incentivised by government. Sovereign capability means looking at the skills and talents we already have and nurturing them for the future. Our vibrant, brilliant Indigenous business sector would be a fitting place to start. The iDiC is working with a number of defence prime contractors as a supply chain aggregator and account manager, focussing on identifying business opportunities for our 100 plus Indigenous businesses, presenting turnkey solutions which provide a de-risked integrated offering to our clients. The iDiC is able to navigate the supply chain requirements of large companies, which are somewhat daunting for small to medium enterprises, and prequalify as an approved supplier. By taking this approach Indigenous businesses are getting access to contracts which they normally would not have been able to as stand-alone business. We are reinvesting in our people via targeted development programs, getting our people ‘defence ready’ as we build sovereign capability.


Labour Hire l Projects l Joint Ventures l Strategic Recruitment

ENHANCING BUSINESSES SINCE 2009

LNG

Trades

Engineering

Defence

Mining

Logistics

Administration Construction

www.surepeople.com.au l 08 6143 4480

Quality healthcare through innovation and diversity Occupational Health Primary Health Care Spartan First Occupational Health Services is a fully integrated Indigenous owned medical provider offering a wide range of Health services to Industry and Government.

1300 989 094 spartanfirst.com.au


CONNECTING

DEFENCE INDUSTRY WITH GOVERNMENT

Australia’s Defence Industry can rely on PPA to empower them with tailored Federal and State Government engagement strategies to support their business objectives.

PUBLIC AND CORPORATE AFFAIRS

BIPARTISAN GOVERNMENT RELATIONS AND PUBLIC POLICY

STRATEGIC PARLIAMENTARY ENGAGEMENT AND PROTOCOL

Based in the heart of Canberra, Precision Public Affairs (PPA) utilises its extensive networks, 50+ years combined experience and knowledge of Government to support Australia’s Defence Industry with targeted, collaborative engagement campaigns.

THE ART OF THE POSSIBLE

PRECISION PUBLIC AFFAIRS

COMMUNICATIONS AND DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES

AWARD-WINNING SPECIALIST PUBLIC AFFAIRS FIRM

Now let’s see what’s possible Contact us at: info@precisionpublicaffairs.com www.precisionpublicaffairs.com


COMMENTARY

POLICY & ADVOCACY

THE PRESSING NEED FOR A DEFENCE FORCE POSTURE REVIEW By the Hon Brendan O’Connor MP,

Shadow Minister for Defence, Australian Labor Party

Western Australia has a long and proud history of supporting our national security and defence, which not only secures our nation, it promotes industry, jobs and growth. WA is home to significant defence manufacturing - including the billion-dollar shipbuilding industry - and holds the minerals and resources sector critical to sovereign supply chains.

LABOR’S PLEDGE The west coast’s growing significance will be a focus of our review of Australia’s defence posture - a commitment by Labor should we win government. With its strategic position on the Indian Ocean - which to date has not been truly maximised - we could see an increased focus on WA for our defence. Approximately one-third of Australia’s maritime jurisdiction is in the Indian Ocean. There is therefore greater scope for increased ADF presence in the North West of Australia. We know the current levels of Defence infrastructure and presence in WA could be improved, considering the area’s economic importance. This would be addressed by Labor should we win the next election, as an Albanese Labor government will conduct the first Defence force posture review since 2012. Australia has only conducted two fully-fledged Defence posture reviews in recent times - both under Labor. Defence force posture is more than ‘places and bases’, it is how we participate in regional exercises and mobilise our troops in times of conflict. This review would ensure the Australian Government is considering both long-term strategic posture and whether Australian Defence units, assets and facilities are equipped and prepared for the military to respond to any threats.

WA’s growing significance will be a focus of our review of Australia’s Defence posture - a commitment by Labor should we win government.

The Indo-Pacific would be a key focus of this review and with WA holding the ‘Indo’ side of the Indo-Pacific, it would form a significant part of this work. This independent review will investigate the future security and strategic environment, the importance of domestic and demographic issues and their impact on Defence facilities, as well as the strategic location of ADF bases. This will also assist us in preparing for humanitarian and disaster responses, including those related to climate change.

Earlier this year, Brendan O’Connor was provided a guided tour of Austal’s repair and maintenance facility in Cairns. © Office Of Brendan O’Connor.

The relationship between energy security, national defence and the economy must be a focus of the government, and under Labor you will see increased focus on energy security. The review would also examine implications of the emergence of cyber security as a central strategic concern for Australia’s posture. In any response to the review’s findings, Labor is committed to local industry involvement in the building and sustaining of defence capability in Western Australia.

STRATEGIC IMPERATIVES After six Defence Ministers in eight years, the government has been neglecting planning on posture, despite deteriorating strategic circumstances. This is in stark contrast to our allies. US President Joe Biden is conducting a global force posture review with a strong focus on the Indo-Pacific. Australia’s 2020 Defence Strategic Update warned of the rapidly changing circumstances in our region and stressed that a 10 year strategic warning time for a major conventional attack against Australia is

no longer an appropriate basis for Defence planning. Reduced warning times mean Defence plans can no longer assume Australia will have time to gradually adjust military capability and preparedness in response to emerging challenges. This is particularly concerning when we know our major Defence asset contracts are over budget and face years of delay, and do not always represent value for money. We need to do better to deliver what our ADF and our country needs. We need to ensure our negotiations deliver assets on time, on budget and with appropriate local industry content. The Morrison government has regularly spoken of - and taken credit for - posture related activities, such as upgrades to Defence assets in northern Australia and the presence of US Marines, yet they have largely ignored posture. Under Labor you will see a genuine, independent Defence force posture review to establish the best places for our assets and to protect our interests today and into the future. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

269


Intelligent Communications Communicating with influence Business media Strategic communications Business intelligence About Us

Say Hi

Intelligent Communications is a bespoke marketing and branding consultancy with specialist expertise in business media, strategic communications and business intelligence support. We offer competitive pricing and services tailored to meet the needs of a variety of clients and industry sectors. No matter what your line of business, IC can be relied upon to provide the support necessary to reach and persuade your designed audience.

Your defence industry partner intelcommunications.com.au

PO Box 6701 East Perth, WA 6892, Australia admin@intelcommunications.com.au


COMMENTARY

POLICY & ADVOCACY

DEVELOPING OUR OWN CAPABILITY: THE FEDERAL OPPOSITION PLAN By Matt Keogh MP,

Shadow Minister for Defence Industry, Australian Labor Party

After eight years and six Defence Ministers this federal Liberal government still doesn’t get the importance of the Australian defence industry certainly not the importance of the Western Australian sector and our geostrategic positioning. As the ‘drums of war’ rhetoric grows in volume and our geo-strategic situation continues to deteriorate, our major shipbuilding projects are seeing more and more delays.

INTEGRATING LOCAL SMES INTO SUPPLY CHAIN To get this back on track Defence needs to engage local Australian industry as an integral partner. Indeed, local defence industry should not just be seen as a critical enabler of defence capability, but also as its own domain of capability, able to work with all the other domains, yet necessary to ensuring the breadth and depth of Defence’s operational success. Therefore, it is vital that the prime contractors engaged by Defence on these significant projects properly integrate Australian small and medium enterprises into their supply chains locally. This requires leadership from the top. That’s why the Australian Labor Party has committed to having enforceable Australian industry capability requirements in contracts with the primes, not just requiring ‘best endeavours’, but ensuring that those requirements are both audited and enforced. The COVID-19 pandemic has demonstrated just how vulnerable we are to supply chain and skill shocks, potentially worsened in the event of actual armed conflict. We need to ensure our Australian industry, particularly in WA, is engaged and available to support our defence forces.

NEED FOR PROPER MANAGEMENT This government is allowing the primes to overlook our Australian industry when they should be holding them to account. They should be managing these billion-dollar contracts (as well as smaller ones) properly. After all, it is Australian businesses, workers,

sovereign capability, the ADF and all Australian taxpayers that ultimately lose out when contracts go offshore. It is not acceptable that this government lets primes get away with claims that capability is not present in Australian industry when we know it is, or could be with just a little support and encouragement. Australia needs to get the biggest bang for its $270bn of Defence procurement spending over the next decade. This means government working to understand where the true gaps in local industry capability are to ensure these are plugged by supporting new businesses or expanding existing businesses to fill capability gaps. This is essential to expanding our sovereign capability. There’s no doubt the Government’s decision that Australia have a nuclearpowered submarine fleet will improve our defence capability in an increasingly challenging environment. This decision, made possible because of a change of policy by our closest allies, is supported by Labor. We must ensure that the Liberal government’s record of completely and utterly mishandling our future submarine program to date does not continue with this critical new nuclear-powered project. It is vital the acquisition of this new defence capability is done on time, on budget and, as much as possible, using our Australian defence industry and developing our sovereign capabilities as much as possible.

LABOR’S PLANS Expanding this capability will be supported by Labor’s announced national reconstruction fund, which will provide up to $15bn of capital to invest in jobcreating projects through loans, equity

and guarantees. This will support and grow Australia’s sovereign capability as well as research and development for the future. Labor’s plans are not just about ensuring that a proportion of money spent is classified as ‘Australian’, regardless of the capability actually grown and delivered. Rather, it is about ensuring that the use of Australian industry actually results in Australia growing sovereign capabilities across planning, research, development, design, and engineering, as well as manufacture and integration. That means backing organisations that are Australian-owned and controlled, generating local IP and doing the work here. Australia has the ability, capability and know-how, but it’s up to federal government to ensure that this is developed in our national interest.

INCREASING WA’S PROMINENCE Western Australia has always been pivotal to our nation’s naval defence, and the proposed Defence force posture review by an incoming Labor Government could increase the state’s prominence in other domains too. From our strategic position on the western frontline of Australia’s defence – the ‘Indo’ side of the Indo-Pacific – to WA’s billion dollar shipbuilding industry, to our resources sector that keeps our economy moving, and the minerals critical to sovereign supply chains, WA’s strategic and geographic value will be of great importance to the review of Australia’s Defence posture. It is incumbent on decision-makers to support our WA defence industry specifically, and the national industry more broadly. Only Labor has a plan to make that a reality. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

271


COMMENTARY

POLICY & ADVOCACY

A STRONGER INDUSTRY FOR GREATER NATIONAL RESILIENCE By Brent Clark,

CEO, Australian Industry & Defence Network

As the Federal Government continues with the significant challenge of replacing, upscaling and enhancing the ADF it is important to consider that there is another element to national sovereignty - and therefore strategic resilience - that must be developed and enhanced: the Australian-owned and controlled defence industry.

SUPPLY CHAINS UNDER STRESS Recent events in Afghanistan, the continuing COVID-19 pandemic, tensions in our region and the complexity of the world’s geo-political circumstances require a robust, independent, and highly capable domestic industry. We as a nation continue to learn the lessons of the fragility of our supply chains across all sectors. As the pandemic continues to batter our economy, we need to accept that at some point this economy is going to have to move into a recovery phase and if we are going to maintain the standard of living, we have all come to expect then Australian industry must become a vital component of that recovery plan. Throughout the pandemic the Australian Government has been able to keep Defence programs largely on track. This means that Defence dollars have continued to flow, and companies continue, in the most part, to be viable operating entities. The ability for Defence to bring forward the payment of invoices allowed many companies to maintain a positive cash flow throughout the pandemic, which in turn allowed them to maintain a solid workforce. Although many were involved in achieving this, AIDN applauds the Hon Melissa Price, Minister for Defence Industry, and the Capability and Sustainment Group under the leadership of Tony Fraser, AO CSC, for pro-actively managing these outcomes.

GREATER AUSTRALIAN CONTROL Defence has a difficult role to perform; it must meet the requirements of the government of the day and to do this it requires people, equipment and services. The acquisition of equipment must be achieved to a defined cost and agreed schedule. Given the nature of the activity and the government’s stated requirements

272

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Chairman of the AIDN National board, Graham Priestnall, addresses guests at the 2021 AIDN National Gala Dinner held on 3 February 2021 at Canberra’s National Convention Centre. © AIDN National.

to create a sovereign industrial base to achieve greater national resilience, Defence is therefore obligated to ensure that Australian-owned and controlled industry receives the majority of work orders and contracts. This will ensure that most of the activity is undertaken in Australia by an Australian company. At present this simply is not the case. Recent studies indicate that less than 50% of the activity is spent within Australia, with a significant percentage of that spend going to foreign-owned and controlled multinational companies. It is acknowledged that many of these overseas owned companies do attempt to engage with Australian industry, and those efforts are to be applauded, but the simple reality is that there should never be an order placed without first determining whether the work can or could be done in Australia, how Australian companies are going to be included in the activities, and how Australian companies are going to be upskilled and enhanced to undertake the activity into the future.

NEED FOR PROACTIVE MEASURES Australia has proven industrial capabilities with companies that compete on a global stage - our mining and medical industries spring to mind. This is not the case with our defence companies who largely struggle to get a toe hold on many of these programs, watching on as the overseas supply chain of these multi-national companies are engaged ahead of them, usually behind the guise of intellectual property issues, or undue risk or non-competitiveness. Australia lags the world in the development and protection of its defence industry and this needs to change. Change can only come through government intent and with proactive policy mandating that Defence ensures Australian-owned and controlled industry is at the forefront of every acquisition decision. AIDN looks forward to working proactively with both sides of the political spectrum, Defence and the multi-national companies to achieve the outcome that is best for Australia.


The Australian Industry & Defence Network (AIDN) is a national peak body that supports SME suppliers to Defence and Security related customers via advocacy, trusted partnerships, representation and member services.

AIDN aims to maximise defence and security related business for Australian SMEs by: > identifying and developing opportunities for SMEs to take part in Australian defence business opportunities and global supply chains and via prime contractors > providing advocacy services for our members to and from Defence, federal and state government and industry, and representation on government industry forums in the Defence sector > developing the skills base of its membership, including through initiatives which utilise government assistance > providing member only events, along with the latest information, news, opportunities and defence events > contributing to workforce planning and linking industry with federal and state/territory government programs in skills training, innovation, technology and asset development, specialisation, and export readiness > supporting and participating in domestic and international conferences, seminars and trade shows to showcase member capabilities.

Keep up to date with the latest AIDN events and industry information: AIDN National www.aidn.org.au

For more information, or membership details, please contact: info@aidn.org.au


13 Perth Region

Quest Bunbury

Quest Yelverton Kalgoorlie


COMMENTARY

POLICY & ADVOCACY

SMALL BUSINESS SHOULD BE HEART AND SOUL OF DEFENCE INDUSTRY By Rohan Green, Chair, Henderson Alliance

Since its inception just five years ago, the Henderson Alliance has significantly broadened its reach as it adapts to the ever-changing needs of Western Australia’s burgeoning defence industry. While the original pillars are still central to our operations, industry developments and policy changes have stimulated the need for new services and support mechanisms.

ADDRESS THE CAPABILITY GAP The core objective of the alliance has always been to create increased defence industry opportunities for the WA economy, particularly for the all-important SME sector. It has proven easy for governments to deliver platitudes about their commitment to small business, but in practice there’s a mountain of need for improvement. This is certainly not to say that governments aren’t truly genuine, the real issue is

the lack of authentic ground-level knowledge of how the sector operates. This is the capability gap that the Henderson Alliance strives to fill. In our quest to create more opportunities for SMEs, we have made continual representations to governments at every level, particularly in WA. We have always maintained the view that the South Australia-based frigate and submarine programs cannot be delivered without a national program supported by SMEs in other states. Each state has

The BAE Systems shipyard located in Henderson is the largest ship repair and maintenance facility of its kind in Australia, and is used extensively by the resources sector for the repairs of tug boats, supply and rescue ships, and by the Royal Australian Navy for maintenance and sustainment of its fleet of frigates under the ANZAC-class Midlife Capability Assurance Program. The shipyard is extensively supported by WA-based SME contractors which play a major role in its operations. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

275


COMMENTARY

POLICY & ADVOCACY

In the best interests of our great country, we need robust government policies which explicitly mandate local SME involvement as the central plank of Australia’s defence industry engineering and technological delivery. This should include an absolute requirement for the inward transfer and retention of intellectual property to ensure small business becomes the heart and soul of defence industry, rather than just the arms and legs. To achieve this much-needed outcome, the establishment of a local content task force is now well overdue.

276

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Celebrating its 30th anniversary this year, Perth-based Future Engineering is a salient example of a successful local SME that manufactures high precision and bespoke products for the resources and defence sectors. © WA DEFENCE REVIEW.

a unique ability to contribute, based on its unique industrial capacity, and a ‘one-size-fits-all’ program approach is contrary to the national interest. WA is immediately positioned to provide significant and exclusive expertise, drawing upon existing capability and technology in the mining and oil and gas industries. Our resources industry experience and sophisticated technical capabilities is highly transferable to the defence sector.

CREATING A NEW ECONOMIC PILLAR We can also build upon the innovative Western Trade Coast and Lithium Valley WA initiatives which establish the crucible for some exciting integrated projects to further drive local advanced manufacturing and export opportunities. In so many ways, WA has an amazing springboard to create a new economic pillar and generate thousands of sustainable jobs for coming generations, thereby helping to end the ‘boom and bust’ cycles of the past. In WA we have already made a significant input to the construction of the Offshore Patrol Vessels.


COMMENTARY

However, the greatest economic potential lies with the supply of components, services and technologies to shipbuilding in Adelaide. Furthermore, we have the skills and capabilities to deliver valuable outcomes in many other defence industry sectors locally, interstate and abroad. The success of the WA Henderson hub is therefore central and critical to our national defence industry ecosystem. We have what it takes as well as the mobility to deliver anywhere.

LOCAL SME MANDATE However, for Australia to fulfil its industry potential, we have to be serious about maximising the broader economic benefits for the nation. Obviously the COVID-19 pandemic has created some immense long-term fiscal challenges, with perhaps over a trillion dollars needed to restore the previous financial balance. This can only come from economic growth

POLICY & ADVOCACY

and there is no better long-term driver than the small business sector. Every dollar spent on an overseas provider is a dollar exported from Australia, while every dollar spent at home is an investment that keeps on giving in terms of sovereign competence, small business advancement, community resilience and careers rather than jobs. In the best interests of our great country, we need robust government policies which explicitly mandate local SME involvement as the central plank of Australia’s defence industry engineering and technological delivery. This should include an absolute requirement for the inward transfer and retention of intellectual property to ensure small business becomes the heart and soul of the defence industry, rather than just the arms and legs. To achieve this much-needed outcome, the establishment of a local content task force is now well overdue.

Developing and promoting the capabilities of SMEs across Western Australia servicing defence, shipbuilding and related industries.

hendersonalliance.org.au Proud Partners of the Australian Defence Alliance

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

277


COMMENTARY

POLICY & ADVICACY

AUSTRALIA’S COMMERCIAL MARINE SECTOR: NAVIGATING TROUBLED WATERS By David Good,

CEO, Australian Commercial Marine Group (ACMG)

Australia’s commercial marine industry encompasses a range of sectors from commercial shipbuilding and repair, recreational boat building refit and repair, marine equipment manufacturing through to marina operations. Our marine manufacturers are world-leaders in their speciality products and services, recognised internationally for the quality of their products and the high standards of adherence to safety.

STATE OF THE SECTOR A KPMG report on Australia’s Marine Industry Capability released in July 2017, based on data from 2014-15, states there were over 2000 registered businesses operating in the marine manufacturing sector, most employing under 20 people, with an overall workforce of 14,600. In total, the Australian marine manufacturing industry contributed $1.7bn of value-added to the Australian economy, while delivering $575m in merchandise exports over that period. The marine manufacturing industry in Australia can by and large be segmented into two parts – naval manufacturing capabilities and the civil marine manufacturing sector. Civil marine manufacturing covers ship building and boat building, commercial, private and government users and marine services – maintenance, repairs, refits and vessel overhauls. These two parts can often complement each other in the provision of services and products. The marine manufacturing sector investment in research and development has played an important role in enabling marine businesses to successfully reach international markets. Through productive R&D input, Australian commercial manufacturers are pioneers in the design of multi-hulls for passenger transport. The increase in delivery of fully fitted out passenger ferries to overseas destinations has been testimony to this. The use of computer simulation software and water tank testing has also led to several positive outcomes for Australian marine manufacturers in multi-hull designs, and in particular market-leading trimarans. Australian companies such as Incat and Austal have

278

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

seen success with their passenger ferry designs, as has Echo Marine Group (Echo Yachts) in their construction of luxury superyachts, commercial vessels and Defence sustainment projects.

IMPLICATIONS OF COVID-19 The advent of COVID-19 in March 2020 led to an almost complete stop to new orders and contract negotiations for the Australian commercial marine sector. With most companies drawing on the memory from the Global Financial Crisis (GFC), many were preparing for a long and sustained slump in activity. Fortunately, the Australian Government Jobkeeper stimulus package enabled many businesses to keep staff engaged throughout the period of dramatic restrictions, a time in which most businesses would have ordinarily been forced to lay off significant numbers of qualified and expert staff. Losing qualified tradespeople to the mining industry again would have put some companies back years with their recruitment and training plans and processes. However, the COVID-19 experience has been vastly different to the GFC. When Asia and Europe went into lockdown, industrial components became difficult to source from these regions, but Australian manufacturers continued to work. Many component manufacturers in Australia saw increased orders domestically as locally sourced items became the only option for a number of original equipment manufacturers. ‘Australian-made’ became more than a patriotic choice; it became a necessity. Australian marine businesses were able to respond quickly to this increase in demand as they still had trained staff available. Australian refit and maintenance shipyards have also seen a significant

increase in enquiries over this period from foreign superyachts unable to be utilised by owners or charterers due to travel restrictions. These vessels brought forward their next two years of scheduled maintenance to make best use of the down time. Gaining exemptions for these vessels and crew to enter Australia was initially difficult in light of the foreign cruise ship issues in Australian waters. However, since May last year these exemptions are now more easily obtained after significant work between the industry body and Australian Border Force to ensure these vessels could use Australian shipyards, retaining significant numbers of Australian tradespeople in the marine industry. Australian marina builders too continued to operate domestically with marina’s expansion plans continuing over the last 15 months in part to keep up with the demand created by a domestic recreational boating boom. This increase in demand was in contrast with many commercial tourism vessel operators, who, while also unable to operate, deferred planned maintenance in order to save funds. They planned for a long and challenging recovery with state border closures making their return to full business capacity difficult.

LONG ROAD TO RECOVERY Looking forward, planning for overseas trade shows remains extremely difficult for Australian marine manufacturers with export businesses. Now that Europe and America have high vaccine rates and are starting to return to travel, many northern hemisphere tradeshows are confirming they will go ahead in the coming months. Having a trade show go ahead and to see your competitors attend in-person is


COMMENTARY

something a lot of local marine businesses will have to contemplate over the next 6-12 months. Questions they will be asking themselves are whether someone local on the ground could represent them, or should they re-allocate more funds towards online marketing to retain their exposure in their international marketplaces? METSTRADE, to be held in Amsterdam in November 2021, and Workboat, to be held in New Orleans in December this year, both loom large on the calendar. Australian marine companies face many decisions in the near future on whether to attend or not, and if they do, in what format? Both the Australian International Marine Export Group (AIMEX) and the Australian Commercial Marine Group (ACMG) are looking at providing group stand options as an inexpensive presence at both these shows, but without a full tradeshow stand commitment. This will hopefully provide companies with a halfway option without having to fully commit financially. One of the big losses for Australia from COVID-19 was the cancellation of

Interferry 2020, the world’s pre-eminent ferry conference, which was to be held in Hobart last October. Australia is arguably the best high-speed ferry manufacturing nation in the world and to have hosted such an important event would have shone a spotlight on Australian marine manufacturing; the benefits lost are hard to quantify. Fortunately, Hobart has been confirmed as the 2023 host after the next two previously announced hosts. Basically, Australia gets to go to the back of the line and try again three years later when, hopefully, the world will be back to normal. Optimistically, a long-standing legacy from this pandemic will be the importance of local manufacturing. The lack of airfreight due to the airlines almost ceasing operations, along with entire countries going into lockdown has highlighted the sovereign risk of sourcing items from overseas suppliers. Buying ‘Australian made’ will hopefully see a continued resurgence.

AVOIDING COMPLACENCY Overall, the Australian commercial marine industry has fared better through

POLICY & ADVICACY

COVID-19 than originally expected. Demand from the domestic market for marine products and services meant a quick rebound when overseas products became scarce, coupled with freighting delays. This and the JobKeeper stimulus package ensuring retention of the skilled labour pool, means Australian commercial marine businesses have been somewhat insulated from some of the financial pain experienced in other sectors due to COVID-19. However, the commercial marine sector still requires ongoing investment from both federal and state governments to continue to allow further growth and innovation in a sector where Australia already excels and is highly respected internationally. As an industry, we cannot afford to be complacent as other offshore markets for marine products start to re-open and efficient supply chains are restored. With the right levels of funding, the Australian commercial marine sector can continue to grow and to strengthen its position as a dominant player in the international marine industry.

THERE IS ONLY ONE ORIGINAL

The Roodberg Hydraulic trailer is quite simply one of the most secure, effective and efficient ways to get a boat in or out of the water. Discover marine transportation — perfected. Make an enquiry with Roodberg’s official reseller, Butchart Marine Services today.

BUTCHARTMARINESERVICES.COM.AU GREG@BUTCHARTMARINESERVICES.COM.AU

+61 (0) 2 9905 7713

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

279


COMMENTARY

POLICY & ADVOCACY

THE STEEL INDUSTRY: PROVING AUSTRALIA’S METTLE By Mark Cain, Chief Executive, Australian Steel Institute

Steel occupies a strategically essential role in Australia’s sovereign production capabilities, particularly in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic which has caused unprecedented global uncertainty in supply chains. It is a critical input in many areas of Australia’s society and economy, from defence and mining, through to construction and manufacturing. All of these essential downstream and related industries rely on steel to function.

MAINSTAY OF THE ECONOMY Australian-made steel has a positive impact on the national economy and society, through its contribution to employment, investment, taxation revenue and Australia’s trade balance, to give a few examples. Procurement of locally produced and fabricated steel creates employment for up to six workers in related industries for every worker within the steel industry, delivering dividends across the economy. Whole-of-life costs are a significant advantage of local procurement compared with imported steel, with products produced and certified to Australian standards supported by warranties and with superior environmental performance.

The Australian steel industry consists of four primary steel producers, supported by over 300 steel distribution outlets throughout the country and numerous manufacturing, fabrication and engineering companies.

with Rheinmetall Defence Australia (RDA). It will be used for Rheinmetall’s Australian-built Boxer CRV in the LAND 400 Phase 2 program. As Australia’s only manufacturer of armour and protection grade steels, BISALLOY has a long history of collaboration with the Australian Defence Force. Originally developed in the 1980s for use in the hulls of the Royal Australian Navy’s frigates, BISALLOY has since been used in many domestic Defence projects, including the Collins-class submarine, Bushmaster and Hawkei vehicles. BlueScope will deliver more than 1500 tons of steel plate to ASC for the Hunter-class frigate program. The steel plate will be used to construct five ship blocks in the prototyping phase of the program. The blocks will then test processes, systems, tools, and facilities prior to construction commencing on the first of nine frigates by the end of 2022. In late 2020, RDA opened its Military Vehicle Centre of Excellence (MILVEHCOE) in Redbank, Queensland. This facility has established a new

The Australian steel industry consists of four primary steel producers, supported by over 300 steel distribution outlets throughout the country and numerous manufacturing, fabrication and engineering companies. Australia’s primary steel producers and steel product manufacturers together form a strategically important value chain that has the capability to supply in excess of 90% of the steel grades and qualities required in this country. Given this capability, it is little wonder that Australian steel is playing a leading role in the historic $270bn defence industry expenditure announced by the Australian Government in the 2020 Defence Strategic Update and 2020 Force Structure Plan.

STEEL IN DEFENCE BISALLOY® Armour steel was developed to meet the protection levels required for the Boxer Combat Reconnaissance Vehicle (CRV) and was tested and certified by the German government in collaboration

280

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

© WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer David Nicolson.


COMMENTARY

POLICY & ADVOCACY

Credit: Adobe Stock.

national sovereign military vehicle capability that enables the design, development and local manufacture and fabrication of military vehicles.

more than 2500 protected high mobility trucks to the army under the Land 121 Phase 3B program, as well as 1000 trucks under the Land 121 Phase 3B/5B program.

RDA is delivering 211 Boxer vehicles to the Australian Army under Land 400 Phase 2. The company is also delivering

FABRICATOR FOOTPRINT

Australia’s primary steel producers and steel product manufacturers together form a strategically important value chain that has the capability to supply in excess of 90% of the steel grades and qualities required in this country.

Precision Metal Group (PMG) is working with RDA, undertaking welding on components for armoured defence vehicles under Land 400 Phase 2. PMG is working with German group, Probatec AG, for the manufacture of seating for military vehicles, including the Boxer CRV. Milspec is one of the premier Australian defence SMEs supplying componentry for sub-systems, alternators and portable power to the defence industry. For instance, Milspec has worked with RDA since 2015, providing installation kits to accommodate the communication equipment used by the army. In 2018, Luerssen Australia awarded

Civmec the contract for the navy’s SEA 1180 Offshore Patrol Vessel program. The project includes the supply and processing of steel for 12 vessels. Following the build of the first two vessels in South Australia, Civmec is undertaking the fabrication and consolidation of the following 10 vessels at its new, world-class assembly hall in Henderson, Western Australia. Steel is a vital and sustainable source of innovation, skilled employment and technical capability in our cities and our regional communities. In recognition of the strategic importance of these local manufacturers and the local steel industry, every effort needs to be made to ensure that domestic manufacturing capabilities are not only retained, but expanded. Looking to the future, Australia needs a large and diverse traditional manufacturing base in order to nurture and support new and emerging industries, including the defence sector. EDITION 4 • 2021-22

281


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

Serge DeSilvaRanasinghe, Managing Editor,

WA DEFENCE REVIEW

Paul Everingham.

PAUL EVERINGHAM: “THE RESOURCES SECTOR HAS AN OPEN APPROACH TO WORKING WITH DEFENCE TO HELP ENSURE OUR MUTUAL OBJECTIVES ARE ACHIEVED.” Despite the uncertainty surrounding the pandemic, the Western Australian resources sector continues to be one the pillars of both the state and national economies, with iron ore exports climbing to record levels and a global focus on renewables creating opportunities for many other commodities, such as rare earths. WA DEFENCE REVIEW spoke with Paul Everingham, the Chief Executive of the Chamber of Minerals and Energy of Western Australia (CMEWA), to discuss the state of the resources sector in WA, its synergies with Defence, and the outlook ahead to future opportunities and challenges. Can you outline the current state of Australia’s minerals and energy sector and the contribution the sector in WA makes to the national economy?

S IA*

8

POLICY AND ADVOCACY

Rest of Australia

31.83

$

billion

74 8

Australia

83.8

$

billion

Community organisations supported

Local governments supported

rnment payments WA operations

monwealth any tax, FBT, re royalties

es, payroll ntals, fees

18.03

$

billion

EDITION 4 • 2021-22 2827.71

$

billion

The state of WA’s resources sector is healthy at present, with an optimistic outlook over the mediumterm future albeit with the significant uncertainty of the coronavirus pandemic. Many of the WA sector’s traditional areas of strength – notably iron ore and gold – continue to perform extremely well, and new and exciting opportunities continue to emerge in the battery minerals space. The predicted growth in electric vehicle uptake is expected to drive increased demand in WA’s lithium industry, while an increased global focus on renewable energy is also good news for commodities such as nickel, copper, bauxite, cobalt and rare earths. Additionally, there are a number of resources companies with WA operations that are investing in the hydrogen industry, which has great future potential for WA and Australia. WA’s resources sector contributed $12.7bn in royalties, North West Shelf grants and lease rentals to the WA government in the FY2020-21 -

accounting for 31% of all state revenue. In WA alone, an average of more than 140,000 people were employed in the sector during the 2020 calendar year. Meanwhile, company tax payments from resources companies operating in WA helped the federal government fund important COVID-19 recovery mechanisms, such as JobKeeper and JobSeeker. A report released earlier this year by the Minerals Council of Australia found that company tax and royalty payments by Australian mining contributed more than $39bn to governments across the country. In the FY2019-20, mining was the single biggest contributing industry to Australia’s economy, with a gross domestic product totalling more than $20bn.

Which specific commodities are currently experiencing growth and why? How sustainable is this growth likely to be into the future? Exports of iron ore have climbed to record levels over the past year, while Australia became the biggest gold producer in the world during the first six months of this year. There is also continued growth for lithium, nickel, cobalt and rare earths as demand for


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

electrical vehicles, renewable energy and technology in general continues to grow across the world. In terms of sustainability, iron ore has been a strong performer for several decades and gold has always been a commodity closely associated with WA’s economy. Our healthy natural reserves of iron ore and gold and our ability to mine, refine and export them in an efficient manner within a stable political and fiscal environment, means they should continue to be key long-term contributors to the WA and Australian economies. The trend towards electric vehicles, renewables and technology means growth in demand for commodities such as lithium, nickel, bauxite, cobalt and rare earths should be sustainable well into the future.

Iron ore has been a major economic success story for Australia, however there are increasingly credible indications that Australia’s main buyer – China – is now firmly committed to reducing its dependence on Australian iron ore. What does this mean for the outlook of Australian iron ore?

NATIONAL SECURITY AFFAIRS

The WA resources sector has a longstanding, strong trading relationship with China across a variety of commodities, including iron ore, gas and nickel. CMEWA and its member companies look forward to that strong trading relationship continuing into the future.

What impact is the growing focus on renewables and energy transformation having on the future of the minerals and energy sector in Australia? The impact of the growing focus on renewables and energy transformation on the WA resources sector has been two-fold. As mentioned, it is likely to drive significant growth for demand in commodities such as lithium, bauxite, cobalt, nickel and rare earths – all of which can be found with relative abundance in WA. In the case of nickel, we’ve seen new mines open in the Kambalda area, and BHP Nickel West enter into a supply agreement with Tesla. When complete, Albermarle’s lithium production facilities at Kemerton is expected to be among the world’s largest. In the past month we’ve seen the likes of IGO produce its first lithium hydroxide

WA’s resources sector contributed $12.7bn in royalties, North West Shelf grants and lease rentals to the WA government in the FY2020-21 - accounting for 31% of all state revenue. In WA alone, an average of more than 140,000 people were employed in the sector during the 2020 calendar year.

at Kwinana as part of its joint venture with Tianqi, while Covalent Lithium announced it would build a new refinery. On the rare earth front Northern Minerals is one of few producers of the heavy rare earth element Dysprosium outside China, while Hastings has secured offtake memorandum of understandings and is working towards production of rare earth carbonate at Yangibana in 2022, and Iluka is expediting a feasibility study for a rare earth refinery at Eneabba. This is atop the success of Lynas, which is the largest producer of rare earths outside of China and is investing in a rare earths

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

283


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

POLICY AND ADVOCACY

Total direct economic contribution to Australia Wages & salaries

Payments to Government

Business purchases

Community contributions

A report released earlier this year by the Minerals Council of Australia found that company tax and royalty payments by Australian mining contributed more than $39bn to governments across the country. In the FY2019-20, mining was the single biggest contributing industry to Australia’s economy, with a gross domestic product totalling more than $20bn.

processing facility at Kalgoorlie. And there will be more to come in this space too, because exploration in WA in 2020 was at its highest since 2012, with nickel, cobalt and copper ranking behind only gold and iron ore as the target of activity. The other way in which the focus on renewables and energy transformation is affecting our sector is in the way operations are being designed. A variety of projects are taking up renewable energy as an alternative to traditional diesel power, including Gold Fields’ Agnew Mine, which is home to Australia’s largest hybrid renewable energy microgrid – the first mine site in Australia to use wind generation on a large scale. Whether it’s introducing electric light vehicles or implementing solar power, WA mining and resources sector operators are constantly looking at ways they can improve their energy

284

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Western Australia

51.98

$

billion

mix to reduce emissions. One of the most exciting developments is around hydrogen, with ATCO and Yara Pilbara being awarded more than $100m by the federal and state governments to advance commercial-scale renewable hydrogen projects.

As China is actively competing with the developed world for exclusive access and exploitation of rare earths and strategic mineral reserves, how well placed is Australia’s resources sector to benefit from this geo-political contestation? The significance of rare earths – including for use in defence industry – has been widely publicised over the past few years. WA has several potentially globally significant projects in this space, including Lynas’ operations at Mount Weld (a planned Kalgoorlie processing plant), Northern Minerals’ Browns Range Pilot Plant project and Hastings Technology Metals’ Yangibana and Brockman projects. We expect the demand for rare earths to continue to grow, which will require new sources of supply. With our worldclass expertise, efficient operations, and reputation as a reliable and secure supplier, WA is well positioned to benefit from this growth. In a similar way to the drivers for building local Defence capability and capacity, given the sensitivity and strategic nature of many end use cases for rare earths, we are seeing increasing attention from government on how to further increase Australia’s participation in downstream processing.

Rest of Australia

31.83

$

billion

Australia

83.8

$

billion

As the largest and most profitable industry sector in the Australian economy, the resources sector is also a major generator in the advancement of new and cutting edge technologies. Can you illustrate what these technologies are and how they could be leveraged with relation to future Australian industries? The resources sector in WA is continually is already well-established as a global leader in the fields of automation and robotics and is very much at the forefront of Australia’s first forays into the renewable hydrogen sector and the battery chemistry sector. The space sector in Australia is yet another example of synergistic opportunity. The CMEWA notes the recent launch of WA’s first home-built satellite Binar-1, which could assist with the operation of autonomous equipment in Australia and helping to identify mineral deposits. The people behind Binar-1 have also been open in their hope that its launch might be a first step towards extracting important resources such as hydrogen and oxygen from the moon. There are some clear potential synergies between the work the resources sector and the space sector are and will be doing in the areas of automation and robotics. One prominent case example of this is the work Woodside has done with NASA on robotics to be used on operations in WA’s North West. CMEWA member companies are open to opportunities to collaborate with other industries and to sharing learnings to continue to develop and refine technological capability.


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

Given that the majority of Australia’s offshore oil and gas, and onshore mining operations are located in the North West of WA - a zone that is near precarious Indo-Pacific flashpoints - can you indicate what the CMEWA’s position is on the security and protection of those assets?

Security of supply is fundamentally important in WA establishing itself as a partner of choice amongst our trading partners. Over decades, we have grown our capacity across major commodities and the importance of the energy and resources sector for the state and national economy has grown with it. The resources sector is acutely aware of how the smooth running of operations supports the nation, and consequently,

POLICY AND ADVOCACY

Our healthy natural reserves of iron ore and gold and our ability to mine, refine and export them in an efficient manner within a stable political and fiscal environment, means they should continue to be key long-term contributors to the WA and Australian economies.

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

285


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

POLICY AND ADVOCACY

Total direct economic contribution to Western Australia Wages & salaries

Payments to Government

Business purchases

Community contributions

the impact of an unexpected disruption. The resources sector has an open approach to working with Defence to help ensure our mutual objectives are achieved.

The Australian Marine Complex is a successful example, and indeed the national epicentre of synergistic cooperation between the defence and resources sectors. Does CMEWA see potential to replicate a common user facility construct like the AMC in the North West of WA? CMEWA is in constant dialogue with

Credit: CME.

286

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

Western Australia

$51.98

DevelopmentWA and Infrastructure Australia about how well-placed infrastructure investment can support economic growth. Not having access to critical infrastructure – including ports, rail, roads, power, water, and appropriately zoned industrial land – is a commonly cited barrier to project development. Indeed, competing jurisdictions frequently offer these as incentives to attract investment and we need to be cognisant of this. Underpinned by an existing cluster of complementary industries and adjacent to other industrial areas, the Australian Marine Complex (AMC) has been a successful example of co-investment from state and federal governments

billion

that comprises exclusive land, multipurpose facilities, and which was designed for some expansion. The AMC has proven important to the energy and resources sectors for the interplay between established service and materials providers located there, common user land available for fabrication and assembly, and adjacent ports and roads to move kit to site. We are always on the look-out for how infrastructure in the North West can further support growth opportunities,

The trend towards electric vehicles, renewables and technology means growth in demand for commodities such as lithium, nickel, bauxite, cobalt and rare earths should be sustainable well into the future.


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

POLICY AND ADVOCACY

State Government general revenue by source ($ millions)

Source: WA TSY

Royalties contributed to ~29% of government revenue in 2019-20, helping to fund delivery of public health, education and community services. Contributing 47% in gross value add to the Western Australian economy, the sector had record sales of $173 billion in 2019-20.

Royalty revenue by commodity ($ millions)

Source: DMIRS

Since 1983, the State Government has collected more than $84 billion in royalties, with most of this coming from iron ore sales. In 2020, sales of gold reached an all-time high supported by a record average price of $2,500 per ounce.

Growing number of jobs in the sector (by commodity)

Source: DMIRS

The industry is one of the largest employers in the Western Australian private sector, contributing to over 15% of the government’s revenue from payroll taxes. Over the next two years, the industry will need as many as another 40,000 workers.

Every year, the Chamber of Minerals and Energy of Western Australia surveys members on where and how much they spent on payments to employees, businesses, community, local councils and to government.

chamberofmineralsandenergywa

cmewa

@CMEWA

To present a better snapshot this year, data was collated from past surveys, 2020 annual reports and 2019/20 surveys of actual expenditure - representing 70% of the Western Australian resources sector by production.

The Chamber of Minerals and Energy of Western Australia

Level 10, 2 Mill Street, Perth WA 6000 | + 61 8 9220 8500 | chamber@cmewa.com | www.cmewa.com.au

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

287


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

POLICY AND ADVOCACY

not just in the resources sector but across all sectors. Indeed, a multipurpose approach may support the economic case for the infrastructure investment being sought. We should always look through the lens of understanding the problem that such infrastructure is looking to resolve, and from there articulate what kind of model would work for a particular region. While we should look at the successes and lessons from the AMC, it may not be the case that the exact model is replicated elsewhere.

The defence sector in WA continues to experience ongoing growth and generally positive future prospects underpinned by significant Australian Government investment. How does CMEWA view the synergies between the sectors and where are there tensions? Can CMEWA play a role in working with the defence sector to harmonise potential clashes? It’s been a theme throughout our interview that I am interested in collaboration and having an open mind to ideas – working with the defence sector is no different. One concern that emerges from my defence industry contacts is the competition for people and how the attraction of higher wages in the energy and resources sectors pulls people away from the defence sector, particularly in tight labour markets. On the surface this may seem intractable, but it is a clear example for seeking collaboration between defence and resources sectors to reach an outcome that’s beneficial to both. Ultimately both sectors will gain from supporting initiatives that encourage the growth of graduates and apprentices who are in high demand across the two, and have skills which are transferrable across sectors. From a skills perspective, it’s well known that the WA resources sector faces significant shortages over the next few years. Research undertaken for CMEWA showed our sector could need as many as 40,000 extra workers over the next two years and potentially faces a shortfall of as many as 33,000 workers if the situation is not addressed. While the WA resources sector is strongly committed to providing employment and training opportunities for West Australians, the timeline for our workforce demand means all available levers will need to be pulled to get access to international and interstate workers who have the skills and experience to contribute right now. COVID-19 vaccinations are going to be key to restoring both international and interstate migration but clearly there is a need for industry, government and other stakeholders to collaborate on interim measures that can help address the issue. That’s why CMEWA was an active participant in the WA Skills Summit, which brought together a wide range of industries to explore ways in which they could work together, alongside government, to implement mutually beneficial measures to alleviate skills shortages. I think our sector and the defence sector can also do more together to explain the inter-relationship between sectors, thereby increasing understanding of industry within government and potentially unlocking further funding and investment. A good example of this is rare earths - critical to several military applications. The rare earth supply chain is opaque and concentrated, with proponents often finding it difficult to raise finance and access markets. As Australia looks to procure more locally and build expertise in both defence and critical minerals, presenting an aligned view from mine to customer would be impactful.

288

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

POLICY AND ADVOCACY


Freedom and independence for all Australian women veterans Women Veterans United is a welfare, advocacy and mentoring organisation providing support to women veterans in Australia. Supporting Australia’s Women Veterans Women Veterans United is here to support Australian service women who are facing adversity or who want to rise up to further succeed. As an organisation that values service, our aim is to provide a range of services and resources to empower, support and include women who have served in the Australian Defence Force (ADF). You are eligible if you have served at least one day in the full time or part time ADF. “Unity represents oneness of purpose, brings stability, confidence, encouragement, support and a sense of belonging”

Empowerment

Service

Support

Inclusion

Contact: support@womenveteransunited.org www.womenveteransunited.org

Education support Employment mentorship Career development opportunities

Over 2,500 participants are currently supported through the Soldier On

Pathways Program. 02 6188 6188 |

employment@soldieron.org.au

soldieron.org.au

Helping veterans and their families to find meaningful employment


COMMENTARY

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS

LOOKING AFTER OUR DIGGERS, OLD AND YOUNG By the Hon Andrew Gee MP, Minister for Defence Personnel & Veterans’ Affairs, Australian Government

From Esperance to Albany, Carnarvon to Kununurra, along the Wheatbelt, and across the outback, the Australian Government supports 33,000 veterans and their families who call Western Australia home. The peace and freedom that we wake up to every day was fought for and secured by generations of diggers from the Wildflower State. Whenever tyranny threatened to take hold, no matter how many oceans away, service men and women from WA heeded the call for help and marched into history.

Chief of Staff 1st Division Colonel James Hunter (right) briefs the Minister for Veterans’ Affairs and Defence Personnel the Honourable Andrew Gee MP, (centre) at Headquarters 1st Division at Lavarack Barracks in Townsville, Queensland, during Exercise Talisman Sabre 2021. © Department of Defence. Photographer: Lauren Larking.

WEST AUSTRALIAN HEROES Some of their names are well known to us. Others less so, like BRIG Arnold Potts, a farmer from Kojonup, who was the architect of the fighting withdrawal that was to save our forces and ultimately defeat the Japanese at Kokoda. The land is still dotted with the reminders of war, from old pillboxes, to refuelling stations and landing strips. Stories of loss and valour, like that of the 10th Light Horse Regiment in the World War I, are still proudly told around dinner tables, campfires, and local watering holes. Legends like that of LT Hugo Throssell, a West Australian farmer, whose valorous deeds on Hill 60 in the Gallipoli Peninsula earned him WA’s first Victoria Cross – the only one awarded to an Australian light horseman. Despite being one of the state’s greatest

heroes, Throssell struggled to step back into civilian life after returning to his farm in the Wheatbelt region and committed suicide in 1933. More than a century on, we are still learning that our heroes, who willingly sacrifice so much for our nation in times of both war and peace, are only human. For some, the burden is, tragically, too great.

VETERANS MUST BE A PRIORITY This is the unseen tragedy of war and service, and one we must find solutions to. To this end, the Australian Government has established a Royal Commission into Defence and Veteran Suicide. This will be a chance for veterans and their families to tell their stories and share their views on how we can improve the treatment and care of veterans and their families both now, and for future generations. In my first few weeks as Minister, I met with as EDITION 4 • 2021-22

291


COMMENTARY

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS

many veterans and family members as possible. Through these conversations, I have gained a strong insight into the need to look after our old and young diggers, not just during their service, but through their transition into civilian life, and beyond. Reducing claims processing times is a priority I’ll be addressing to ensure systemic change for the better. When I looked under the bonnet at the DVA, I found there were around 50,000 claims on the books that require attention, so additional funding will be allocated to tackle this backlog over the next 18 months. As I write this column, the tragedy in Afghanistan is continuing to unfold on our television screens, and I grieve with the people of the United States and Afghanistan in the face of the atrocities we are witnessing. Twenty years ago, Australia stood up to defend freedom. Our troops were respected by our allies, feared by our enemies, and greatly appreciated by the people of Afghanistan to whom they gave so much support and assistance. Forty-one Australians made the ultimate sacrifice for our country and

many returned carrying the scars of war, changing their lives and the lives of their families forever. Especially during this time, I encourage Australians to pick up the phone and say g’day to any veterans and their families that you may know. A friendly voice can make all the difference to a mate who may be in need.

RESPECT & SUPPORT ESSENTIAL Our nation is extremely grateful and proud of the men and women who served, and we need to make sure our veterans and their families know there is support out there for them. Support like the services provided at ANZAC House in Perth, home to Veteran Central, offering veterans and their families general practice medical care, allied health services, a day surgery facility, psychological and mental health services, financial and employment support, and wellness programs. Across the country, mental health support is also available to those in need. It is free and available to anyone with a single day of continuous full-time service in the ADF, as well as Reservists with disaster relief or border protection service, or those injured in a service-related training accident.

Reducing claims processing times is a priority I’ll be addressing to ensure systemic change for the better. When I looked under the bonnet at the DVA, I found there were around 50,000 claims on the books that require attention, so additional funding will be allocated to tackle this backlog over the next 18 months.

I look forward to visiting Western Australia in Covid-friendlier times. Until then, I will continue to work with all veterans to ensure their service to this nation is recognised and respected, and that their voices are heard.

World War II veterans have been well support by Department Veterans’ Affairs programs. Seen here, World War II Australian Women’s Army Service (AWAS) veteran Kate McKay of Western Australia celebrated her 100th birthday in July 2021 with family and friends in Perth. (L-R) (front) Dale Dewhirst (daughter), Kate McKay (centre) and Gwen McKay (daughter). L-R (back) MAJ Ben Oakes of 13th Brigade and Legacy WA, James (Jim) McKay (son). © WA DEFENCE REVIEW. Photographer: Serge DeSilva-Ranasinghe.

292

EDITION 4 • 2021-22


WESTERN AUSTRALIA

Keeping the

promise Supporting Veterans’ Families in WA

To find out more and access support visit www.legacy.com.au or call 08 9486 4900 Mates Supporting Mates Mates Supporting Mates Thereisisno nostandard standardShed Shedbut but There theone onething thingthat thatthey theyall allhave have the commonisismateship. mateship. inincommon Making“stuff’ “stuff’isissecondary... secondary... Making butyou youwill willmake makemates. mates. but Tofind findyour yourMen’s Men’sShed Shedgo gototo To www.mensshedswa.org.au www.mensshedswa.org.au “Find “Finda agroup groupofofpeople people who whochallenge challengeand andinspire inspireyou, you, spend a lot of time with them, spend a lot of time with them,and andit itwill will change your life forever.” change your life forever.”

Amy Poehler Amy Poehler


COMMENTARY

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS

VETERANS: THE UNTAPPED NATIONAL ASSET IN DISASTER RELIEF By Geoff Evans,

CEO, Disaster Relief Australia

A vital component of planning for future crises, and increasing local disaster preparedness and recovery capabilities, is identifying potential disaster volunteers in the community - people willing and able to be recruited, trained and deployed, often within very short timeframes. Disaster volunteer organisations are critical, particularly during the initial hours and days after a major catastrophe moves through the community.

Transferable skills. ADF and DRA members assisting with bushfire recovery operations. © Disaster Relief Australia.

VETERANS STEP UP Identifying sources of appropriate disaster volunteers is essential to increasing the capability and capacity of local communities and support agencies to effectively respond when disasters strike. A unique and highly capable group that has stepped forward in recent years to support communities in their time of need is our military veterans. One disaster relief organisation that has a national representation of veteran volunteers, and provides an example of how to effectively engage veterans in disaster recovery and community support operations, is Disaster Relief Australia (DRA). Established in 2016, and now comprising over 3000 volunteer veterans and growing, DRA deploys fully equipped, mobile

294

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

and highly capable damage assessment and incident management teams to areas and communities acutely affected by major disasters.

MISSION CRITICAL SKILLS DRA’s experience over the past five years, including over 25 national and regional deployments, has shown that veterans are better prepared for disasters than members of the general community. Veterans possess characteristics that are mission critical during natural disasters. They are action oriented, self-sufficient, prepared, calm during times of crisis, and highly flexible and adaptable. Many veterans are comfortable working in small teams, have well-developed communication and leadership skills, and possess a


COMMENTARY

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS

Transferable skills. ADF and DRA members assisting with bushfire recovery operations. © Disaster Relief Australia.

can-do attitude toward often hazardous and demanding tasks - all of which make them ideal disaster volunteers. DRA’s research on veteran reintegration has found that two challenges many veterans confront upon transitioning to civilian life are feeling a loss of purpose, and facing difficulties transferring military skills and training into civilian work. Volunteering with DRA provides veterans a new mission, a new ‘unit’ and the opportunity to continue serving others after having served in the military. By applying their specialised skills in the context of disasters, veterans can find a new sense of purpose and a renewed connection to their respective communities. Their unique skill set provides opportunities for engagement and active involvement in local communities - a necessary step for positive reintegration.

As the frequency and severity of extreme weather events is expected to grow, more emphasis should be placed on opportunities at the local and national levels to recruit, prepare, and train those members of the community who are willing and able to volunteer and help their communities better prepare for and recover from disasters.

AN UNTAPPED RESOURCE

hand-off from the ADF and disaster agencies. This is positioning DRA as a unique ‘third echelon’ in the nation’s response to disaster management. As a nation, we should identify further opportunities to engage our veterans in combating future emergencies, crisis and disasters, recognising the importance of their contribution and the positive impact of their volunteerism on adapting to civilian life.

Government efforts to include veterans in community preparedness and response could bolster resilience during disasters by more fully incorporating the untapped resources of veterans’ existing skills and knowledge into Australia’s emergency management arrangements. In response to this strategic initiative, DRA is proactively developing the capability to engage in national and state joint task force disaster recovery operations, including the ability to accept EDITION 4 • 2021-22

295


COMMENTARY

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS

THE JARRAHDALE PROJECT: A BUSH SANCTUARY FOR VETERANS IN NEED By Alisdair Putt, Lawyer & Director of the Veterans Transition Centre, Jarrahdale

There are credible reports that post-service suicide and self-harm cause more deaths and injuries than overseas operational service. Why do so many serving and former members of the Australian Defence Force either commit suicide or self-harm?

On 2 December 2020, the Governor of Western Australia the Hon Kim Beazley AC, officially opened the VTC’s newly refurbished community hall. © Veterans Transition Centre.

OVERCOMING STIGMA In July 2021, the Australian Government established a Royal Commission into Defence and Veteran Suicide to identify the systematic issues and any common themes. The Royal Commissioners are to provide the government with an interim report in August 2022, and a final report by June 2023. In the meantime, there is an increasing number of not-for-profit organisations supplementing government efforts to address some of the underlying issues contributing to these tragic deaths and selfharm incidents. One of these is a charitable group, the Veterans Transition Centre (VTC), established several years ago to assist former ADF personnel in Western Australia needing help transitioning to civilian life. Why, with so many worthwhile organisations like the RSL, Legacy, Soldier On et al, do we need another one?

296

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

One of the biggest issues in this area is the reluctance of veterans to seek help for their problems. For example, current or former special forces soldiers who have served on war-like operations in Afghanistan have often been reluctant to admit to difficulties coping with stress or trauma. If you are the sort of person who gets through special forces selection and training, or have served on war-like operations, you will often be reluctant to identify and/or discuss what you may regard as personal problems or weaknesses. There is the stoic belief in, and ability to keep going, no matter what, that results in a stigma associated with mental illness and help-seeking in the military.

PRACTICAL SOLUTIONS As a possible solution the VTC in partnership with the RSL, has established a beautiful bush property


COMMENTARY

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS

The VTC hosts 20 newly refurbished chalets. © Veterans Transition Centre.

several kilometres from the town of Jarrahdale, an hour’s drive south of Perth. We have set about refurbishing a lot of the old huts in poor condition on the property with the help of community spirited companies and organisations, such as Austal.

The VTC offers short term accommodation respite for former ADF members who need it, as well as assistance in gaining civilian employment. We can also put members in touch with counselling services. Another aim is for the property to also act as a local hub for such services, in co-operation with similar organisations.

The intention is to have a refuge where former ADF members can spend some time, and chat as needed with other people who have a shared experience of the unique stresses and pressures of service life. Sometimes sitting around a campfire with a brew or bevvy may help, in addition to any help in more formal settings. The VTC offers short term accommodation respite for former ADF members who need it, as well as assistance in gaining civilian employment. We can also put members in touch with counselling services. Another aim is for the property to also act as a local hub for such services, in co-operation with similar organisations. With the assistance of the Department of Corrective Services, we are also advertising in WA prisons, and starting to conduct prison visits, to meet with former ADF members who may need some help upon their release into the community. Whilst we have recently received some generous financial support from the federal government for the refurbishment of the huts, we are struggling to cover our operating expenses. You can help in different ways; by booking accommodation

The VTC’s community hall has modern facilities that can host a range of events for up to 50 people.. © Veterans Transition Centre.

for your company or community group, supplying some volunteer labour, or by simply making a donation. If you need help, or think you can help in some way, please visit our website at www.veteranstc.org.au EDITION 4 • 2021-22

297


COMMENTARY

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS

DIVER TRUST CLEARS THE WAY FOR TRANSITION TO CIVILIAN LIFE By Denise Goldsworthy,

Chair of Trustees, Navy Clearance Diver Trust

This year we recognise the 70th anniversary of the Royal Australian Navy Clearance Diving Branch. On 21 June 1951, an RAN Order for Training of Clearance Divers was approved and issued, following a recommendation that an organisation similar to the Royal Navy be established. Since then, our Clearance Divers who are often referred to as CDs, have done much for this nation, so in 2011, the Navy Clearance Diver Trust (NCDT) was established to serve those who provide exemplary service to our country.

On 28 June 2021 members from AUCDT4 and VIP guests gathered at ANZAC House in Perth for an event to raise awareness of the Navy Clearance Diver Trust. The ensuing panel discussion included veterans Andy Shaw, Cherish McNamara, Dr Anthony Gadenne, Daniel Jackson and Toff Idrus. © Department of Defence. Photographer: LSIS Ronnie Baltoft.

A PROUD HISTORY OF SERVICE RAN Clearance Divers are the ADF’s specialist divers whose primary mission is to perform underwater minecountermeasures. Their primary role is underwater search and Explosive Ordnance Disposal in the maritime environment. All personnel joining the CD Category must undergo acceptance testing and complete the arduous CD qualification course. Such requirements are not seen anywhere else in the ADF outside of the special forces.

298

EDITION 4 • 2021-22

CDs served in the SASR’s counter-terrorist squadrons for the first 15 years after that capability’s inception and continue to serve in that role with the 2nd Commando Regiment (TAG East). CDs have served in all major Australian conflicts including Malaya, Vietnam, the Gulf War, Somalia, East Timor, Iraq and Afghanistan. They also continue to be actively involved in Operation Render Safe, an ongoing Australian-led mission to help rid the South-West Pacific of explosive ordnance left over from World War II. The NCDT was initially conceived by a group of ex-serving CDs who wanted to support their colleagues


COMMENTARY

in service as well as divers’ families. While NCDT operates as one, there are other legal entities that make up the NCDT structure: • Navy Clearance Diver Trust (NCDT#1): which is the original entity established in 2011 supports initial emergency funding, as well as longer term financial needs of families in times of hardship, where existing entitlements are unable to provide the support needed. • Navy Clearance Diver Trust No.2 (NCDT#2): was established in 2020 and facilitates programs to reduce the probability of CDs falling into hardship. The NCDT#2 has a corporate trustee, Navy Clearance Diver Foundation Limited (NCDFL). In practice the Trustees of NCDT#1 are also NCDFL’s directors, a structure which is underpinned by the trust deeds. NCDT#1 and NCDT#2 are both registered with the Australian Charities & Not-forprofits Commission and have Deductible Gift Recipient status.

ESTABLISHING TRUST CDs have a strong preference to be in control of their lives and look for support and information that helps them make better choices to reduce the probability that they may face difficulties or hardship. The corporate trustee structure brings higher governance standards that enable NCDT#2 to apply for grants from state and federal governments, as well as meet the requirements of corporate partners who are interested in sponsoring preventative work in the veteran space. NCDT#2’s focus is on increasing support for CDs with physical or mental health requirements resulting from their service. In some cases, this is just dealing with the loss of a strong, purpose and performance-driven team culture, underpinned by a sense of service. Early intervention is key, and therefore establishing a trusting relationship with CDs during active service is important to ensuring NCDT becomes aware of hardships before the effects escalate.

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS

The current focus of NCDT#2’s programs is a two year window that commences approximately six months before a CD leaves the RAN and the following 18–24 months, as they explore, make and adjust to the various decisions required to establish a sustainable civilian life. NCDT is a voluntary body. The trustees consist of a combination of experienced business executives from the civilian community, as well as current and ex-serving members of the CD and broader navy community. The CD community is relatively small, making it easier for NCDT to develop a relationship of trust with CDs while they are still serving in the RAN, and to then maintain that relationship as they transition to civilian life. This allows NCDT to fulfil a unique whole-of-life partnership role that no other organisation can provide. Donations to either NCDT#1 or NCDT#2 can be made through our website at: https://www.ncdt.org.au/

NAVY CLEARANCE DIVER TRUST

The Navy Clearance Diver Trust (NCDT) is a not-for-profit trust fund dedicated to providing relief to current and former members of the Royal Australian Navy (RAN) Clearance Diving Branch and their dependants, who become deceased, damaged or permanently disabled in, or as a result of their service or training. The funds raised by the Trust will be allocated to families and individuals to provide immediate aid and to fill the inevitable gaps in support provided by the Defence, Department of Veteran Affairs (DVA), and other key ex-service organisations.

To make a Donation Please Visit: www.ncdt.org.au/donations/ Follow our events and stories on Facebook and Linkedin #navyclearancedivertrust and #unitedand undaunted


EVENTS PROGRAM

WA DEFENCE REVIEW’s high-profile events receive consistently high levels of support and sponsorship from industry. Cumulatively, and thus far, our events have attracted over 1000 senior professionals from across the spectrum of academia, defence, government, industry and politics.

Benefits • •

Unrivalled exposure and high-profile visibility and access to defence sector decision-makers and professionals. Value for money branding and networking opportunities to a specialised audience.

WADEFENCEREVIEW.COM.AU

FOLLOW US ON:


VIDEO CHANNEL

ENGAGE US TO GAIN A COMPETITIVE EDGE FOR YOUR ORGANISATION WITH OUTREACH TO GOVERNMENT, DEFENCE AND INDUSTRY ENGAGE US TO GAIN A COMPETITIVE EDGE FOR YOUR ORGANISATION WITH OUTREACH TO GOVERNMENT, DEFENCE AND INDUSTRY FEATURE INTREVIEW – THE HON. KIM BEAZLEY AC, FORMER DEFENCE MINISTER

EVENT HIGHLIGHTS – THE CUTTING EDGE: FUTURE OF SPECIAL OPERATIONS & INDUSTRY INNOVATION

WWW.WADEFENCEREVIEW.COM.AU WADEFENCEREVIEW.COM.AU

FOLLOW US ON:

TOUR HIGHLIGHTS – TOUR OF JFD AUSTRALIA BIBRA LAKE FACILITY

FOLLOW US ON:


Featuring original commentary by defence sector decisionmakers and analysts from Australia and overseas.

WADEFENCEREVIEW.COM.AU

FOLLOW US ON:


ANNUAL PUBLICATION

Don’t miss out! Contact us in advance to secure your spot for our upcoming 2022-23 edition. WADEFENCEREVIEW.COM.AU

FOLLOW US ON:


WA WA DEFENCE DEFENCE & &

INNOVATION INNOVATION FORUM FORUM JOIN THE CONVERSATION JOIN THE CONVERSATION THE LINKEDIN GROUP FOR THE LINKEDIN GROUP DEFENCE, INNOVATION ANDFOR CRITICAL DEFENCE, INNOVATION AND CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE PROFESSIONALS INFRASTRUCTURE PROFESSIONALS

JOIN JOIN THE THE CONVERSATION CONVERSATION

WA DEFENCE & INNOVATION FORUM is an independent, moderated community WA DEFENCE & INNOVATION FORUMin,isor aninvolved independent, moderated community for members who are active with, the Australian defence, for members who are active in, or involved with, the Australian defence, innovation and critical infrastructure sectors. This forum provides a muchinnovation and critical infrastructure sectors. This forum provides a muchneeded portal for businesses and industry professionals to engage, needed portal for businesses and industry professionals to engage, interact and keep abreast of the latest developments across the interact and abreast of the latest developments across the spectrum of keep politics, government, defence, industry and academia. spectrum of politics, government, defence, industry and academia.

To become part of the To become part of the conversation please visit: conversation please visit:

Operating as an exclusive hub with all members vetted prior to entry, the Operating an exclusive hub withupdates all members vetted prior to entry, thein WA and WA DEFENCE & as INNOVATION FORUM provides that include industry events WA DEFENCE & INNOVATION FORUM provides updates that include industry events WA and across Australia, government announcements and general defence and in industry news. across Australia, government announcements and general defence and industry news.

ENDORSEMENTS ENDORSEMENTS The WA DEFENCE & The WA DEFENCE INNOVATION FORUM & INNOVATION FORUM comes not a moment

comes notWith a moment too soon. the too soon. With reorientation ofthe defence reorientation ofback defence industry policy, to industry backcritical to strategicpolicy, spending strategic spending critical for self-reliant sustainment, for self-reliant sustainment, massive new opportunities massive new opportunities are opening up to WA’s are opening upand to WA’s heavy industry SMEs, heavy and in SMEs, but weindustry are behind but we aretobehind in advocacy ourselves advocacy to ourselves and the Commonwealth. and the Commonwealth. With regard to the latter, With regard toseriously the latter, they only take they only take seriously those who take themselves those whoThe take themselves seriously. forum plays seriously. The forum a critical support roleplays for a critical support role state government andfor state government andwho industry associations industry associations are now energised towho the are to the tasknow and energised will alert many task and will engaged alert many who are not to whochances are not that engaged the awaitto the chances that await them. them. The Hon Kim Beazley AC, The HonMinister Kim Beazley Former for AC, Former DefenceMinister for Defence

WADEFENCEREVIEW.COM.AU WADEFENCEREVIEW.COM.AU

The WA DEFENCE & The WA DEFENCE INNOVATION FORUM& INNOVATION FORUM and empowers relationships

empowers and dialogue forrelationships defence industry dialogue forsenior defence industry leaders and decisionleaders and senior decisionmakers in parliament and makers parliament and the ADF.inMore discussion, the ADF. Moreand discussion, engagement active engagement anddefence active participation by participation by defence industry is critical to helping the industry is criticalGovernment to helping the Commonwealth Commonwealth deliver the recordGovernment $270bn deliver the record $270bn investment in capability and investment in capabilityThis and industry development. industry development. This national endeavour cannot national cannot succeed endeavour without government, succeed without government, Defence, primes, SMEs, key Defence,groups, primes,innovators SMEs, key industry industry groups, all innovators and researchers coming and researchers all coming together to engage in robust, together engage in robust, frank andto cordial dialogue and frank anda cordial dialogue and to chart path forward together. to chart a path forwarda together. This portal represents game This portal a game changer forrepresents WA industry and will changerthat for our WAstate industry ensure andand the will ensure our state and theis defencethat industrial base here defence industrial base here competitive domestically andis competitive domestically and globally. globally. The Hon Melissa Price MP, The Hon for Melissa PriceIndustry MP, Minister Defence Minister for Defence Industry Australian Government Australian Government

The WA DEFENCE & The WA DEFENCE INNOVATION FORUM&is is INNOVATION a much-neededFORUM addition

WWW.LINKEDIN.COM/ WWW.LINKEDIN.COM/ GROUPS/10320957/ GROUPS/10320957/

a addition tomuch-needed the defence industry to the defence discussion. For industry too long, discussion. too long, most of theFor debate around most of the around defence hasdebate been led defence has been led and dominated by voices and dominated byThis voices on the east coast. on the east coast. This portal will assist players portal will assistand players across industry in the across industry and in theour broader community with broader withaour collectivecommunity efforts to give collective efforts to give a voice to Western Australian voice to Western Australian defence interests and shape defence interests and shape the national debate. the national debate.

The Hon Paul Papalia The Paul Papalia CSC Hon MLA, CSC MLA, Minister for Defence Minister for Industry andDefence Veterans’ Industry and Veterans’ Issues, WA Government Issues, WA Government

The WA DEFENCE & The WA DEFENCE INNOVATION FORUM& INNOVATION FORUM provides for one of the

provides for one of the most critical aspects of most critical aspects of doing business in defence doing business in defence industry: informed and industry: informed and trusted communication. trusted communication. Communication in this Communication in this nature drives defence nature drives defence industry; whether industry; whether it be government it be governmentstate announcements, announcements, incentives, grantsstate and incentives, grants and and funding, research funding, research and development, new development, new business opportunities or business opportunities or possible future partners. possible future partners. This Forum provides This Foruminformation provides and necessary necessary information importantly, a sense ofand importantly, a sense of community that ultimately community that ultimately is committed to supporting is committed to supporting Australia’s expanding Australia’s expanding defence sector. defence sector.

RADM Raydon Gates AO RADM Raydon Gates CSM (Rtd), former WAAO CSM (Rtd), former WA Defence Advocate Defence Advocate

FOLLOW US ON: FOLLOW US ON:


ALLIED DEFENCE INDUSTRY CAPABILITY

Perth’s South West Metropolitan Region boasts a world-class defence industry with the capability and capacity to support Australian and allied defence programs. The sector draws on capabilities from a range of world-class industries such as shipbuilding, aerospace and aviation, and resources equipment, technology and services. The AMC is home to the largest marine industry cluster in Australia. It is a world class centre for excellence in manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, maintenance and technology development, and services the marine, defence, and resource industries. Minutes from the heart of Rockingham, Fleet Base West is located at HMAS Stirling on Garden Island and is the Royal Australian Navy’s largest base in Australia. Fleet Base West will become homeport to additional frigates, offshore patrol vessels and Attack Class submarines when they come in to service. This will result in significant expansion, sustainment and maintenance opportunities in the coming years. An estimated one billion dollars will be spent on infrastructure to support the new vessels and personnel who will be calling Fleet Base West their new home, with the potential to create thousands of jobs within the Region as well as provide opportunities for local businesses to tender for associated contracts. Our region is the ideal home for companies with defence industry capabilities - there are attractive parcels of commercial and industrial land in a range of precincts throughout the Region.

Our solutions enable our customers to See Beyond & Respond:

When&you think defence industries, IP, Design Engineering, Manufacture Certification

think the South West Metro Region.

Maintenance & Engineering Support

For more information visit: Aeronautical Product Development www.southwestgroup.com.au/invest-in-the-region

Airborne ISR solutions for Land, Air and Sea

ISO 9001:2015

AS 9100D

P +61 8 6365 9179 • E info@innov.aero 20 Weatherburn Way, Kardinya WA 6163 www.innov.aero

Quality Certified

Quality Certified

AY041-QCM-QCQ

AY041-QCM-QCQ

+61 (08) 9364 0631

southwestgroup.com.au


SUPPORTING AUSTRALIA’S

DEFENCE CAPABILITY

ENGINEER

MANUFACTURE

BRE ENGINEERING Perth Offices and Workshop 98 Discovery Drive, Bibra Lake WA 6163 10 Brodie-Hall, Bentley WA 6102 PO Box 965, South Fremantle WA 6162

+61 8 9410 0787 contact@bre.engineering W www.bre.engineering P E

SUSTAIN


Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.